Ford 2015 Mustang Owners Manual

2015-10-23

: Ford Ford-2015-Ford-Mustang-Owners-Manual-815544 ford-2015-ford-mustang-owners-manual-815544 ford pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 447

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

M U S T A

Third Printing

Owner’s Manual

March 2015

Mustang

Litho in U.S.A.

2 0 1 5
O W N E R ’ S

FR3J 19A321 AB

M A N U A L

fordowner.com (U.S.)

ford.ca (Canada)

2015
OWNER’S MANUAL

The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. In the interest of
continuous development, we reserve the right to change specifications, design or equipment at any time
without notice or obligation. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, stored in a
retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without our written permission.
Errors and omissions excepted.
© Ford Motor Company 2015
All rights reserved.
Part Number: 20150224171256

Table of Contents
Introduction

Supplementary Restraints
System

About This Manual...........................................7
Symbols Glossary.............................................7
Data Recording..................................................9
California Proposition 65..............................11
Perchlorate.........................................................11
Ford Credit..........................................................11
Replacement Parts
Recommendation........................................11
Special Notices................................................12
Mobile Communications
Equipment.....................................................13
Export Unique Options..................................13

Principle of Operation..................................38
Driver and Passenger Airbags...................39
Front Passenger Sensing System............40
Side Airbags.....................................................42
Driver and Passenger Knee Airbags........44
Safety Canopy™ - Coupe...........................44
Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator.......45
Airbag Disposal..............................................46

Keys and Remote Controls
General Information on Radio
Frequencies..................................................47
Remote Control..............................................48
Replacing a Lost Key or Remote
Control............................................................51

Environment
Protecting the Environment........................14

At a Glance
MyKey™

At a Glance........................................................15

Principle of Operation...................................52
Creating a MyKey............................................53
Clearing All MyKeys.......................................54
Checking MyKey System Status...............55
Using MyKey With Remote Start
Systems.........................................................56
MyKey Troubleshooting...............................56

Child Safety
General Information.......................................19
Installing Child Seats....................................20
Booster Seats..................................................26
Child Seat Positioning..................................28

Safety Belts

Locks

Principle of Operation..................................30
Fastening the Safety Belts...........................31
Safety Belt Warning Lamp and Indicator
Chime.............................................................34
Safety Belt Minder.........................................34
Child Restraint and Safety Belt
Maintenance................................................36

Locking and Unlocking.................................57
Interior Luggage Compartment
Release...........................................................61

Security
Passive Anti-Theft System.........................63
Anti-Theft Alarm............................................64

Personal Safety System™
Steering Wheel

Personal Safety System™..........................37

Adjusting the Steering Wheel...................65
Audio Control..................................................65
Voice Control...................................................66

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Table of Contents
Cruise Control.................................................66
Information Display Control......................66

Hints on Controlling the Interior
Climate.........................................................105
Heated Windows and Mirrors..................107
Cabin Air Filter...............................................108
Remote Start.................................................108

Wipers and Washers
Windshield Wipers.........................................67
Autowipers........................................................67
Windshield Washers.....................................68

Seats
Sitting in the Correct Position.................109
Head Restraints............................................109
Manual Seats...................................................111
Power Seats......................................................111
Memory Function...........................................112
Rear Seats........................................................113
Climate Controlled Seats...........................114

Lighting
Lighting Control..............................................69
Autolamps........................................................69
Instrument Lighting Dimmer.....................70
Headlamp Exit Delay......................................71
Daytime Running Lamps..............................71
Front Fog Lamps.............................................72
Direction Indicators........................................72
Welcome Lighting...........................................72
Interior Lamps..................................................72
Ambient Lighting............................................73

Universal Garage Door
Opener
Universal Garage Door Opener................115

Auxiliary Power Points
Auxiliary Power Points................................120

Windows and Mirrors
Power Windows..............................................74
Global Opening...............................................74
Exterior Mirrors.................................................75
Interior Mirror....................................................76
Sun Visors..........................................................77

Storage Compartments
Center Console...............................................121
Glasses Holder................................................121

Starting and Stopping the
Engine

Instrument Cluster

General Information.....................................122
Keyless Starting.............................................122
Steering Wheel Lock....................................123
Starting a Gasoline Engine........................123
Engine Block Heater....................................125

Gauges...............................................................78
Warning Lamps and Indicators................80
Audible Warnings and Indicators.............82

Information Displays
General Information.....................................84
Information Messages..................................92

Fuel and Refueling
Safety Precautions.......................................127
Fuel Quality.....................................................128
Running Out of Fuel.....................................128
Refueling..........................................................129
Fuel Consumption.........................................131

Climate Control
Manual Climate Control............................102
Automatic Climate Control......................103

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Table of Contents
Emission Control System...........................132

Load Carrying
Load Limit.........................................................171

Transmission
Manual Transmission..................................135
Automatic Transmission............................137

Towing
Towing a Trailer..............................................179
Recommended Towing Weights............180
Essential Towing Checks............................181
Transporting the Vehicle............................183
Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels......183

Rear Axle
Limited Slip Differential.............................140

Brakes
General Information.....................................141
Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes............................................................141
Parking Brake..................................................141
Hill Start Assist..............................................142

Convertible Top

Traction Control

Breaking-In.....................................................188
Economical Driving......................................188
Driving Through Water...............................188
Floor Mats.......................................................189

Opening the Convertible Top...................185
Closing the Convertible Top.....................186

Driving Hints

Principle of Operation.................................144
Using Traction Control................................144

Stability Control

Roadside Emergencies

Principle of Operation.................................145
Using Stability Control...............................146

Roadside Assistance....................................191
Hazard Warning Flashers..........................192
Fuel Shutoff....................................................192
Jump Starting the Vehicle.........................193
Post-Crash Alert System...........................195

Parking Aids
Parking Aid......................................................149
Rear View Camera.......................................150

Customer Assistance

Cruise Control

Getting the Services You Need...............196
In California (U.S. Only)..............................197
The Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto
Line Program (U.S. Only)......................198
Utilizing the Mediation/Arbitration
Program (Canada Only)........................198
Getting Assistance Outside the U.S. and
Canada........................................................199
Ordering Additional Owner's
Literature....................................................200
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.
Only)............................................................200

Principle of Operation.................................154
Using Cruise Control....................................154
Using Adaptive Cruise Control.................155

Driving Aids
Blind Spot Information System..............162
Steering............................................................166
Collision Warning System..........................167
Drive Control..................................................169

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Table of Contents
Reporting Safety Defects (Canada
Only).............................................................201

Cleaning the Interior....................................231
Cleaning the Instrument Panel and
Instrument Cluster Lens........................232
Cleaning Leather Seats..............................232
Repairing Minor Paint Damage...............233
Cleaning the Alloy Wheels.......................233
Vehicle Storage.............................................233

Fuses
Fuse Specification Chart..........................202
Changing a Fuse..........................................209

Maintenance
General Information....................................210
Opening and Closing the Hood...............210
Under Hood Overview - 2.3L
EcoBoost™.................................................212
Under Hood Overview - 3.7L.....................213
Under Hood Overview - 5.0L...................214
Engine Oil Dipstick.......................................215
Engine Oil Check...........................................215
Engine Coolant Check................................216
Manual Transmission Fluid Check........220
Automatic Transmission Fluid
Check...........................................................220
Brake and Clutch Fluid Check.................220
Power Steering Fluid Check.....................220
Washer Fluid Check....................................220
Fuel Filter..........................................................221
Changing the 12V Battery..........................221
Checking the Wiper Blades......................223
Changing the Wiper Blades.....................223
Adjusting the Headlamps.........................224
Changing a Bulb...........................................225
Bulb Specification Chart...........................227
Changing the Engine Air Filter.................228

Wheels and Tires

Vehicle Care

General Information...................................284
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/CD/
SYNC/Satellite Radio............................285
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: Premium AM/
FM/CD.........................................................288
Digital Radio..................................................289
Satellite Radio...............................................291
Audio Input Jack..........................................294
USB Port.........................................................295

Temporary Mobility Kit..............................236
Tire Care..........................................................242
Using Summer Tires....................................257
Using Snow Chains.....................................257
Tire Pressure Monitoring System..........258
Changing a Road Wheel............................261
Driving at High Speed................................266
Technical Specifications...........................267

Capacities and Specifications
Engine Specifications................................268
Motorcraft Parts..........................................269
Vehicle Identification Number...............269
Vehicle Certification Label.......................270
Transmission Code Designation..............271
Capacities and Specifications - 2.3L
EcoBoost™................................................272
Capacities and Specifications - 3.7L.....276
Capacities and Specifications 5.0L..............................................................280

Audio System

General Information...................................229
Cleaning Products.......................................229
Cleaning the Exterior..................................229
Waxing.............................................................230
Cleaning the Engine....................................230
Cleaning the Windows and Wiper
Blades...........................................................231

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Table of Contents
Media Hub......................................................295

SYNC™
General Information...................................296
Using Voice Recognition...........................298
Using SYNC™ With Your Phone...........300
SYNC™ Applications and Services.......310
Using SYNC™ With Your Media
Player............................................................314
SYNC™ Troubleshooting...........................321

MyFord Touch™
General Information...................................330
Settings............................................................337
Entertainment...............................................347
Phone...............................................................364
Information....................................................370
Climate............................................................379
Navigation......................................................382

Accessories
Accessories.....................................................391

Extended Service Plan
(ESP)
Extended Service Plan (ESP).................393

Scheduled Maintenance
General Maintenance Information.......395
Normal Scheduled Maintenance..........398
Special Operating Conditions Scheduled
Maintenance..............................................401
Scheduled Maintenance Record...........403

Appendices
End User License Agreement..................410
Type Approvals..............................................431

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Introduction
ABOUT THIS MANUAL
Thank you for choosing Ford. We
recommend that you take some time to
get to know your vehicle by reading this
manual. The more that you know about
it, the greater the safety and pleasure you
will get from driving it.
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.

E154903

Right-hand side.

Left-hand side.

SYMBOLS GLOSSARY
These are some of the symbols you may
see on your vehicle.
Safety alert

Note: This manual describes product
features and options available throughout
the range of available models, sometimes
even before they are generally available. It
may describe options not fitted to the
vehicle you have purchased.

See Owner's Manual

Air conditioning system
E162384

Note: Some of the illustrations in this
manual may show features as used in
different models, so may appear different
to you on your vehicle.

Anti-lock braking system

Avoid smoking, flames or sparks

Note: Always use and operate your vehicle
in line with all applicable laws and
regulations.

Battery

Note: Pass on this manual when selling
your vehicle. It is an integral part of your
vehicle.

Battery acid

This manual may qualify the location of a
component as left-hand side or right-hand
side. The side is determined when facing
forward in the seat.

Brake fluid - non petroleum
based

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Introduction
Brake system

Fasten safety belt

Cabin air filter

Front airbag

Check fuel cap

Front fog lamps

Child safety door lock or unlock

Fuel pump reset

Child seat lower anchor

Fuse compartment

Child seat tether anchor

Hazard warning flashers

Cruise control

Heated rear window

Do not open when hot

Heated windshield

Engine air filter

Interior luggage compartment
release

Engine coolant

Jack

Engine coolant temperature

Keep out of reach of children

E71340

E161353

Engine oil

Lighting control

Explosive gas

Low tire pressure warning

Fan warning

Maintain correct fluid level

Note operating instructions

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Introduction
Panic alarm

systems. In order to properly diagnose and
service your vehicle, Ford Motor Company,
Ford of Canada, and service and repair
facilities may access or share among them
vehicle diagnostic information received
through a direct connection to your vehicle
when diagnosing or servicing your vehicle.
Additionally, when your vehicle is in for
service or repair, Ford Motor Company,
Ford of Canada, and service and repair
facilities may access or share among them
data for vehicle improvement purposes.
For U.S. only (if equipped), if you choose
to use the SYNC Vehicle Health Report,
you consent that certain diagnostic
information may also be accessed
electronically by Ford Motor Company and
Ford authorized service facilities, and that
the diagnostic information may be used
for any purpose.

Parking aid
E139213

Parking brake

Power steering fluid

Power windows front/rear

Power window lockout

Service engine soon

Event Data Recording
This vehicle is equipped with an event
data recorder. The main purpose of an
event data recorder is to record, in
certain crash or near crash-like
situations, such as an airbag
deployment or hitting a road obstacle;
this data will assist in understanding
how a vehicle’s systems performed.
The event data recorder is designed to
record data related to vehicle dynamics
and safety systems for a short period
of time, typically 30 seconds or less.

Side airbag

Shield the eyes
E167012

Stability control
E138639

Windshield wash and wipe

The event data recorder in this vehicle
is designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle
were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator and/or
the brake pedal; and

DATA RECORDING
Service Data Recording
Service data recorders in your vehicle are
capable of collecting and storing
diagnostic information about your vehicle.
This potentially includes information about
the performance or status of various
systems and modules in the vehicle, such
as engine, throttle, steering or brake

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Introduction
•
•

How fast the vehicle was traveling;
and
Where the driver was positioning
the steering wheel.

Note: Including to the extent that any
law pertaining to Event Data Recorders
applies to SYNC or its features, please
note the following: Once 911 Assist (if
equipped) is enabled (set ON), 911 Assist
may, through any paired and connected
cell phone, disclose to emergency
services that the vehicle has been in a
crash involving the deployment of an
airbag or, in certain vehicles, the
activation of the fuel pump shut-off.
Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist
may also be capable of being used to
electronically or verbally provide to 911
operators the vehicle location (such as
latitude and longitude), and/or other
details about the vehicle or crash or
personal information about the
occupants to assist 911 operators to
provide the most appropriate emergency
services. If you do not want to disclose
this information, do not activate the 911
Assist feature.

This data can help provide a better
understanding of the circumstances in
which crashes and injuries occur.
Note: Event data recorder data is
recorded by your vehicle only if a
non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data
is recorded by the event data recorder
under normal driving conditions and no
personal data or information (e.g., name,
gender, age, and crash location) is
recorded (see limitations regarding 911
Assist and Traffic, directions and
Information privacy below). However,
parties, such as law enforcement, could
combine the event data recorder data
with the type of personally identifying
data routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.

Additionally, when you connect to
Traffic, Directions and Information (if
equipped, U.S. only), the service uses
GPS technology and advanced vehicle
sensors to collect the vehicle’s current
location, travel direction, and speed
(“vehicle travel information”), only to
help provide you with the directions,
traffic reports, or business searches
that you request. If you do not want
Ford or its vendors to receive this
information, do not activate the
service. For more information, see
Traffic, Directions and Information,
Terms and Conditions.

To read data recorded by an event data
recorder, special equipment is required,
and access to the vehicle or the event
data recorder is needed. In addition to
the vehicle manufacturer, other
parties, such as law enforcement, that
have such special equipment, can read
the information if they have access to
the vehicle or the event data recorder.
Ford Motor Company and Ford of
Canada do not access event data
recorder information without obtaining
consent, unless pursuant to court order
or where required by law enforcement,
other government authorities or other
third parties acting with lawful
authority. Other parties may seek to
access the information independently
of Ford Motor Company and Ford of
Canada.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Introduction
REPLACEMENT PARTS
RECOMMENDATION

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING

Your vehicle has been built to the highest
standards using quality parts. We
recommend that you demand the use of
genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts
whenever your vehicle requires scheduled
maintenance or repair. You can clearly
identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts
by looking for the Ford, FoMoCo or
Motorcraft branding on the parts or their
packaging.

Some constituents of engine
exhaust, certain vehicle components,
certain fluids contained in vehicles
and certain products of component wear
contain or emit chemicals known to the
State of California to cause cancer and
birth defects or other reproductive harm.

PERCHLORATE

Scheduled Maintenance and
Mechanical Repairs

Certain components in your vehicle such
as airbag modules, safety belt
pretensioners and remote control batteries
may contain perchlorate material. Special
handling may apply for service or vehicle
end of life disposal.

One of the best ways for you to make sure
that your vehicle provides years of service
is to have it maintained in line with our
recommendations using parts that
conform to the specifications detailed in
this Owner’s Manual. Genuine Ford and
Motorcraft parts meet or exceed these
specifications.

For more information visit:
Web Address

www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
perchlorate

Collision Repairs
We hope that you never experience a
collision, but accidents do happen. Genuine
Ford replacement collision parts meet our
stringent requirements for fit, finish,
structural integrity, corrosion protection
and dent resistance. During vehicle
development we validate these parts
deliver the intended level of protection as
a whole system. A great way to know for
sure you are getting this level of protection
is to use genuine Ford replacement
collision parts.

FORD CREDIT
(U.S. Only)
Ford Credit offers a full range of financing
and lease plans to help you acquire your
vehicle. If you have financed or leased your
vehicle through Ford Credit, thank you for
your business.
For your convenience we offer a number
of ways to contact us, as well as to help
manage your account.
Phone: 1-800-727-7000
For more information regarding Ford Credit,
as well as to access Account Manager,
please go to www.fordcredit.com.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Introduction
Warranty on Replacement Parts

In addition, if the vehicle is subjected to
dedicated road course use, we recommend
the following vehicle durability
maintenance:
• Change your axle lubricant and friction
modifier after the initial (first) hour of
high-speed operation; thereafter
change the axle lubricant and friction
modifier every 12 hours (under these
conditions).
• Change your transmission oil after each
event where your vehicle is subjected
to individual on-track sessions
exceeding 15 minutes.
• Change your engine oil and filter after
each event.

Genuine Ford and Motorcraft replacement
parts are the only replacement parts that
benefit from a Ford Warranty. Damage
caused to your vehicle as a result of the
failure of non-Ford parts may not be
covered by the Ford Warranty. For
additional information, refer to the terms
and conditions of the Ford Warranty.

SPECIAL NOTICES
New Vehicle Limited Warranty
For a detailed description of what your
vehicle’s New Vehicle Limited Warranty
covers, see the Warranty Guide provided
to you along with your Owner’s Manual.

Your vehicle carries the same warranty as
other Ford models. This information is
covered in its entirety in the Ford Warranty
Guide. You can obtain warranty service for
your vehicle at any authorized dealer
nationwide.

Additionally, perform a multi-point
inspection on items specified in the
scheduled maintenance section of this
owner guide before and after dedicated
road course use. See General
Maintenance Information (page 395).
See the vehicle service manual for removal
and installation procedures. Replace with
Genuine Ford and Motorcraft™ service
parts as needed.

We design and build our vehicles for our
customers to drive as delivered from the
factory. The Ford Warranty Guide
discusses vehicle use and the installation
of aftermarket parts and their effect on
warranty coverage. See the Ford Warranty
Guide for complete information.

These actions may not necessarily protect
your powertrain from damage in dedicated
road course use. Subjecting your vehicle
to dedicated road course use even with
these proposed precautions may render
repairs non-reimbursable under the
warranty.

Using your vehicle on a dedicated road
course may result in degraded function
and failure of major systems such as the
engine, transmission and rear axle due to
the overheating of these systems. If you
intend to use your vehicle on a dedicated
road course, we suggest that you equip
your vehicle with racing-type coolers to
protect these three systems.

Special Instructions

Additional Warranty Information

WARNINGS
You risk death or serious injury to
yourself and others if you do not
follow the instruction highlighted by
the warning symbol. Failure to follow the
specific warnings and instructions could
result in personal injury.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Introduction
communications equipment to avoid
negating these benefits. Mobile
communication equipment includes, but
is not limited to, cellular phones, pagers,
portable email devices, text messaging
devices and portable two-way radios.

WARNINGS
Front seat mounted rear-facing child
or infant seats should never be
placed in front of an active
passenger airbag.

WARNING

For your added safety, your vehicle is fitted
with sophisticated electronic controls.

Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.

On-board Diagnostics (OBD-II)
Your vehicle’s On-board Diagnostics
(OBD-II) system has a data port for
diagnostics, repair and reprogramming
services with diagnostic scan tools.
Installing a non-Ford-approved
aftermarket OBD plug-in device that uses
the port during normal driving, for example
remote insurance company monitoring,
remote vehicle diagnostics, telematics or
engine reprogramming, may cause
interference or damage to vehicle systems.
We do not recommend or endorse the use
of any non-Ford-approved aftermarket
OBD plug-in devices. The vehicle Warranty
may not cover damage caused by any
non-Ford-approved aftermarket OBD
plug-in device.

EXPORT UNIQUE OPTIONS
For your particular global region, your
vehicle may be equipped with features and
options that are different from the features
and options that are described in this
Owner’s Manual. A market unique
supplement may be supplied that
complements this book. By referring to the
market unique supplement, if provided,
you can properly identify those features,
recommendations and specifications that
are unique to your vehicle. This Owner’s
Manual is written primarily for the U.S. and
Canadian Markets. Features or equipment
listed as standard may be different on units
built for Export. Refer to this Owner’s
Manual for all other required
information and warnings.

MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS
EQUIPMENT
Using mobile communications equipment
is becoming increasingly important in the
conduct of business and personal affairs.
However, you must not compromise your
own or others’ safety when using such
equipment. Mobile communications can
enhance personal safety and security when
appropriately used, particularly in
emergency situations. Safety must be
paramount when using mobile

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Environment
PROTECTING THE
ENVIRONMENT
You must play your part in protecting the
environment. Correct vehicle usage and
the authorized disposal of waste, cleaning
and lubrication materials are significant
steps toward this aim.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

At a Glance

Front Exterior Overview

E177478

See Locking and Unlocking (page 57).

See Driving Aids (page 162).

See Changing the Wiper Blades (page 223).

See Maintenance (page 210).

See Changing a Bulb (page 225).

Tire pressures. See Technical Specifications (page 267).

See Changing a Road Wheel (page 261).

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

At a Glance
Vehicle Interior Overview

E177481

See Transmission (page 135).

See Power Windows (page 74).

See Locking and Unlocking (page 57).

See Head Restraints (page 109).

See Fastening the Safety Belts (page 31).

See Rear Seats (page 113).

See Seats (page 109).

See Opening and Closing the Hood (page 210).

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

At a Glance
Instrument Panel Overview

E177480

Air vents. See Hints on Controlling the Interior Climate (page 105).

Direction indicators. See Direction Indicators (page 72).

Instrument cluster and information displays. See Instrument Cluster (page
78). See Information Displays (page 84).

Wiper lever. See Wipers and Washers (page 67).

Information and entertainment display. See MyFord Touch™ (page 330).

Audio unit. See Audio System (page 284).

Drive control switches. See Drive Control (page 169).

Climate control. See Climate Control (page 102).

Climate controlled seats. See Climate Controlled Seats (page 114).

Hazard warning flasher switch. See Hazard Warning Flashers (page 192).

Start-stop button. See Keyless Starting (page 122).

Audio control. See Audio Control (page 65).

Steering wheel adjustment. See Adjusting the Steering Wheel (page 65).

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

At a Glance
N

Horn.

Cruise control. See Cruise Control (page 154).

Information display controls. See Information Display Control (page 66).

Luggage compartment switch. See Interior Luggage Compartment Release
(page 61).

Lighting control. See Lighting Control (page 69).

Rear Exterior Overview

C
A

B
E177479

See Locks (page 57).

See Changing a Road Wheel (page 261).

See Tire Care (page 242).

See Refueling (page 129).

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Child Safety
GENERAL INFORMATION

WARNINGS
is compatible with and properly installed
in your vehicle. To locate a child seat fitting
station and CPST, contact the NHTSA toll
free at 1-888-327-4236 or go to
http://www.nhtsa.dot.gov. In Canada,
check with your local St. John Ambulance
office for referral to a CPST or for further
information, contact your provincial
ministry of transportation, locate your local
St. John Ambulance office by searching for
St. John Ambulance on the internet, or
Transport Canada at 1-800-333-0371
(http://www.tc.gc.ca). Failure to properly
restrain children in safety seats made
especially for their height, age, and weight
may result in an increased risk of serious
injury or death to your child.

See the following sections for directions
on how to properly use safety restraints
for children.
WARNINGS
Always make sure your child is
secured properly in a device that is
appropriate for their height, age and
weight. Child safety restraints must be
bought separately from your vehicle.
Failure to follow these instructions and
guidelines may result in an increased risk
of serious injury or death to your child.
All children are shaped differently.
The recommendations for safety
restraints are based on probable
child height, age and weight thresholds
from National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration and other safety
organizations, or are the minimum
requirements of law. Ford recommends
checking with a NHTSA Certified Child
Passenger Safety Technician (CPST) and
consult your pediatrician to make sure your
child seat is appropriate for your child, and

Do not leave children or animals
unattended in the vehicle. On hot
days, the temperature in the trunk or
vehicle interior can rise very quickly.
Exposure of people or animals to these
high temperatures for even a short time
can cause death or serious heat-related
injuries, including brain damage. Small
children are particularly at risk.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Child Safety
Recommendations for Safety Restraints for Children
Child

Child size, height, weight, or age

Recommended restraint
type

Infants or
toddlers

Children weighing 40 lb (18 kg) or less
(generally age four or younger).

Use a child safety seat
(sometimes called an
infant carrier, convertible
seat, or toddler seat).

Small children

Children who have outgrown or no longer
properly fit in a child safety seat (generally children who are less than 4 ft. 9 in.
(1.45 m) tall, are greater than age four
and less than age 12, and between 40 lb
(18 kg) and 80 lb (36 kg) and upward to
100 lb (45 kg) if recommended by your
child restraint manufacturer).

Use a belt-positioning
booster seat.

Larger children Children who have outgrown or no longer
properly fit in a belt-positioning booster
seat (generally children who are at least
4 ft. 9 in. (1.45 m) tall or greater than 80
lb (36 kg) or 100 lb (45 kg) if recommended by child restraint manufacturer).

•

You are required by law to properly use
safety seats for infants and toddlers in
the United States and Canada.
Many states and provinces require that
small children use approved booster
seats until they reach age eight, a
height of 4 feet 9 inches (1.45 meters)
tall, or 80 pounds (36 kilograms).
Check your local and state or provincial
laws for specific requirements about
the safety of children in your vehicle.
When possible, always properly
restrain children 12 years of age and
under in a rear seating position of your
vehicle. Accident statistics suggest that
children are safer when properly
restrained in the rear seating positions
than in a front seating position. See
Front Passenger Sensing System
(page 40).

INSTALLING CHILD SEATS
Child Seats

E142594

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Use a vehicle safety belt
having the lap belt snug
and low across the hips,
shoulder belt centered
across the shoulder and
chest, and seat back
upright.

Child Safety
Use a child safety seat (sometimes called
an infant carrier, convertible seat, or
toddler seat) for infants, toddlers, or
children weighing 40 pounds (18
kilograms) or less (generally age four or
younger).

•

Using Lap and Shoulder Belts

Place the vehicle seat upon which the
child seat will be installed in the upright
position.
Put the safety belt in the automatic
locking mode. See Step 5. This vehicle
does not require the use of a locking
clip.

Perform the following steps when
installing the child seat with combination
lap and shoulder belts:

WARNINGS
Airbags can kill or injure a child in a
child seat. Never place a rear-facing
child seat in front of an active airbag.
If you must use a forward-facing child seat
in the front seat, move the seat upon which
the child seat is installed all the way back.

Note: Although the child seat illustrated is
a forward facing child seat, the steps are
the same for installing a rear facing child
seat.

Airbags can kill or injure a child in a
child seat. Children 12 and under
should be properly restrained in the
rear seat whenever possible.
Depending on where you secure a
child restraint, and depending on the
child restraint design, you may block
access to certain safety belt buckle
assemblies and LATCH lower anchors,
rendering those features potentially
unusable. To avoid risk of injury, occupants
should only use seating positions where
they are able to be properly restrained.

E142528

When installing a child safety seat with
combination lap and shoulder belts:
• Use the correct safety belt buckle for
that seating position.
• Insert the belt tongue into the proper
buckle until you hear a snap and feel it
latch. Make sure the tongue is securely
fastened in the buckle.
• Keep the buckle release button
pointing up and away from the safety
seat, with the tongue between the child
seat and the release button, to prevent
accidental unbuckling.

E142529

2. Pull down on the shoulder belt and
then grasp the shoulder belt and lap
belt together.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Position the child safety seat in a seat
with a combination lap and shoulder
belt.

Child Safety

E142530

E142875

3. While holding the shoulder and lap belt
portions together, route the tongue
through the child seat according to the
child seat manufacturer's instructions.
Be sure the belt webbing is not twisted.

5. To put the retractor in the automatic
locking mode, grasp the shoulder
portion of the belt and pull downward
until all of the belt is pulled out.
Note: The automatic locking mode is
available on the front passenger and rear
seats. This vehicle does not require the use
of a locking clip.
6. Allow the belt to retract to remove
slack. The belt will click as it retracts
to indicate it is in the automatic locking
mode.
7. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor
to make sure the retractor is in the
automatic locking mode (you should
not be able to pull more belt out). If the
retractor is not locked, unbuckle the
belt and repeat Steps 5 and 6.

E142531

4. Insert the belt tongue into the proper
buckle (the buckle closest to the
direction the tongue is coming from)
for that seating position until you hear
a snap and feel the latch engage. Make
sure the tongue is latched securely by
pulling on it.

E142533

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Child Safety
Using Lower Anchors and Tethers
for CHildren (LATCH)

8. Remove remaining slack from the belt.
Force the seat down with extra weight,
for example, by pressing down or
kneeling on the child restraint while
pulling up on the shoulder belt in order
to force slack from the belt. This is
necessary to remove the remaining
slack that will exist once the extra
weight of the child is added to the child
restraint. It also helps to achieve the
proper snugness of the child seat to
your vehicle. Sometimes, a slight lean
toward the buckle will additionally help
to remove remaining slack from the
belt.
9. Attach the tether strap (if the child seat
is equipped).

WARNINGS
Never attach two child safety seats
to the same anchor. In a crash, one
anchor may not be strong enough to
hold two child safety seat attachments
and may break, causing serious injury or
death.
Depending on where you secure a
child restraint, and depending on the
child restraint design, you may block
access to certain safety belt buckle
assemblies or LATCH lower anchors,
rendering those features potentially
unusable. To avoid risk of injury, occupants
should only use seating positions where
they are able to be properly restrained.
The center of the rear seat is not
designed as a seating position and is
not equipped with safety belts. The
LATCH anchors were not designed to be
used with a child seat in the center position
and there is no tether anchor available at
the center. Attempted use of the center as
a seating position will increase the risk of
injury or death in the event of a crash.

E142534

10.

Before placing the child in the seat,
forcibly move the seat forward and
back to make sure the seat is securely
held in place. To check this, grab the
seat at the belt path and attempt to
move it side to side and forward and
back. There should be no more than
1 inch (2.5 centimeters) of movement
for proper installation.

The LATCH system is composed of three
vehicle anchor points: two lower anchors
located where seat back and seat cushion
meet (called the seat bight) and one top
tether anchor located behind that seating
position.
LATCH compatible child safety seats have
two rigid or webbing mounted
attachments that connect to the two lower
anchors at the LATCH equipped seating
positions in your vehicle. This type of
attachment method eliminates the need
to use safety belts to attach the child seat,

Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA
Certified Child Passenger Safety
Technician to make certain the child
restraint is properly installed. In Canada,
check with your local St. John Ambulance
office for referral to a Certified Passenger
Seat Technician.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Child Safety
however the safety belt can still be used
to attach the child seat. For forward-facing
child seats, the top tether strap must also
be attached to the proper top tether
anchor, if a top tether strap has been
provided with your child seat.

Combining Safety Belt and LATCH
Lower Anchors for Attaching Child
Safety Seats
When used in combination, either the
safety belt or the LATCH lower anchors
may be attached first, provided a proper
installation is achieved. Attach the tether
strap afterward, if included with the child
seat.

Using Tether Straps
Many forward-facing child safety
seats include a tether strap
which extends from the back of
the child safety seat and hooks to an
anchoring point called the top tether
anchor. Tether straps are available as an
accessory for many older safety seats.

E174449

Your vehicle has LATCH lower anchors for
child seat installation at the seating
positions marked with the child seat
symbol.

Contact the manufacturer of your child
seat for information about ordering a
tether strap, or to obtain a longer tether
strap if the tether strap on your safety seat
does not reach the appropriate top tether
anchor in your vehicle.
Once the child safety seat has been
installed using either the safety belt, the
lower anchors of the LATCH system, or
both, you can attach the top tether strap.
The tether strap anchors in your vehicle
are in the following positions (shown from
top view):

E187773

The LATCH anchors are located at the rear
section of the rear seat between the
cushion and seatback below the symbols
as shown. Follow the child seat
manufacturer's instructions to properly
install a child seat with LATCH
attachments. Follow the instructions on
attaching child safety seats with tether
straps.
Attach LATCH lower attachments of the
child seat only to the anchors shown.

E174399

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Child Safety
Perform the following steps to install a
child safety seat with tether anchors:

5. Tighten the child safety seat tether
strap according to the manufacturer's
instructions. If your child restraint
system is equipped with a tether strap,
and the child restraint manufacturer
recommends its use, Ford also
recommends its use.

For coupe:
Note: If you install a child seat with rigid
LATCH attachments, do not tighten the
tether strap enough to lift the child seat off
your vehicle seat cushion when the child is
seated in it. Keep the tether strap just snug
without lifting the front of the child seat.
Keeping the child seat just touching your
vehicle seat gives the best protection in a
severe crash.
1.

If the safety seat is not anchored properly,
the risk of a child being injured in a crash
greatly increases.
For convertible:
Note: For easier access, attach the tether
with the convertible top up.

Route the tether strap over the top of
the seatback.

Route the child safety seat tether strap
over the top of the seatback.

E174400

2. Locate the correct anchor for the
selected seating position.
3. Open the tether anchor cover.

E185416

2. Access the tether anchors located
behind the seatback.
3. Remove the tether anchor cap.
4. Clip the tether strap to the anchor.

E174401

4. Clip the tether strap to the anchor as
shown.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Child Safety
5. Tighten the child safety seat tether
strap according to the manufacturer’s
instructions.
If the safety seat is not anchored properly,
the risk of a child being injured in a crash
greatly increases.
If your child restraint system is equipped
with a tether strap, and the child restraint
manufacturer recommends its use, Ford
also recommends its use.
E142595

BOOSTER SEATS

•

WARNING
Never place, or allow a child to place,
the shoulder belt under a child's arm
or behind the back because it
reduces the protection for the upper part
of the body and may increase the risk of
injury or death in a crash.

•
•
•
•

Use a belt-positioning booster seat for
children who have outgrown or no longer
properly fit in a child safety seat (generally
children who are less than 4 feet 9 inches
(1.45 meters) tall, are greater than age four
(4) and less than age twelve (12), and
between 40 pounds (18 kilograms) and
80 pounds (36 kilograms) and upward to
100 pounds (45 kilograms) if
recommended by your child restraint
manufacturer). Many state and provincial
laws require that children use approved
booster seats until they reach age eight, a
height of 4 feet 9 inches (1.45 meters) tall,
or 80 pounds (36 kilograms).

Can the child sit all the way back
against their vehicle seat back with
knees bent comfortably at the edge of
the seat cushion?
Can the child sit without slouching?
Does the lap belt rest low across the
hips?
Is the shoulder belt centered on the
shoulder and chest?
Can the child stay seated like this for
the whole trip?

Always use booster seats in conjunction
with your vehicle lap and shoulder belt.

Types of Booster Seats

Booster seats should be used until you can
answer YES to ALL of these questions
when seated without a booster seat:

E68924

•

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Backless booster seats

Child Safety
If your backless booster seat has a
removable shield, remove the shield. If a
vehicle seating position has a low seat
back or no head restraint, a backless
booster seat may place your child's head
(as measured at the tops of the ears)
above the top of the seat. In this case,
move the backless booster to another
seating position with a higher seat back or
head restraint and lap and shoulder belts,
or consider using a high back booster seat.

•

Children and booster seats vary in size and
shape. Choose a booster that keeps the
lap belt low and snug across the hips,
never up across the stomach, and lets you
adjust the shoulder belt to cross the chest
and rest snugly near the center of the
shoulder. The following drawings compare
the ideal fit (center) to a shoulder belt
uncomfortably close to the neck and a
shoulder belt that could slip off the
shoulder. The drawings also show how the
lap belt should be low and snug across the
child's hips.

E70710

E142596

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

High back booster seats

If, with a backless booster seat, you cannot
find a seating position that adequately
supports your child's head, a high back
booster seat would be a better choice.

Child Safety

E142597

WARNINGS
warnings provided by your vehicle
manufacturer. A safety seat that is
improperly installed or utilized, is
inappropriate for your child's height, age,
or weight or does not properly fit the child
may increase the risk of serious injury or
death.

If the booster seat slides on the vehicle
seat upon which it is being used, placing a
rubberized mesh sold as shelf or carpet
liner under the booster seat may improve
this condition. Do not introduce any item
thicker than this under the booster seat.
Check with the booster seat
manufacturer's instructions.

Never let a passenger hold a child on
his or her lap while your vehicle is
moving. The passenger cannot
protect the child from injury in a crash,
which may result in serious injury or death.

CHILD SEAT POSITIONING
WARNINGS
Airbags can kill or injure a child in a
child seat. Never place a rear-facing
child seat in front of an active airbag.
If you must use a forward-facing child seat
in the front seat, move the vehicle seat
upon which the child seat is installed all
the way back. When possible, all children
age 12 and under should be properly
restrained in a rear seating position. If all
children cannot be seated and restrained
properly in a rear seating position, properly
restrain the largest child in the front seat.

Never use pillows, books, or towels
to boost a child. They can slide
around and increase the likelihood
of injury or death in a crash.
Always restrain an unoccupied child
seat or booster seat. These objects
may become projectiles in a crash or
sudden stop, which may increase the risk
of serious injury.
Never place, or allow a child to place,
the shoulder belt under a child's arm
or behind the back because it
reduces the protection for the upper part
of the body and may increase the risk of
injury or death in a crash.

Always carefully follow the
instructions and warnings provided
by the manufacturer of any child
restraint to determine if the restraint device
is appropriate for your child's size, height,
weight, or age. Follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions and warnings
provided for installation and use in
conjunction with the instructions and

To avoid risk of injury, do not leave
children or pets unattended in your
vehicle.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Child Safety

Recommendations for attaching child safety restraints for children
Use any attachment method as indicated below by X

Restraint
Type

Combined
weight of
child and
child seat

LATCH
(lower
anchors
and top
tether
anchor)

LATCH
(lower
anchors
only)

Rear facing Up to 65 lb
child seat
(29.5 kg)

Safety belt Safety belt Safety belt
and top
and LATCH
only
tether
(lower
anchor
anchors
and top
tether
anchor)

Rear facing Over 65 lb
child seat
(29.5 kg)
Forward
facing
child seat

Up to 65 lb
(29.5 kg)

Forward
facing
child seat

Over 65 lb
(29.5 kg)

Note: The child seat must rest tightly
against the vehicle seat upon which it is
installed. It may be necessary to lift or
remove the head restraint. See Seats (page
109).

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Safety Belts
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION

WARNINGS
When possible, all children 12 years
old and under should be properly
restrained in a rear seating position.
Failure to follow this could seriously
increase the risk of injury or death.

WARNINGS
Always drive and ride with your
seatback upright and the lap belt
snug and low across the hips.

Safety belts and seats can become
hot in a vehicle that has been closed
up in sunny weather; they could burn
a small child. Check seat covers and
buckles before you place a child anywhere
near them.

To reduce the risk of injury, make
sure children sit where they can be
properly restrained.
Never let a passenger hold a child on
his or her lap while your vehicle is
moving. The passenger cannot
protect the child from injury in a crash.

Front and rear seat occupants,
including pregnant women, should
wear safety belts for optimum
protection in an accident.

All occupants of your vehicle,
including the driver, should always
properly wear their safety belts, even
when an airbag supplemental restraint
system is provided. Failure to properly wear
your safety belt could seriously increase
the risk of injury or death.

The center of the rear seat is not
designed as a seating position and is
not equipped with safety belts. The
LATCH anchors were not designed to be
used with a child seat in the center position
and there is no tether anchor available at
the center. Attempted use of the center as
a seating position will increase the risk of
injury or death in the event of a crash.

It is extremely dangerous to ride in a
cargo area, inside or outside of a
vehicle. In a crash, people riding in
these areas are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow people to ride
in any area of your vehicle that is not
equipped with seats and safety belts. Be
sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat
and using a safety belt properly.

All seating positions in your vehicle have
lap and shoulder safety belts. All
occupants of the vehicle should always
properly wear their safety belts, even when
an airbag supplemental restraint system
is provided.

In a rollover crash, an unbelted
person is significantly more likely to
die than a person wearing a safety

The safety belt system consists of:
• Lap and shoulder safety belts.
• Safety belt pretensioner at the front
outboard seating positions.
• Belt tension sensor at the front
outboard passenger seating position.

belt.
Each seating position in your vehicle
has a specific safety belt assembly
which is made up of one buckle and
one tongue that are designed to be used
as a pair. 1) Use the shoulder belt on the
outside shoulder only. Never wear the
shoulder belt under the arm. 2) Never
swing the safety belt around your neck over
the inside shoulder. 3) Never use a single
belt for more than one person.

· Safety belt warning light and
chime.
· Crash sensors and monitoring
system with readiness indicator.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Safety Belts
The safety belt pretensioners at the front
seating positions are designed to tighten
the safety belts when activated. In frontal
and near-frontal crashes, the safety belt
pretensioners may be activated alone or,
if the crash is of sufficient severity, together
with the front airbags. The pretensioners
may also activate when a side curtain
airbag is deployed.

FASTENING THE SAFETY
BELTS

E175859

Coupe

The front outboard and rear safety
restraints in the vehicle are combination
lap and shoulder belts.
A web guide is included on the outboard
side of the front seats. Depending on
occupant size and seating position, you
may need to route the belt through the
guide for a proper fit. If the safety belt does
not route across the middle of the
shoulder, route the belt through the web
guide.

E175163

Recaro

E175860

Convertible

E204921

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Safety Belts
Using Safety Belts During
Pregnancy
WARNING
Always ride and drive with your
seatback upright and the safety belt
properly fastened. The lap portion of
the safety belt should fit snug and be
positioned low across the hips. The
shoulder portion of the safety belt should
be positioned across the chest. Pregnant
women should also follow this practice.
See the following figure.

E142587

Insert the belt tongue into the proper
buckle (the buckle closest to the
direction the tongue is coming from)
until you hear a snap and feel it latch.
Make sure you securely fasten the
tongue in the buckle.

E142590

Pregnant women should always wear their
safety belt. The lap belt portion of a
combination lap and shoulder belt should
be positioned low across the hips below
the belly and worn as tight as comfort will
allow. The shoulder belt should be
positioned to cross the middle of the
shoulder and the center of the chest.

E142588

2. To unfasten, press the release button
and remove the tongue from the
buckle.

Safety Belt Locking Modes
WARNINGS
After any vehicle crash, the safety
belt system at all passenger seating
positions must be checked by an
authorized dealer to verify that the
automatic locking retractor feature for
child seats is still functioning properly. In
addition, all safety belts should be checked
for proper function.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Safety Belts
WARNINGS
The belt and retractor assembly
must be replaced if the safety belt
assembly automatic locking retractor
feature or any other safety belt function is
not operating properly when checked by
an authorized dealer. Failure to replace the
belt and retractor assembly could increase
the risk of injury in crashes.

When to Use the Automatic Locking
Mode

All safety restraints in the vehicle are
combination lap and shoulder belts and
have vehicle sensitive locking mode. In
addition, the front outboard passenger and
rear seat safety belts have the automatic
locking mode.

How to Disengage the Automatic
Locking Mode

This mode should be used any time a child
safety seat, except a booster, is installed
in passenger front or rear seating positions.
Children 12 years old and under should be
properly restrained in a rear seating
position whenever possible. See Child
Safety (page 19).

Unbuckle the combination lap and
shoulder belt and allow it to retract
completely to disengage the automatic
locking mode and activate the vehicle
sensitive (emergency) locking mode.

Vehicle Sensitive Mode

Safety Belt Extension Assembly

This is the normal retractor mode, which
allows free shoulder belt length
adjustment to your movements and
locking in response to vehicle movement.
For example, if the driver brakes suddenly
or turns a corner sharply, or the vehicle
receives an impact of about 5 mph
(8 km/h) or more, the combination safety
belts will lock to help reduce forward
movement of the driver and passengers.

WARNINGS
Do not use extensions to change the
fit of the shoulder belt across the
torso.
Do not use extensions with an
inflatable safety belt.
If the safety belt is too short when fully
extended, a safety belt extension assembly
can be obtained from an authorized dealer.

In addition, the retractor is designed to lock
if the webbing is pulled out too quickly. If
this occurs, let the belt retract slightly and
pull webbing out again in a slow and
controlled manner.

Use only extensions manufactured by the
same supplier as the safety belt.
Manufacturer identification is on a label
located either at the end of the webbing
or on the retractor behind the trim. Also,
use the safety belt extension only if the
safety belt is too short for you when fully
extended.

Automatic Locking Mode
In this mode, the shoulder belt is
automatically pre-locked. The belt will still
retract to remove any slack in the shoulder
belt. The automatic locking mode is not
available on the driver safety belt.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Safety Belts
This lamp illuminates and an
audible warning will sound if the
driver's safety belt has not been
fastened when the vehicle's ignition is
turned on.

SAFETY BELT WARNING LAMP
AND INDICATOR CHIME

Conditions of operation
If...

Then...

The driver's safety belt is not buckled
before the ignition switch is turned to the
on position...

The safety belt warning light illuminates 12 minutes and the warning chime sounds
4-8 seconds.

The driver's safety belt is buckled while the
indicator light is illuminated and the
warning chime is sounding...

The safety belt warning light and warning
chime turn off.

The driver's safety belt is buckled before The safety belt warning light and indicator
the ignition switch is turned to the on posichime remain off.
tion...
The system uses information from the
front passenger sensing system to
determine if a front seat passenger is
present and therefore potentially in need
of a warning. To avoid activating the
Belt-Minder feature for objects you place
in the front passenger seat, only the front
seat passengers receive warnings as
determined by the front passenger sensing
system.

SAFETY BELT MINDER
Belt-Minder™
This feature supplements the safety belt
warning function by providing additional
reminders that intermittently sound a tone
and illuminate the safety belt warning light
when you are in the driver seat or you have
a front seat passenger and a safety belt is
unbuckled.

If the Belt-Minder warnings expire
(warnings for about five minutes) for one
passenger (driver or front passenger), the
other passenger can still cause the
Belt-Minder feature to turn on.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Safety Belts

If...

Then...

You and the front seat passenger buckle
your safety belts before you switch the
ignition on or less than 1-2 minutes elapse
after you switch the ignition on...

The Belt-Minder feature will not activate.

You or the front seat passenger do not
The Belt-Minder feature activates, the
buckle your safety belts before your vehicle safety belt warning light illuminates and a
reaches at least 6 mph (9.7 km/h) and 1-2 warning tone sounds for 6 seconds every
minutes elapse after you switch the ignition 25 seconds, repeating for about 5 minutes
on...
or until you and the front seat passenger
buckle your safety belts.
The safety belt for the driver or front
The Belt-Minder feature activates, the
passenger is unbuckled for about 1 minute safety belt warning light illuminates and a
while the vehicle is traveling at least 6 mph warning tone sounds for 6 seconds every
(9.7 km/h) and more than 1-2 minutes
25 seconds, repeating for about 5 minutes
elapse after you switch the ignition on...
or until you and the front seat passenger
buckle your safety belts.
Before following the procedure, make sure
that:
• The parking brake is set.
• The transmission is in park (P)
(automatic transmission) or neutral
(N) (manual transmission).
• The ignition is off.
• The driver and front passenger safety
belts are unbuckled.

Deactivating and Activating the
Belt-Minder Feature
WARNING
While the system allows you to
deactivate it, this system is designed
to improve your chances of being
safely belted and surviving an accident.
We recommend you leave the system
activated for yourself and others who may
use the vehicle.

Switch the ignition on. Do not start the
vehicle.
2. Wait until the safety belt warning light
turns off (about one minute). After
Step 2, wait an additional 5 seconds
before proceeding with Step 3. Once
you start Step 3, you must complete
the procedure within 30 seconds.
3. For the seating position you are
switching off, buckle then unbuckle the
safety belt three times at a moderate
speed, ending in the unbuckled state.
After Step 3, the safety belt warning
light turns on.

Note: The driver and front passenger
warnings switch on and off independently.
When you perform this procedure for one
seating position, do not buckle the other
position as this will terminate the process.
Note: If you are using MyKey, you cannot
disable the Belt-Minder. Also, if you have
previously disabled the Belt-Minder, it will
be re-enabled during the use of MyKey.
Read Steps 1 - 4 thoroughly before
proceeding with the programming
procedure.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Safety Belts
4. While the safety belt warning light is
on, buckle and then unbuckle the
safety belt. After Step 4, the safety belt
warning light flashes for confirmation.
• This will switch the feature off for that
seating position if it is currently on.
• This will switch the feature on for that
seating position if it is currently off.

CHILD RESTRAINT AND
SAFETY BELT MAINTENANCE
Inspect the vehicle safety belts and child
safety seat systems periodically to make
sure they work properly and are not
damaged. Inspect the vehicle and child
seat safety belts to make sure there are no
nicks, tears or cuts. Replace if necessary.
All vehicle safety belt assemblies, including
retractors, buckles, front safety belt buckle
assemblies, buckle support assemblies
(slide bar-if equipped), shoulder belt
height adjusters (if equipped), shoulder
belt guide on seat back (if equipped), child
safety seat LATCH and tether anchors, and
attaching hardware, should be inspected
after a crash. Read the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions for additional
inspection and maintenance information
specific to the child restraint.
Ford Motor Company recommends that
all safety belt assemblies in use in vehicles
involved in a crash be replaced. However,
if the crash was minor and an authorized
dealer finds that the belts do not show
damage and continue to operate properly,
they do not need to be replaced. Safety
belt assemblies not in use during a crash
should also be inspected and replaced if
either damage or improper operation is
noted.
Properly care for safety belts. See Vehicle
Care (page 229).

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Personal Safety System™
How Does the Personal Safety
System Work?

The Personal Safety System provides an
improved overall level of frontal crash
protection to front seat occupants and is
designed to help further reduce the risk of
airbag-related injuries. The system is able
to analyze different occupant conditions
and crash severity before activating the
appropriate safety devices to help better
protect a range of occupants in a variety
of frontal crash situations.

The Personal Safety System can adapt the
deployment strategy of the safety devices
according to crash severity and occupant
conditions. A collection of crash and
occupant sensors provides information to
the restraints control module. During a
crash, the restraints control module may
deploy the safety belt pretensioners, one
or both stages of the dual-stage airbags
based on crash severity and occupant
conditions.

The Vehicle Personal Safety System
consists of:
• Driver and passenger dual-stage airbag
supplemental restraints.
• Front seat outboard safety belts with
pretensioners, energy management
retractors and safety belt usage
sensors.
• Driver seat position sensor.
• Front passenger sensing system.
• Passenger airbag off and on indicator
lamp.
• Front crash severity sensors.
• Restraints control module with impact
and safing sensors.
• Restraint system warning light and
backup tone.
• The electrical wiring for the airbags,
crash sensors, safety belt
pretensioners, front safety belt usage
sensors, driver seat position sensor,
front passenger sensing system and
indicator lights.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Supplementary Restraints System
The airbags are a supplemental restraint
system and are designed to work with the
safety belts to help protect the driver and
right front passenger from certain upper
body injuries. Airbags do not inflate slowly;
there is a risk of injury from a deploying
airbag.

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNINGS
Airbags do not inflate slowly or
gently, and the risk of injury from a
deploying airbag is the greatest close
to the trim covering the airbag module.

Note: You will hear a loud bang and see a
cloud of harmless powdery residue if an
airbag deploys. This is normal.

The airbags inflate and deflate rapidly
upon activation. After airbag deployment,
it is normal to notice a smoke-like, powdery
residue or smell the burnt propellant. This
may consist of cornstarch, talcum powder
(to lubricate the bag) or sodium
compounds (for example, baking soda)
that result from the combustion process
that inflates the airbag. Small amounts of
sodium hydroxide may be present which
may irritate the skin and eyes, but none of
the residue is toxic.

Always transport children 12 years
old and under in the back seat and
always properly use appropriate
child restraints. Failure to follow this could
seriously increase the risk of injury or death.
Never place your arm over the airbag
module as a deploying airbag can
result in serious arm fractures or
other injuries.

While the system is designed to help
reduce serious injuries, contact with a
deploying airbag may also cause abrasions
or swelling. Temporary hearing loss is also
a possibility as a result of the noise
associated with a deploying airbag.
Because airbags must inflate rapidly and
with considerable force, there is the risk of
death or serious injuries such as fractures,
facial and eye injuries or internal injuries,
particularly to occupants who are not
properly restrained or are otherwise out of
position at the time of airbag deployment.
Thus, it is extremely important that
occupants be properly restrained as far
away from the airbag module as possible
while maintaining vehicle control.

Airbags can kill or injure a child in a
child seat. Never place a rear-facing
child seat in front of an active airbag.
If you must use a forward-facing child seat
in the front seat, move the seat upon which
the child seat is installed all the way back.
Do not attempt to service, repair, or
modify the airbag supplemental
restraint systems or its fuses as you
could be seriously injured or killed. Contact
your authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Several airbag system components
get hot after inflation. To reduce the
risk of injury, do not touch them after
inflation.

Routine maintenance of the airbags is not
required.

If the airbag has deployed, the airbag
will not function again and must be
replaced immediately. If the airbag
is not replaced, the unrepaired area will
increase the risk of injury in a crash.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Supplementary Restraints System
Proper Driver and Front Passenger
Seating Adjustment

DRIVER AND PASSENGER
AIRBAGS

WARNING

WARNINGS
Never place your arm or any objects
over an airbag module. Placing your
arm over a deploying airbag can
result in serious arm fractures or other
injuries. Objects placed on or over the
airbag inflation area may cause those
objects to be propelled by the airbag into
your face and torso causing serious injury.

National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA)
recommends a minimum distance
of at least 10 inches (25 centimeters)
between an occupant’s chest and the
driver airbag module.
To properly position yourself away from
the airbag:
• Move your seat to the rear as far as you
can while still reaching the pedals
comfortably.
• Recline the seat slightly (one or two
degrees) from the upright position.

After all occupants have adjusted their
seats and put on safety belts, it is very
important that they continue to sit
properly. A properly seated occupant sits
upright, leaning against the seat back, and
centered on the seat cushion, with their
feet comfortably extended on the floor.
Sitting improperly can increase the chance
of injury in a crash event. For example, if
an occupant slouches, lies down, turns
sideways, sits forward, leans forward or
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the
chance of injury during a crash is greatly
increased.

E151127

The driver and front passenger airbags will
deploy during significant frontal and near
frontal crashes.

Children and Airbags
WARNING

The driver and passenger front airbag
system consists of:
• Driver and passenger airbag modules.
• Front passenger sensing system.

· Crash sensors and monitoring
system with readiness indicator.
See Crash Sensors and Airbag
Indicator (page 45).

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Supplementary Restraints System
WARNINGS
To reduce the risk of possible serious
injury: Do not stow objects in
seatback map pocket or hang
objects off seatback if a child is in the front
passenger seat. Do not place objects
underneath the front passenger seat or
between the seat and the center console.
Check the passenger airbag off indicator
lamp for proper airbag status. Failure to
follow these instructions may interfere with
the front passenger sensing system.

E142846

Children must always be properly
restrained. Accident statistics suggest that
children are safer when properly restrained
in the rear seating positions than in the
front seating position. Failure to follow
these instructions may increase the risk of
injury in a crash.

Any alteration or modification to the
front passenger seat may affect the
performance of the front passenger
sensing system.
This system works with sensors that are
part of the front passenger seat and safety
belt to detect the presence of a
properly-seated occupant and determine
if the front passenger frontal airbag should
be enabled (may inflate) or not.

FRONT PASSENGER SENSING
SYSTEM
WARNINGS
Even with Advanced Restraints
Systems, children 12 and under
should be properly restrained in a
rear seating position. Failure to follow this
could seriously increase the risk of injury or
death.
Sitting improperly out of position or
with the seat back reclined too far
can take off weight from the seat
cushion and affect the decision of the front
passenger sensing system, resulting in
serious injury or death in a crash. Always
sit upright against your seatback, with your
feet on the floor.

E179527

The front passenger sensing system uses
a passenger airbag off indicator which will
illuminate and stay lit to remind you that
the front passenger frontal airbag is
disabled.
The indicator lamp is located on the
overhead console.
Note: When the ignition is first tuned on,
the indicator lamp will illuminate for a short
period of time to confirm it is functional.
40

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Supplementary Restraints System
The front passenger sensing system is
designed to disable (will not inflate) the
front passenger frontal airbag when a rear
facing infant seat, a forward-facing child
restraint, or a booster seat is detected.
Even with this technology, parents are
strongly encouraged to always properly
restrain children in the rear seat. The
sensor also turns off the passenger front
airbag and seat-mounted side airbag when
the passenger seat is empty.
•

•

When the front passenger sensing
system enables the front passenger
frontal airbag (may inflate), the
indicator lamp will be unlit and stay
unlit.

If a person of adult size is sitting in the front
passenger seat, but the airbag off indicator
lamp is lit, it is possible that the person is
not sitting properly in the seat. If this
happens:
• Turn the vehicle off and ask the person
to place the seat back in the full upright
position.
• Have the person sit upright in the seat,
centered on the seat cushion, with the
person’s legs comfortably extended.
• Restart the vehicle and have the person
remain in this position for about two
minutes. This will allow the system to
detect that person and enable the
passenger’s frontal airbag.
• If the indicator lamp remains lit even
after this, the person should be advised
to ride in the rear seat.

When the front passenger sensing
system disables (will not inflate) the
front passenger frontal airbag, the
indicator lamp will illuminate and stay
lit to remind you that the front
passenger frontal airbag is disabled.
If the child restraint has been installed
and the indicator lamp is not lit, then
turn the vehicle off, remove the child
restraint from the vehicle and reinstall
the restraint following the child
restraint manufacturer's instructions.

The front passenger sensing system is
designed to enable (may inflate) the front
passenger frontal airbag anytime the
system senses that a person of adult size
is sitting properly in the front passenger
seat.
Occupant

Passenger airbag OFF indicator

Passenger airbag

Empty

Unlit

Disabled

Child

Lit

Disabled

Adult

Unlit

Enabled

Note: When the front passenger airbag off
light is illuminated, the passenger (seat
mounted) side airbag may be disabled to
avoid the risk of airbag deployment injuries.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Supplementary Restraints System
of injury in a crash event. For example, if
an occupant slouches, lies down, turns
sideways, sits forward, leans forward or
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the
chance of injury during a crash is greatly
increased.

•
•
•

If you think that the status of the passenger
airbag off indicator lamp is incorrect, check
for the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•

Objects lodged underneath the seat.
Objects between the seat cushion and
the center console.
Objects hanging off the seatback.
Objects stowed in the seatback map
pocket.
Objects placed on the occupant's lap.
Cargo interference with the seat.
Other passengers pushing or pulling on
the seat.
Rear passenger feet and knees resting
or pushing on the seat.

•

Do not attempt to repair or service the
system. Take your vehicle immediately to
an authorized dealer.
If it is necessary to modify an advanced
front airbag system to accommodate a
person with disabilities, contact the Ford
Customer Relationship Center. See
Getting the Services You Need (page
196).

The conditions listed above may cause the
weight of a properly seated occupant to
be incorrectly interpreted by the front
passenger sensing system. The person in
the front passenger seat may appear
heavier or lighter due to the conditions
described in the list above.

SIDE AIRBAGS
WARNINGS
Do not place objects or mount
equipment on or near the airbag
cover, on the side of the seatbacks
(of the front seats), or in front seat areas
that may come into contact with a
deploying airbag. Failure to follow these
instructions may increase the risk of
personal injury in the event of a crash.

Make sure the front passenger
sensing system is operating
properly. See Crash Sensors
and Airbag Indicator (page 45).
If the airbag readiness light is lit, do the
following:
The driver and adult passengers should
check for objects lodged underneath the
front passenger seat, or cargo interfering
with the seat.

Do not use accessory seat covers.
The use of accessory seat covers
may prevent the deployment of the
side airbags and increase the risk of injury
in an accident.

If there are lodged objects, or cargo is
interfering with the seat, take the following
steps to remove the obstruction:

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Pull the vehicle over.
Turn the vehicle off.
Driver and adult passengers should
check for any objects lodged
underneath the front passenger seat
or cargo interfering with the seat.
Remove the obstruction(s) (if found).
Restart the vehicle.
Wait at least two minutes and verify
that the airbag readiness light is no
longer illuminated.
If the airbag readiness light remains
illuminated, this may or may not be a
problem due to the front passenger
sensing system.

Supplementary Restraints System
Convertible

WARNINGS
Do not lean your head on the door.
The side airbag could injure you as it
deploys from the side of the
seatback.
Do not attempt to service, repair, or
modify the airbag, its fuses or the
seat cover on a seat containing an
airbag as you could be seriously injured or
killed. Contact your authorized dealer as
soon as possible.

E174777

If the side airbag has deployed, the
airbag will not function again. The
side airbag system (including the
seat) must be inspected and serviced by
an authorized dealer. If the airbag is not
replaced, the unrepaired area will increase
the risk of injury in a crash.

The system consists of the following:
• A label or embossed side panel
indicating that side airbags are fitted
to your vehicle.
• Side airbags located inside the driver
and front passenger seatbacks.
• Front passenger sensing system.

The side airbags are located on the
outboard side of the seatbacks of the front
seats. In certain sideways crashes, the
airbag on the side affected by the crash
will be inflated. The airbag was designed
to inflate between the door panel and
occupant to further enhance the protection
provided occupants in side impact crashes.

·Crash sensors and monitoring
system with readiness indicator.
See Crash Sensors and Airbag
Indicator (page 45).
Note: The passenger sensing system will
deactivate the passenger seat-mounted
side airbag if it detects an empty passenger
seat.

Coupe

The design and development of the side
airbag system included recommended
testing procedures that were developed
by a group of automotive safety experts
known as the Side Airbag Technical
Working Group. These recommended
testing procedures help reduce the risk of
injuries related to the deployment of side
airbags.
E152533

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Supplementary Restraints System
DRIVER AND PASSENGER
KNEE AIRBAGS

WARNINGS
Do not attempt to service, repair, or
modify the curtain airbags, its fuses,
the A, B, or C pillar trim, or the
headliner on a vehicle containing curtain
airbags as you could be seriously injured
or killed. Contact your authorized dealer
as soon as possible.

WARNINGS
Keep the glove box door closed while
driving for optimal performance of
the passenger knee airbag during a
crash.

All occupants of your vehicle
including the driver should always
wear their safety belts even when an
airbag supplemental restraint system and
curtain airbag is provided. Failure to
properly wear your safety belt could
seriously increase the risk of injury or death.

To reduce risk of injury, do not
obstruct or place objects in the
deployment path of the knee airbag.
A driver knee airbag is located under or
within the instrument panel. A passenger
knee airbag is located within the glove box
door. During a crash, the restraints control
module may activate the driver and
passenger knee airbags based on crash
severity and occupant conditions. Under
certain crash and occupant conditions, the
driver and passenger knee airbag may
deploy but the driver front airbag may not
activate. As with front and side airbags, it
is important to be properly seated and
restrained to reduce the risk of death or
serious injury.

To reduce risk of injury, do not
obstruct or place objects in the
deployment path of the curtain
airbag.
If the curtain airbags have deployed,
the curtain airbags will not function
again. The curtain airbags (including
the A, B and C pillar trim and headliner)
must be inspected and serviced by an
authorized dealer. If the curtain airbag is
not replaced, the unrepaired area will
increase the risk of injury in a crash.

Make sure the knee airbags are
operating properly. See Crash
Sensors and Airbag Indicator
(page 45).

The Safety Canopy will deploy during
significant side crashes or when a certain
likelihood of a rollover event is detected
by the rollover sensor. The Safety Canopy
is mounted to the roof side-rail sheet
metal, behind the headliner, above each
row of seats. In certain sideways crashes
or rollover events, the Safety Canopy will
be activated, regardless of which seats are
occupied. The Safety Canopy is designed
to inflate between the side window area
and occupants to further enhance
protection provided in side impact crashes
and rollover events.

SAFETY CANOPY™ - COUPE
WARNINGS
Do not place objects or mount
equipment on or near the headliner
at the siderail that may come into
contact with a deploying curtain airbag.
Failure to follow these instructions may
increase the risk of personal injury in the
event of a crash.
Do not lean your head on the door.
The curtain airbag could injure you
as it deploys from the headliner.
44

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Supplementary Restraints System
CRASH SENSORS AND
AIRBAG INDICATOR
WARNING
Modifying or adding equipment to
the front end of the vehicle (including
frame, bumper, front end body
structure and tow hooks) may affect the
performance of the airbag system,
increasing the risk of injury. Do not modify
the front end of the vehicle.

E75004

The system consists of the following:
• Safety canopy curtain airbags located
above the trim panels over the front
and rear side windows identified by a
label or wording on the headliner or
roof-pillar trim.
• A flexible headliner which opens above
the side doors to allow air curtain
deployment

Your vehicle has a collection of crash and
occupant sensors which provide
information to the restraints control
module. The restraints control module
deploys (activates) the front safety belt
pretensioners, driver airbag, passenger
airbag, knee airbag(s), seat mounted side
airbags and Safety Canopy airbags. Based
on the type of crash (frontal impact or side
impact), the restraints control module will
deploy the appropriate safety devices.

· Crash sensors and monitoring
system with a readiness
indicator. See Crash Sensors
and Airbag Indicator (page 45).

The restraints control module also
monitors the readiness of the above safety
devices plus the crash and occupant
sensors. The readiness of the safety
system is indicated by a warning indicator
light in the instrument cluster or by a
backup tone if the warning light is not
working. Routine maintenance of the
airbag is not required.

Children 12 years old and under should
always be properly restrained in the rear
seats. The Safety Canopy will not interfere
with children restrained using a properly
installed child or booster seat because it
is designed to inflate downward from the
headliner above the doors along the side
window opening.

A difficulty with the system is indicated by
one or more of the following:

The design and development of the Safety
Canopy included recommended testing
procedures that were developed by a
group of automotive safety experts known
as the Side Airbag Technical Working
Group. These recommended testing
procedures help reduce the risk of injuries
related to the deployment of side airbags
(including the Safety Canopy).

The readiness light will not
illuminate immediately after the
ignition is turned on.
•
•

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

The readiness light will either flash or
stay lit.
A series of five beeps will be heard. The
tone pattern will repeat periodically
until the problem, the light or both are
repaired.

Supplementary Restraints System
If any of these things happen, even
intermittently, have the supplemental
restraint system serviced at an authorized
dealer immediately. Unless serviced, the
system may not function properly in the
event of a crash.

AIRBAG DISPOSAL
Contact your authorized dealer as soon as
possible. Airbags must be disposed of by
qualified personnel.

The safety belt pretensioners and the front
airbag supplemental restraint system are
designed to activate when the vehicle
sustains frontal deceleration sufficient to
cause the restraints control module to
deploy a safety device.
The fact that the safety belt pretensioners
or front airbags did not activate for both
front seat occupants in a crash does not
mean that something is wrong with the
system. Rather, it means the restraints
control module determined the accident
conditions (crash severity, belt usage)
were not appropriate to activate these
safety devices.
• The design of the front airbags is to
activate only in frontal and near-frontal
crashes (not rollovers, side impacts or
rear impacts) unless the crash causes
sufficient frontal deceleration.
• The safety belt pretensioners are
designed to activate in frontal,
near-frontal and side crashes.
• The knee airbag(s) may deploy based
on crash severity and occupant
conditions.
• The design of the side airbags is to
inflate in certain side crashes. The
design of the Safety Canopy is to
inflate in certain side impact crashes
and when a certain likelihood of
rollover is detected by the rollover
sensor. Side airbags and Safety Canopy
airbags may activate in other types of
crashes if the vehicle experiences
sufficient sideways motion or
deformation.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Keys and Remote Controls
computers or cell phones can interfere with
remote operation. Operating your remote
control near metal or metallic-finished
purses, bags or clothing can interfere with
remote operation. You can lock and unlock
the doors with the key.

GENERAL INFORMATION ON
RADIO FREQUENCIES
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with Industry Canada
license-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) This device
must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause
undesired operation.

Note: Make sure to lock your vehicle before
leaving it unattended.
Note: If you are in range, the remote control
will operate if you press any button
unintentionally.

Intelligent Access

Note: Changes or modifications not
expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term IC before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.

The system uses a radio frequency signal
to communicate with your vehicle and
authorize your vehicle to unlock when one
of the following conditions are met:
• You touch the inside of any exterior
door handle within 3 ft (1 m) proximity
of an intelligent access key.
• You press the luggage compartment
button.
• You press a button on the transmitter.

The typical operating range for your
transmitter is approximately 33 feet (10
meters). Vehicles with the remote start
feature will have a greater range. One of
the following could cause a decrease in
operating range:
• weather conditions
• nearby radio towers
• structures around the vehicle
• other vehicles parked next to your
vehicle

If excessive radio frequency interference
is present in the area or if the transmitter
battery is low, you may need to
mechanically unlock your door. You can
use the mechanical key blade in your
intelligent access key to open the driver
door in this situation. See Remote
Control (page 48).

Other short-distance radio transmitters,
such as amateur radios, medical
equipment, wireless headphones, remote
controls and alarm systems may operate
on the same frequency as your remote
control. If other transmitters are operating
on those frequencies, you may not be able
to use your remote control. Using your
remote control near some types of
electronic equipment, such as USB devices,

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Keys and Remote Controls
REMOTE CONTROL
Intelligent Access Key

E151795

Note: Your vehicle’s backup keys came with
a security tag that provides important
vehicle key cut information. Keep the tag in
a safe place for future reference.

Using the Key Blade
E144506

The key cylinder is under a cap on the driver
door handle.

Your intelligent access keys operate the
power locks and the remote start system.
The key must be in your vehicle to activate
the push-button start system.

To remove the cap:

Removable Key Blade
The intelligent access key also contains a
removable mechanical key blade that you
can use to unlock the driver door.

E151956
E176269

Insert the key blade into the slot on the
bottom of the handle and press up.
2. While maintaining upward pressure,
move the cap rearward to release it.
Gently remove the key while doing so.

Slide the release on the back of the remote
control and pivot the cover off to access
the key blade.

To install the cap:

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Keys and Remote Controls

E151796

E151957

Place the cap just forward of the key
cylinder.
2. While applying pressure to the cap,
move it forward until it is in place. You
may hear a snap as it engages.

Slide the release on the back of the
remote control and pivot the cover off.

Make sure you have properly installed the
cap by trying to move it rearward.

Replacing the Battery
Note: Refer to local regulations when
disposing of transmitter batteries.
Note: Do not wipe off any grease on the
battery terminals or on the back surface of
the circuit board.

E153890

2. Insert a coin into the slot and twist to
separate the housing.

Note: Replacing the battery will not delete
the transmitter from the vehicle. The
transmitter should operate normally.
A message will appear in the information
display when the remote control battery
is low. See Information Messages (page
92).
Intelligent Access Transmitter
The remote control uses two coin-type
three-volt lithium batteries CR2025 or
equivalent.

E176226

3. Remove the batteries.
4. Install new batteries with the + facing
each other.
Note: Make sure to replace the label
between the two batteries.
49

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Keys and Remote Controls
5. Reinstall the housing and cover.

Many states and provinces have
restrictions for the use of remote start.
Check your local and state or provincial
laws for specific requirements regarding
remote start systems.

Car Finder
Press the button twice within
three seconds. The horn will
E138623
sound and the turn signals will
flash. We recommend you use this method
to locate your vehicle, rather than using
the panic alarm.

The remote start system will not work if:
• the ignition is on
• the alarm system is triggered
• you disable the feature
• the hood is open
• the transmission is not in P
• the vehicle battery voltage is too low
• the service engine soon light is on.

Sounding a Panic Alarm
Note: The panic alarm will only operate
when the ignition is off.
Press the button to activate the
alarm. Press the button again or
E138624
switch the ignition on to
deactivate.

Remote Control Feedback
An LED on the remote control provides
status feedback of remote start or stop
commands.

Remote Start
WARNING
To avoid exhaust fumes, do not use
remote start if your vehicle is parked
indoors or areas that are not well
ventilated.

LED

Status

Solid green

Remote start or
extension
successful

Solid red

Remote stop
successful; engine
off

Blinking red

Remote start or
stop failed

Blinking green

Waiting for status
update

Note: Do not use remote start if your vehicle
is low on fuel.
The remote start button is on the
transmitter.
E138625

This feature allows you to start your
vehicle from outside the vehicle. The
transmitter has an extended operating
range.

Remote Starting the Vehicle
Note: You must press each button within
three seconds of each other. Your vehicle
will not remote start if you do not follow this
sequence.

Vehicles with automatic climate control
can be configured to operate when the
vehicle is remote started. See Climate
Control (page 102). A manual climate
control system will run at the setting it was
set to when you switched the vehicle off.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Keys and Remote Controls
Extending the Vehicle Run Time
Repeat Steps 1 and 2 with the vehicle still
running to extend the run time for another
remote start duration. If you programmed
the duration to last 10 minutes, the second
10 minutes will begin after what is left of
the first activation time. For example, if the
vehicle had been running from the first
remote start for five minutes, the vehicle
will continue to run now for a total of 15
minutes. You can extend the remote start
up to a maximum of 35 minutes.

E138626

The tag with your transmitter details the
starting procedure.
To remote start your vehicle:

Wait at least five seconds before remote
starting after a vehicle shutdown.

Press the lock button to lock all the
doors.
2. Press the remote start button twice.
The exterior lamps will flash twice.

Turning the Vehicle Off After Remote
Starting
Press the button once. The
parking lamps will turn off.

The horn will sound if the system fails to
start, unless quiet start is on. Quiet start
will run the blower fan at a slower speed
to reduce noise. It can be switched on or
off in the information display. See General
Information (page 84).

E138625

You may have to be closer to the
vehicle than when starting due to ground
reflection and the added noise of the
running vehicle.

Note: You must press the START/STOP
button on the instrument panel once while
applying the brake pedal before driving your
vehicle.

You can disable or enable the remote start
system through the information display.
See General Information (page 84).

The power windows will not work during
the remote start and the radio will not turn
on automatically.

REPLACING A LOST KEY OR
REMOTE CONTROL

The parking lamps will remain on and the
vehicle will run for 5, 10, or 15 minutes,
depending on the setting.

Replacement keys or remote controls can
be purchased from an authorized dealer.
Authorized dealers can program remote
controls for your vehicle. See Passive
Anti-Theft System (page 63).
To re-program the passive anti-theft
system see an authorized dealer.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

MyKey™
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION

•

MyKey allows you to program keys with
restricted driving modes to promote good
driving habits. All but one of the keys
programmed to the vehicle can be
activated with these restricted modes.

•

Any keys that have not been programmed
are referred to as administrator keys or
admin keys. These can be used to:
•
•
•

•

Create a MyKey.
Program configurable MyKey settings.
Clear all MyKey features.

Configurable Settings
With an admin key, you can configure
certain MyKey settings when you first
create a MyKey and before you recycle the
key or restart the vehicle. You can also
change the settings afterward with an
admin key.

When you have programmed a MyKey, you
can access the following information using
the information display:
•
•

How many admin keys and MyKeys are
programmed to your vehicle.
The total distance your vehicle has
traveled using a MyKey.

•

Note: All MyKeys are programmed to the
same settings. You cannot program them
individually.
Note: For vehicles with intelligent access
with push-button start, when both a MyKey
and an admin intelligent access key fob are
present, the admin fob will be recognized
by the vehicle while switching the ignition
on to start the vehicle.

WARNING

The following settings cannot be changed
by an admin key user:

•

Belt-Minder. You cannot disable this
feature. The audio system will mute
when the front seat occupants’ safety
belts are not fastened.
Early low fuel. The low-fuel warning
activates earlier, giving the MyKey user
more time to refuel.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

A vehicle speed limit can be set.
Warnings will be shown in the display
followed by an audible tone when your
vehicle reaches the set speed. You
cannot override the set speed by fully
depressing the accelerator pedal or by
setting cruise control.

Do not set MyKey maximum speed
limit to a limit that will prevent the
driver from maintaining a safe speed
considering posted speed limits and
prevailing road conditions. The driver is
always responsible to drive in accordance
with local laws and prevailing conditions.
Failure to do so could result in accident or
injury.

Non-configurable Settings

•

Driver assist features, if equipped on
your vehicle, are forced on: parking aid,
blind spot information system (BLIS)
with cross traffic alert, lane departure
warning and forward collision warning
system.
Track Mode, if your vehicle is equipped
with this feature, is restricted.
Satellite radio adult content is
restricted.

MyKey™
•

•

Various vehicle speed minders can be
set. Once you select a speed, it will be
shown in the display, followed by an
audible tone when the preselected
vehicle speed is exceeded.
Audio system maximum volume of
45%. A message will be shown in the
display when you attempt to exceed
the limited volume. Also, the
speed-sensitive or compensated
automatic volume control will be
disabled.
Always on setting. When this is
selected, you will not be able to turn
off AdvanceTrac, Emergency Assist
and Do Not Disturb (if your vehicle is
equipped with these features), and
Sport Mode will not be available to
MyKey drivers.

CREATING A MYKEY
Use the information display to create a
MyKey:
1. Insert the key you want to program into
the ignition. If your vehicle is equipped with
a push-button start, place the key fob into
the backup slot. The location of your
backup slot is in another chapter. See
Starting and Stopping the Engine (page
122).
2. Switch the ignition on.
3. Access the main menu on the
information display controls. Use the arrow
keys to get to the following menu
selections:

Message

Action and Description

Settings

Press the OK button or the right arrow key.

MyKey

Press the OK button or the right arrow key.

Create MyKey

Press the OK button or the right arrow key.

Programming/Changing
Configurable Settings

When prompted, hold the OK button until
you see a message informing you to label
this key as a MyKey. The key will be
restricted at the next start.

Use the information display to access your
configurable MyKey settings.

MyKey is successfully created. Make sure
you label it so you can distinguish it from
the admin keys.

Switch the ignition on using an admin
key or fob.
2. Access the main menu on the
information display controls. Use the
arrow keys to get to the following menu
selections:

You can also program configurable
settings for the key(s). See
Programming/Changing Configurable
Settings.
Message

Action and Description

Settings

Press the OK button or the right arrow key.

MyKey

Press the OK button or the right arrow key.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

MyKey™
Note: You can clear or change your MyKey
settings at any time during the same key
cycle as you created the MyKey. Once you
have switched the vehicle off, however, you
will need an admin key to change or clear
your MyKey settings.

CLEARING ALL MYKEYS
You can clear or change your MyKey
settings using the information display
control on the steering wheel. See
Information Displays (page 84).
Switch the ignition on using an admin key
or fob.

To clear all MyKeys of all MyKey settings, press the left arrow button to access
the main menu and scroll to:
Message

Action and Description

Settings

Press the OK button.

MyKey

Press the OK button.

Clear MyKey

Press and hold the OK button until the following message
displays.

All MyKeys
Cleared
Note: When you clear your MyKeys, you remove all restrictions and return all MyKeys to
their original admin key status.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

MyKey™
You can find information on programmed
MyKey(s) using the information display
control on the steering wheel. See
Information Displays (page 84).

CHECKING MYKEY SYSTEM
STATUS

To find information on programmed MyKey(s), press the left arrow button to
access the main menu and scroll to:
Message

Description

Settings

Press the OK button.

MyKey

Press the OK button.

Select one of the following:
MyKey Dist.

Tracks the distance when drivers use a MyKey. The only way
to delete the accumulated distance is by using an admin key
to clear your MyKeys. If the distance does not accumulate as
expected, then the intended user is not using the MyKey, or
an admin key user recently cleared and then recreated a
MyKey.

{0} MyKeys

Indicates the number of MyKeys programmed to your vehicle.
Use this feature to detect how many MyKeys you have for
your vehicle and determine when a MyKey has been deleted.

{0} Admin Keys

Indicates how many admin keys are programmed to your
vehicle. Use this feature to determine how many unrestricted
keys you have for your vehicle, and detect if an additional
MyKey has been programmed.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

MyKey™
Ford-approved, aftermarket remote start
systems. If you choose to install a remote
start system, see an authorized dealer for
a Ford-approved remote start system.

USING MYKEY WITH REMOTE
START SYSTEMS
MyKey is not compatible with non

MYKEY TROUBLESHOOTING
Condition

I cannot create a MyKey.

Potential Causes

•
•

•

•
I cannot program the configurable
settings.

•
•

I cannot clear the MyKeys.

•
•

The key or transmitter used to start the
vehicle does not have admin privileges.
The key or transmitter used to start the
vehicle is the only admin key (there always
has to be at least one admin key).
Vehicles with keyless start: The keyless
start transmitter is not placed in the backup
position. See Keyless Starting (page 122).
SecuriLock passive anti-theft system is
disabled or in unlimited mode.
The key or transmitter used to start your
vehicle does not have admin privileges.
No MyKeys are created. See Creating a
MyKey (page 53).
The key or transmitter used to start your
vehicle does not have admin privileges.
No MyKeys are created. See Creating a
MyKey (page 53).

I lost the only admin key.

Purchase a new key from an authorized dealer.

I lost a key.

Program a spare key. See Passive Anti-Theft
System (page 63).

MyKey distances do not accumulate.

•
•
•

No MyKey functions with the keyless
entry transmitter.

•
•

The MyKey user is not using the MyKey.
An admin key holder cleared the MyKeys
and created new MyKeys.
The key system has been reset.
An admin transmitter is present at vehicle
start.
No MyKeys are created. See Creating a
MyKey (page 53).

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Locks
LOCKING AND UNLOCKING

Remote Control

You can use the power door lock control
or the remote control to lock and unlock
your vehicle.

You can use the remote control at any
time. The luggage compartment release
button only works when your vehicle speed
is less than 5 mph (8 km/h).

Power Door Locks

You can link your remote control to
memory seat and mirror positions, if
equipped. See Memory Function (page
112).

The power door lock control is on the driver
and front passenger door panels.

Unlocking the Doors (Two-Stage
Unlock)
Press the button to unlock the
driver door.
E138629

Press the button again within
three seconds to unlock all doors. The
directional indicators flash.
Press and hold both the lock and unlock
buttons on the remote control for three
seconds to change between driver-door
or all-door unlock mode. The direction
indicators flash twice to indicate a change
to the unlocking mode. Driver-door unlock
mode only unlocks the driver door when
you press the unlock button once. All-door
unlock mode unlocks all doors with one
press of the unlock button. The unlocking
mode applies to the remote control and
intelligent access. You can also change the
mode in the information display. See
General Information (page 84).

E180791

Unlock.

Lock.

Door Lock Indicator
An LED on each door window trim lights
when you lock the door. It remains lit for
up to 10 minutes after you switch off the
ignition.
Switch Inhibitor

Locking the Doors

When you electronically lock your vehicle,
the power door lock button and interior
luggage compartment release button, after
20 seconds, no longer operate. You must
unlock your vehicle with the remote
control, or switch on the ignition, to restore
function to these buttons. You can switch
this feature on or off in the information
display. See General Information (page
84).

E138623

Press the button again within three
seconds to confirm that all the doors are
closed. The doors lock again, the horn
sounds and the direction indicators flash
if all the doors and the luggage
compartment are closed.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Press the button to lock all the
doors. The direction indicators
flash.

Locks
Mislock

Note: Keep the door handle surface clean
to avoid issues with operation.

If any door or the luggage compartment is
open, or if the hood is open on vehicles
with an anti-theft alarm or remote start,
the horn sounds twice and the directional
indicators do not flash. You can enable or
disable this feature in the information
display. See General Information (page
84).

At the Luggage Compartment

Opening the Luggage Compartment

E138630

Press twice within three seconds
to open the luggage
compartment.

Make sure to close and latch the luggage
compartment before driving your vehicle.
Objects may fall from an unlatched
luggage compartment. An unlatched
luggage compartment may block your rear
view.

E175208

Press the exterior release button hidden
above the license plate.

Smart Unlocks
This feature helps to prevent you from
unintentionally locking your intelligent
access key inside your vehicle’s passenger
compartment or luggage compartment.

Activating Intelligent Access
You must have the intelligent access key
within 3 ft (1 m) of your vehicle.

When you electronically lock your vehicle
(with any door open, vehicle in park and
ignition off), your vehicle searches for an
intelligent access key in the passenger
compartment after you close the last door.
If your vehicle finds a key, all of the doors
immediately unlock and the horn sounds
twice, indicating that a key is inside.

At a Door
Pull an exterior door handle to unlock and
open the door. Make sure not to touch the
lock sensor on top of the handle.

You can override the smart unlock feature
and intentionally lock the intelligent access
key inside your vehicle. To do this, lock your
vehicle after you have closed all the doors
by:
• Pressing the lock button on another
intelligent access key.
• Touching the locking area on the
handle with another intelligent access
key in your hand.

E180792

Touch the top of the door handle to lock
your vehicle. There is a brief delay before
you can unlock your vehicle again.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Locks
When you open one of the front doors and
lock your vehicle using the power door lock
control, all doors lock then unlock if:
• The ignition is on.
• The ignition is off and your vehicle is
not in P.

Autounlock Feature
The autounlock feature unlocks all the
doors when:
• The ignition is on, all the doors are
closed, and your vehicle has been in
motion at a speed greater than 12 mph
(20 km/h).
• The vehicle comes to a stop and you
switch the ignition off or to accessory.
• And you open the driver door within 10
minutes of switching the ignition off or
to accessory.

Auto Relock
If you press the unlock button on the
remote control and do not open a door
within 45 seconds, your vehicle locks and
arms your alarm. You can enable or disable
this feature in the information display. See
General Information (page 84).

Note: The doors do not autounlock if you
electronically lock your vehicle after you
switch the ignition off and before you open
the driver door.

Autolock Feature (If Equipped)
The autolock feature locks all the doors
when:
• All doors are closed.
• The ignition is on.
• You shift into any gear putting your
vehicle in motion.
• And your vehicle attains a speed
greater than 12 mph (20 km/h).

Enabling or Disabling
You can enable or disable the autounlock
feature in the information display or an
authorized dealer can do it for you. See
General Information (page 84).

Key Blade
Turn the top of the key toward the front of
your vehicle once to lock all doors.

The autolock feature repeats when:
• You open, and then close, any door
while the ignition is on and your vehicle
speed is 9 mph (15 km/h).
• And your vehicle then attains a speed
greater than 12 mph (20 km/h).

Turn the top of the key toward the rear of
your vehicle once to unlock the driver door
only. See Remote Control (page 48).
Locking the Doors Individually
If the power locks do not operate because
of a discharged battery, lock the doors
individually using the mechanical key blade
in the position shown.

Enabling or Disabling
To enable or disable the autolock feature,
contact an authorized dealer.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Locks
If the power decklid release does not
operate because of a discharged battery,
pull the rear seat left-hand side seatback
cushion aside, insert the mechanical key
blade into the key slot and turn the key to
release the decklid latch.

Illuminated Entry
The interior lamps and select exterior
lamps illuminate when you unlock the
doors with the remote entry system.
The illuminated entry system turns off the
lights if:
• The ignition is on.
• You press the remote control lock
button.
• After 25 seconds of illumination.
The lights do not turn off if:
•
•

E180643

You switch them on with the lamp
control.
Any door is open.

Illuminated Exit

Left-Hand Side

The interior lamps and select exterior
lamps illuminate when all doors are closed
and you switch the ignition off.

Turn clockwise to lock.
Right-Hand Side

The lamps turn off if all the doors remain
closed and:
• 25 seconds elapse.
• You press the START/STOP button.

Turn counterclockwise to lock.
Unlocking the Luggage Compartment
(Convertible Only)

Battery Saver
If you leave on the courtesy lamps, dome
lamps or headlamps, the battery saver
turns them off 10 minutes after you switch
off the ignition.

E188353

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Locks
Accessory Mode Battery Saver for
Intelligent Access Keys

Press the release button above the license
plate to unlatch the luggage compartment.
Your vehicle must be unlocked or have an
intelligent access transmitter within 3 ft
(1 m) of the luggage compartment.

If you leave your vehicle in the run ignition
state, it turns off once it detects a certain
amount of battery drain or after 45
minutes.

INTERIOR LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT RELEASE

Luggage Compartment
From Inside Your Vehicle

WARNINGS
Keep vehicle doors and luggage
compartment locked and keep keys
and remote transmitters out of a
child’s reach. Unsupervised children could
lock themselves in the trunk and risk injury.
Children should be taught not to play in
vehicles.
Do not leave children or animals
unattended in the vehicle. On hot
days, the temperature in the trunk or
vehicle interior can rise very quickly.
Exposure of people or animals to these
high temperatures for even a short time
can cause death or serious heat-related
injuries, including brain damage. Small
children are particularly at risk.

E188015

Press the button on the instrument panel
to unlatch the luggage compartment.
With the Remote Control

E138630

Press twice within three seconds
to unlatch the luggage
compartment.

Your vehicle is equipped with a release
handle that provides a means of escape
for children and adults if they become
locked inside the luggage compartment.

From Outside Your Vehicle

Adults should familiarize themselves with
the operation and location of the release
handle.

E175208

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Locks

E144403

The handle is located inside the luggage
compartment either on the luggage
compartment door (lid) or near the tail
lamps. It is composed of a material that
will glow for hours in darkness following
brief exposure to ambient light.
Pull the handle and push up on the luggage
compartment door (lid) to open from
within the luggage compartment.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Security
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM

Replacement Keys

Note: The system is not compatible with
non-Ford aftermarket remote start systems.
Use of these systems may result in vehicle
starting problems and a loss of security
protection.

The intelligent access key functions as a
programmed key that operates the driver
door lock and activates the intelligent
access with push button start system, as
well as a remote control.

Note: Metallic objects, electronic devices
or a second coded key on the same key
chain may cause vehicle starting problems
if they are too close to the key when starting
your vehicle. Prevent these objects from
touching the coded key while starting your
vehicle. Switch the ignition off, move all
objects on the key chain away from the
coded key and restart your vehicle if a
problem occurs.

If your programmed transmitters are lost
or stolen and you do not have an extra
coded key, you need to have your vehicle
towed to an authorized dealer. You need
to erase the key codes from your vehicle
and program new coded keys.

Note: Your vehicle comes equipped with
two intelligent access keys.

Store an extra programmed key away from
your vehicle in a safe place to help prevent
any inconveniences. See your authorized
dealer to purchase additional spare or
replacement keys.

Note: Do not leave a duplicate coded key
in your vehicle. Always take your keys and
lock all doors when leaving your vehicle.

Programming a Spare Intelligent
Access Key

SecuriLock

Note: You can program a maximum of four
intelligent access keys to your vehicle.

The system helps prevent your vehicle
from starting unless you use a coded key
programmed to your vehicle. Using the
wrong key may prevent your vehicle from
starting. A message may appear in the
information display.

You must have two previously
programmed intelligent access keys inside
your vehicle and the new unprogrammed
intelligent access keys readily accessible.
See an authorized dealer to have the spare
key programmed if two previously
programmed keys are not available.

If you are unable to start your vehicle with
a correctly coded key, it is not operating
properly. A message may appear in the
information display.

Make sure that your vehicle is off before
beginning this procedure. Make sure that
you close all the doors before beginning
and that they remain closed throughout
the procedure. Perform all steps within 30
seconds of starting the sequence. Stop
and wait for at least one minute before
starting again if you perform any steps out
of sequence.

Automatic Arming
Your vehicle arms immediately after
switching the ignition off.
Automatic Disarming
Switching the ignition on with a coded key
disarms your vehicle.

Read and understand the entire procedure
before you begin.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Security
ANTI-THEFT ALARM (If Equipped)
The system will warn you of an
unauthorized entry to your vehicle. It will
be triggered if any door, the luggage
compartment or the hood is opened
without using the key, remote control or
keyless entry keypad.
The direction indicators will flash and the
horn will sound if unauthorized entry is
attempted while the alarm is armed.

E174956

2.
3.
4.

5.
6.
7.

Take all remote controls to an authorized
dealer if there is any potential alarm
problem with your vehicle.

Remove the rubber covering (A) from
the cupholder. Place the first
programmed key in the backup slot (B)
at the bottom of the cupholder, then
press the push button ignition switch.
Wait five seconds and then press the
push button ignition switch again.
Remove the intelligent access key.
Within 10 seconds, place a second
programmed intelligent access key in
the backup slot. Press the push button
ignition switch.
Wait five seconds and then press the
push button ignition switch again.
Remove the intelligent access key.
Place the unprogrammed intelligent
access key in the backup slot and press
the push button ignition switch.

Arming the Alarm
The alarm is ready to arm when there is
not a key in your vehicle. Electronically lock
your vehicle to arm the alarm.

Disarming the Alarm
Disarm the alarm by any of the following
actions:
•

•
•

Programming is now complete. Verify the
remote control functions operate and your
vehicle starts with the new intelligent
access key.

Note: Pressing the panic button on the
remote control will stop the horn and signal
indicators, but will not disarm the system.

If programming was not successful, wait
10 seconds and repeat Steps 1 through 7.
If you are still unsuccessful, take your
vehicle to your authorized dealer.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Unlock the doors or luggage
compartment with the remote control
or keyless entry keypad.
Switch your vehicle on or start your
vehicle.
Use a key in the driver door to unlock
your vehicle, then switch your vehicle
on within 12 seconds.

Steering Wheel
ADJUSTING THE STEERING
WHEEL
WARNING
Do not adjust the steering wheel
when your vehicle is moving.
Note: Make sure that you sit in the correct
position. See Sitting in the Correct
Position (page 109).

E174583

Volume up.

Seek up or next.

Volume down.

Seek down or previous.

Media.

MEDIA
Press repeatedly to scroll through available
audio sources.

E176634

1. Unlock the steering column.
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired
position.

Seek, Next or Previous
Press the seek button to:
• Tune the radio to the next or previous
stored preset.
• Play the next or the previous track.
Press and hold the seek button to:
• Tune the radio to the next station up
or down the frequency band.
• Seek or fast forward through a track.

E176635

3. Lock the steering column.

AUDIO CONTROL (If Equipped)
You can operate the following functions
with the control:

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Steering Wheel
VOICE CONTROL (If Equipped)

INFORMATION DISPLAY
CONTROL

E174584
E174595

End a call.

Answer a call.

Voice recognition.

Mute.

See Information Displays (page 84).

See Load Carrying (page 171). See
MyFord Touch™ (page 330).

CRUISE CONTROL

E174594

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Wipers and Washers
Intermittent Wipe

WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Note: Fully defrost the windshield before
switching on the windshield wipers.
Note: Make sure you switch off the
windshield wipers before entering a car
wash.
Note: Clean the windshield and wiper
blades if they begin to leave streaks or
smears. If that does not resolve the issue,
install new wiper blades.
Note: Do not operate the wipers on a dry
windshield. This may scratch the glass,
damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper
motor to burn out. Always use the
windshield washers before wiping a dry
windshield.

E173729

Shortest wipe interval

Intermittent wipe

Longest wipe interval

Use the rotary control to adjust the
intermittent wipe interval.

Speed Dependent Wipers
When your vehicle speed increases, the
interval between wipes will decrease.

AUTOWIPERS (If Equipped)
The feature uses a rain sensor. You will find
it in the area around the interior mirror. The
rain sensor monitors the amount of
moisture on the windshield and
automatically turns on the wipers. It
adjusts the wiper speed by the amount of
moisture that the sensor detects on the
windshield. You can switch this feature on
and off in the information display. See
General Information (page 84).

E173728

Single wipe

Intermittent wipe

Normal wipe

High speed wipe

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Wipers and Washers
Note: Make sure you switch off the
windshield wipers before entering a car
wash.
Note: Clean the windshield and wiper
blades if they begin to leave streaks or
smears. If that does not resolve the issue,
install new wiper blades.
Note: If you switch on the autolamps
feature in conjunction with autowipers, your
low beam headlamps will turn on
automatically when the rain sensor turns on
the windshield wipers to a normal wipe
speed.

E173730

Highest sensitivity

Lowest sensitivity

WINDSHIELD WASHERS
Note: Do not operate the washers when
the washer reservoir is empty. This may
cause the washer pump to overheat.

Use the rotary control to adjust the
sensitivity of the rain sensor. There are six
sensitivity settings. When you set the
control to low sensitivity (the first
position), the wipers turn on when there is
a large amount of moisture on the
windshield. When you set the control to
high sensitivity (the sixth position), the
wipers will turn on when there is a small
amount of moisture on the windshield.
Keep the outside of the windshield clean.
The rain sensor is very sensitive. If the area
around the mirror is dirty, then the wipers
may operate if dirt, mist or insects hit the
windshield.

E173731

To operate the washers and spray the
windshield, pull the lever toward you.

Wet or winter driving conditions with ice,
snow or salty road mist can cause
inconsistent and unexpected wiping or
smearing. You can do the following to help
keep your windshield clear:
• Lower the sensitivity of the autowipers
to reduce the amount of smearing.
• Switch to normal or high-speed wipe.
• Switch off the autowipers.
Note: Fully defrost the windshield before
switching on the windshield wipers.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Lighting
Headlamp Flasher

LIGHTING CONTROL

E162680
E142449

Off

Parking lamps, instrument panel
lamps, license plate lamps and
tail lamps

Pull the lever toward you slightly and
release it to flash the headlamps.

AUTOLAMPS (If Equipped)

Headlamps

WARNING
The autolamps switch position may
not activate the headlamps in all low
visibility conditions, such as daytime
fog. Always ensure that your headlamps
are switched to auto or on, as appropriate,
during all low visibility conditions. Failure
to do so may result in a collision.

High Beams

E162679

Push the lever forward to switch the high
beams on.
Push the lever forward again or pull the
lever toward you to switch the high beams
off.

E142451

When the lighting control is in the
autolamps position, the headlamps
automatically turn on in low light situations
or when the wipers activate.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Lighting
If equipped, the following also activate
when the lighting control is in the
autolamps position and you switch them
on in the information display:
• Configurable daytime running lamps.
• Automatic high beam control.
• Adaptive headlamp control.

INSTRUMENT LIGHTING
DIMMER

The headlamps remain on for a period of
time after you switch the ignition off. Use
the information display controls to adjust
the period of time that the headlamps
remain on. See Information Displays
(page 84).

Vehicles With Front Fog Lamps

Note: If you disconnect the battery or it
becomes discharged, the illuminated
components will switch to the maximum
setting.

Note: With the headlamps in the
autolamps position, you cannot switch the
high beam headlamps on until the
autolamps system turns the low beam
headlamps on.

Windshield Wiper Activated
Headlamps
The windshield wiper activated headlamps
turn on within 10 seconds when you switch
the windshield wipers on and the lighting
control is in the autolamps position. They
turn off approximately 60 seconds after
you switch the windshield wipers off.

E132712

Press repeatedly or press and hold until
you reach the desired level.

The headlamps will not turn on by wiper
activation:
• During a mist wipe.
• When the wipers are on to clear washer
fluid during a wash condition.
• If the wipers are in intermittent mode.
Note: If you switch autolamps and
autowipers on, the headlamps will
automatically turn on when the windshield
wipers continuously operate.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Lighting
Vehicles Without Front Fog Lamps

DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS (If
Equipped)

WARNING
The daytime running lamps system
does not activate the rear lamps and
may not provide adequate lighting
during low visibility driving conditions. Also,
the autolamps switch position may not
activate the headlamps in all low visibility
conditions, such as daytime fog. Make sure
the headlamps are switched to auto or on,
as appropriate, during all low visibility
conditions. Failure to do so may result in a
crash.

E165366

Press repeatedly or press and
hold to dim.

Press repeatedly or press and
hold to brighten.

Type 1 - Conventional (NonConfigurable)
The daytime running lamps turn on when:
1. The ignition is switched to the on
position.
2. The transmission is not in park (P) for
vehicles with automatic transmissions
or the parking brake is released for
vehicles with manual transmissions.
3. The lighting control is in the off, parking
lamp or autolamps positions.
4. The headlamps are off.

HEADLAMP EXIT DELAY
After you switch the ignition off, you can
switch the headlamps on by pulling the
direction indicator lever toward you. You
will hear a short tone. The headlamps will
switch off automatically after three
minutes with any door open or 30 seconds
after the last door has been closed. You
can cancel this feature by pulling the
direction indicator toward you again or
switching the ignition on.

Type 2 - Configurable
Switch the daytime running lamps on or
off using the information display controls.
The daytime running lamps turn on when:
1. They are switched on in the information
display.
2. The ignition is switched to the on
position.
3. The transmission is not in park (P) for
vehicles with automatic transmissions
or the parking brake is released for
vehicles with manual transmissions.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Lighting
4. The lighting control is in the autolamps
position.
5. The headlamps are off.

DIRECTION INDICATORS

The other lighting control switch positions
do not activate the daytime running lamps,
and you can use them to temporarily
override autolamp control.
When switched off in the information
display, the daytime running lamps are off
in all lighting control switch positions.

FRONT FOG LAMPS (If Equipped)

E162681

Push the lever up or down to use the
direction indicators.
Note: Tap the lever up or down to make the
direction indicators flash three times to
indicate a lane change.

WELCOME LIGHTING (If Equipped)
Pony Projection Lights
The pony projection lights are on the
bottom of the exterior mirror housings.
They will project an image onto the ground
a short distance from your vehicle when
welcome lighting or lighted entry turns on.

E142453

Press the control to switch the fog lamps
on or off.
You can switch the fog lamps on when the
lighting control is in any position except
Off and the high beams are not on.

Note: Moisture, frost and ice build-up or
other types of contamination on the surface
of the light lens can cause non-permanent
distortion or reduced brightness of the
image. Do not use abrasive materials to
clean the lens.

INTERIOR LAMPS
The lamps turn on when:
• You open any door.
• You press a button on the remote
control.
• You press a map lamp button.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Lighting
Map Lamps

E175199

Left-hand side map lamp.

Right-hand side map lamp.

You can switch the lamps on individually
by pressing the buttons.

AMBIENT LIGHTING (If Equipped)
You can adjust the ambient lighting system
in your information display. See
Information Displays (page 84).

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Windows and Mirrors
Bounce-Back (Coupe Only)

POWER WINDOWS

The window will stop automatically while
closing. It will reverse some distance if
there is an obstacle in the way.

WARNINGS
Do not leave children unattended in
your vehicle and do not let them play
with the power windows. They may
seriously injure themselves.

Overriding the Bounce-Back Feature
WARNING

When closing the power windows,
you should verify they are free of
obstructions and make sure that
children and pets are not in the proximity
of the window openings.

When you override the bounce-back
feature the window will not reverse
if it detects an obstacle. Take care
when closing the windows to avoid
personal injury or damage to your vehicle.
Pull up the window switch and hold within
two seconds of the window reaching the
bounce-back position. The window will
travel up with no bounce-back protection.
The window will stop if you release the
switch before the window is fully closed.

Accessory Delay
You can use the window switches for
several minutes after you switch the
ignition off or until you open either front
door.

E180087

Note: You may hear a pulsing noise when
just one of the windows is open. Lower the
opposite window slightly to reduce this
noise.

GLOBAL OPENING (If Equipped)

Note: Use the singular control (if equipped)
to open both rear windows.

You can use the remote control to operate
the windows with the ignition off.

Press the switch to open the window.

Note: You can enable or disable this feature
in the information display, or see an
authorized dealer. See General
Information (page 84).

Lift the switch to close the window.

One-Touch Down

Note: To operate this feature, accessory
delay must not be active.

Press the switch fully and release it. Press
again or lift it to stop the window.

One-Touch Up (Coupe Only)
Lift the switch fully and release it. Press or
lift it again to stop the window.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Windows and Mirrors
Opening the Windows

Fold-Away Exterior Mirrors

You can open the windows for a short time
after you unlock your vehicle with the
remote control. After you unlock your
vehicle, press and hold the remote control
unlock button to open the windows.
Release the button once movement starts.
Press the lock or unlock button to stop
movement.

Push the mirror toward the door window
glass. Make sure that you fully engage the
mirror in its support when returning it to its
original position.

EXTERIOR MIRRORS

Memory Mirrors (If Equipped)

Power Exterior Mirrors

You can save and recall the mirror
positions through the memory function.
See Power Seats (page 111).

Heated Exterior Mirrors (If Equipped)
See Heated Windows and Mirrors (page
107).

WARNING
Do not adjust the mirrors when your
vehicle is moving.

Auto-Dimming Feature (If Equipped)
The driver exterior mirror automatically
dims when the interior auto-dimming
mirror turns on.

Signal Indicator Mirrors (If Equipped)
The outer portion of the appropriate mirror
housing will blink when you switch on the
turn signal.

Pony Projection Lights (If Equipped)
The lights are on the bottom of the mirror
housings.

E176804

Left-hand mirror

Adjustment control

Right-hand mirror

This feature projects an image onto the
ground a short distance from the vehicle
with the illuminated entry and exit feature.
Note: Moisture, frost and ice build-up (or
other types of contamination) on the
surface of the light lens can cause some
non-permanent distortion or reduced
brightness of the image. Do not use abrasive
materials to clean the lens.

To adjust a mirror:
1.

Select the mirror you want to adjust.
The control will illuminate.
2. Adjust the position of the mirror.
3. Press the mirror switch again.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Windows and Mirrors
Integrated Blind Spot Mirrors (If

The image of the approaching vehicle is
small and near the inboard edge of the
main mirror when it is at a distance. The
image becomes larger and begins to move
outboard across the main mirror as the
vehicle approaches (A). The image will
transition from the main mirror and begin
to appear in the blind spot mirror as the
vehicle approaches (B). The vehicle will
transition to your peripheral field of view
as it leaves the blind spot mirror (C).

Equipped)

WARNING
Objects in the blind spot mirror are
closer than they appear.
Blind spot mirrors have an integrated
convex mirror built into the upper outboard
corner of the exterior mirrors. They can
increase your visibility along the side of
your vehicle.

Blind Spot Monitor (If Equipped)

Check the main mirror first before a lane
change, then check the blind spot mirror.
If the blind spot mirror does not show any
vehicles in its viewing area and the traffic
in the adjacent lane is at a safe distance,
signal that you intend to change lanes.
Glance over your shoulder to verify traffic
is clear and carefully change lanes.

See Blind Spot Information System
(page 162).

INTERIOR MIRROR
WARNING
Do not adjust the mirror when your
vehicle is moving.
Note: Do not clean the housing or glass of
any mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other
petroleum or ammonia-based cleaning
products.
You can adjust the interior mirror to your
preference. In addition to the standard
pivot point, this mirror also includes a
second pivot point, letting you move the
mirror head up or down and from side to
side.

Auto-Dimming Mirror

Note: Do not block the sensors on the front
and back of the mirror. Mirror performance
may be affected. A rear center passenger or
raised rear center head restraint may also
block light from reaching the sensor.

A
E138665

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Windows and Mirrors
To reduce glare, the mirror dims
automatically when it detects bright lights
from behind your vehicle. It automatically
returns to normal reflection when you
select reverse (R) gear to make sure you
have a clear view when backing up.

SUN VISORS

E138666

Rotate the sun visor toward the side
window and extend it rearward for extra
shade.

Illuminated Vanity Mirror

E162197

Lift the cover to switch the lamp on.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Instrument Cluster
GAUGES

E174486

Tachometer (Revolutions per minute)

Information display

Speedometer (Ground speed)

Fuel gauge

Engine coolant temperature gauge
Switch the ignition on. The fuel gauge will
indicate approximately how much fuel is
left in the fuel tank. The arrow adjacent to
the fuel pump symbol indicates on which
side of your vehicle the fuel filler door is
located.

Information Display
Odometer
Located in the bottom of the information
display. Registers the accumulated
distance your vehicle has traveled.

See General Information (page 84).

The needle should move toward F when
you refuel your vehicle. If the needle points
to E after adding fuel, this indicates your
vehicle needs service soon.

Vehicle Settings and Personalization

After refueling some variability in needle
position is normal:

Trip Computer

See General Information (page 84).

Fuel Gauge
Note: The fuel gauge may vary slightly
when your vehicle is moving or on a gradient.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Instrument Cluster
•

•

It may take a short time for the needle
to reach F after leaving the gas station.
This is normal and depends upon the
slope of pavement at the gas station.
The fuel amount dispensed into the
tank is a little less or more than the
gauge indicated. This is normal and
depends upon the slope of pavement
at the gas station.
If the gas station nozzle shuts off
before the tank is full, try a different
gas pump nozzle.

Low Fuel Reminder
Vehicles with no distance-to-empty
display
A low fuel reminder triggers when the fuel
gauge needle is at 1/16th.
Vehicles equipped with distance-toempty display
A low fuel reminder triggers when the fuel
gauge needle is at 1/16th or about 35 miles
(56km) to empty, whichever occurs first.

Variations:
Note: The low fuel warning and distance-to-empty warning can appear at different fuel
gauge positions depending on fuel economy conditions. This variation is normal.
Driving type (fuel economy
conditions)

Fuel gauge position

Distance-to-empty

Highway driving

1/16th

35 miles to 80 miles (56 km
to 129 km)

Severe duty driving (trailer
towing, extended idle)

1/16th-1/4

10 miles to 35 miles (16 km
to 56 km)

Gauge Package (If Equipped)

Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge
WARNING
Never remove the coolant reservoir
cap while the engine is running or hot.
Indicates engine coolant temperature. At
normal operating temperature, the level
indicator will be in the normal range. If the
engine coolant temperature exceeds the
normal range, stop your vehicle as soon as
safely possible, switch off the engine and
let it cool.

E196366

Oil Pressure Gauge
Indicates the engine oil pressure.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Instrument Cluster
Vacuum/Boost Gauge

Battery

Indicates the vacuum and boost pressure
in the intake.

If it illuminates while driving, it
indicates a malfunction. Switch
off all unnecessary electrical
equipment and have the system checked
by your authorized dealer immediately.

WARNING LAMPS AND
INDICATORS

Blind Spot Monitor (If Equipped)

The following warning lamps and
indicators will alert you to a vehicle
condition that may become serious. Some
lamps will illuminate when you start your
vehicle to make sure they work. If any
lamps remain on after starting your vehicle,
refer to the respective system warning
lamp for further information.

It will illuminate when you switch
this feature off or in conjunction
E151262
with a message. See Blind Spot
Information System (page 162). See
Information Messages (page 92).

Brake System

Note: Some warning indicators appear in
the information display and function the
same as a warning lamp but do not display
when you start your vehicle.

E144522

If it illuminates when you are driving, check
that the parking brake is not engaged. If
the parking brake is not engaged, this
indicates low brake fluid level or a brake
system malfunction. Have the system
checked immediately by your authorized
dealer.

Adaptive Cruise Control (If Equipped)
The speed control system
indicator light changes color to
indicate what mode the system
is in: See Using Adaptive Cruise Control
(page 155).
E144524

WARNING

On (white light): Illuminates when the
adaptive cruise control system is turned
on. Turns off when the speed control
system is turned off.

Driving your vehicle with the warning
lamp on is dangerous. A significant
decrease in braking performance
may occur. It will take you longer to stop
your vehicle. Have your vehicle checked by
your authorized dealer immediately. Driving
extended distances with the parking brake
engaged can cause brake failure and the
risk of personal injury.

Engaged (green light): Illuminates when
the adaptive cruise control system is
engaged. Turns off when the speed control
system is disengaged.

Anti-Lock Braking System
If it illuminates when you are
driving, this indicates a
malfunction. You will continue
to have the normal braking system
(without ABS) unless the brake system
warning lamp is also illuminated. Have the
system checked by your authorized dealer.

Cruise Control (If Equipped)
It will illuminate when you switch
this feature on.
E71340

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

It will illuminate when you
engage the parking brake with
the ignition on.

Instrument Cluster
Direction Indicator

Front Airbag

Illuminates when the left or right
turn signal or the hazard warning
flasher is turned on. If the
indicators stay on or flash faster, check for
a burned out bulb. See Changing a Bulb
(page 225).

If it fails to illuminate when you
start your vehicle, continues to
flash or remains on, it indicates
a malfunction. Have the system checked
by your authorized dealer.

Front Fog Lamps (If Equipped)

Door Ajar

Lights when you switch the front
fog lamps on.

Displays when the ignition is on
and any door is not completely
closed.

Heads Up Display (If Equipped)

Engine Coolant Temperature

A red beam of lights will
illuminate on the windshield in
E156133
certain instances when using
adaptive cruise control or the collision
warning system. It will also illuminate
momentarily when you start your vehicle
to make sure the display works.

Illuminates when the engine
coolant temperature is high.
Stop the vehicle as soon as
possible, switch off the engine and let cool.
See Engine Coolant Check (page 216).

Engine Oil

High Beam

If it illuminates with the engine
running or when you are driving,
this indicates a malfunction.
Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to
do so and switch the engine off. Check the
engine oil level. See Engine Oil Check
(page 215).

It will illuminate when you switch
the high beam headlamps on. It
will flash when you use the
headlamp flasher.

Low Fuel Level

Note: Do not resume your journey if it
illuminates despite the level being correct.
Have the system checked by your authorized
dealer immediately.

It will illuminate when the fuel
level is low or the fuel tank is
nearly empty. Refuel as soon as
possible.

Fasten Safety Belt

Low Tire Pressure Warning

It will illuminate and a chime will
sound to remind you to fasten
your safety belt. See Safety
Belt Minder (page 34).

It will illuminate when your tire
pressure is low. If the lamp
remains on with the engine
running or when driving, check
your tire pressures as soon as possible.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Instrument Cluster
It will also illuminate momentarily when
you switch the ignition on to confirm the
lamp is functional. If it does not illuminate
when you switch the ignition on, or begins
to flash at any time, have the system
checked by your authorized dealer.

Normally, the service engine soon light will
stay on until the engine is cranked, then
turn itself off if no malfunctions are
present. However, if after 15 seconds the
service engine soon light blinks eight times,
it means that the vehicle is not ready for
I/M testing. See Emission Control
System (page 132).

Parking Lamps

Stability Control

It will illuminate when you switch
the parking lamps on.

It will flash when the system is
active. If it remains illuminated
E138639
or does not illuminate when you
switch the ignition on, this indicates a
malfunction. During a malfunction the
system will switch off. Have the system
checked by your authorized dealer
immediately. See Using Stability
Control (page 146).

Service Engine Soon
If the service engine soon
indicator light stays illuminated
after the engine is started, it
indicates that the On Board Diagnostics
system (OBD) has detected a malfunction
of the vehicle emissions control system.
Refer to On board diagnostics (OBD) in
the Fuel and Refueling chapter for more
information about having your vehicle
serviced. See Emission Control System
(page 132).

Stability Control Off
It will illuminate when you switch
the system off. It will go out
when you switch the system
back on or when you switch the ignition
off. See Using Stability Control (page
146).

If the light is blinking, engine misfire is
occurring which could damage your
catalytic converter. Drive in a moderate
fashion (avoid heavy acceleration and
deceleration) and have your vehicle
serviced immediately.

AUDIBLE WARNINGS AND
INDICATORS

WARNING

Keyless Warning Alert

Under engine misfire conditions,
excessive exhaust temperatures
could damage the catalytic
converter, the fuel system, interior floor
coverings or other vehicle components,
possibly causing a fire. Have an authorized
dealer service your vehicle immediately.

The horn will sound twice when you exit
your vehicle with the intelligent access key
and your vehicle is in RUN, indicating your
vehicle is still on.

Headlamps On Warning Chime
Sounds when you remove the key from the
ignition and open the driver's door and you
have left the headlamps or parking lamps
on.

The service engine soon indicator light
illuminates when the ignition is first turned
on prior to engine start to check the bulb
and to indicate whether the vehicle is ready
for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) testing.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Instrument Cluster
Parking Brake On Warning Chime
Sounds when you have left the parking
brake on and drive your vehicle. If the
warning chime remains on after you have
released the parking brake, have the
system checked by your authorized dealer
immediately.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Information Displays
Information Display Controls

GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any handheld device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Various systems on your vehicle can be
controlled using the information display
controls on the steering wheel.
Corresponding information is displayed in
the information display.

E174488

•

•
•
•

•

Press the up and down arrow buttons
to scroll through and highlight the
options within a menu.
Press the right arrow button to enter a
sub-menu.
Press the left arrow button to exit a
menu.
Press and hold the left arrow button at
any time to return to the main menu
display (escape button).
Press the OK button to choose and
confirm settings or messages.

Main menu
•
•
•

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Gauge Mode
Trip/Fuel
Track Apps

Information Displays
•
•

Driver Assist
Settings

Gauge Mode
Use the arrow buttons to choose between
the following gauge options.

Note: Some options may appear slightly
different or not at all if the items are
optional.

Gauge Mode

Distance to Empty - XXX miles
Tire Pressure – Tire Pressure on Demand Screen
Gauge Detail

Air/Fuel Ratio

Virtual gauge shown

Boost/Vac
Cyl Head
Inlet Air
Oil Pressure
Oil Temp

Virtual gauge shown

Trans Temp
Voltage
Note: In order to provide real-time values,
some gauges may display more value
fluctuation than other gauges during normal
operation.

Air/Fuel Ratio

Some gauges shown in standard measure.
Metric similar.
Tire Pressure

E174490

Displays the current air to fuel mixture in
the engine.

E182200

Displays your current vehicle tire pressures.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Information Displays
Boost/Vac (If Equipped)

Oil Temp

E174493

E174496

Displays the vacuum or boost pressure.

Displays the engine oil temperature. If the
temperature rises to the red area, stop in
a safe place and let your vehicle cool. If the
problem persists, see an authorized dealer.

Cyl Head

Trans Temp (Automatic Transmission
only)

E174491

Displays the engine’s cylinder head
temperature.
E174494

Inlet Air

Displays the transmission fluid operating
temperature. If the temperature rises to
the red area, stop in a safe place and let
the transmission cool. If the problem
persists, see an authorized dealer.
Voltage

E174492

Displays the temperature of the air in the
cold air inlet tube.

E174495

Displays your vehicle’s battery voltage. If
the voltage is consistently too high or very
low, see an authorized dealer.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Information Displays
Trip/Fuel

Use the arrow buttons to choose between
the following trip options.
Trip/Fuel

Trip 1 or Trip 2 - Trip timer, Trip distance, mi to E and avg mpg
Fuel Economy

Instant fuel economy
AVG MPG
mi to E

Fuel History

Last 30 minutes
AVG MPG
mi to E

Average Speed
Note: Press and hold OK to reset the
currently displayed information.

Fuel history
Shows fuel usage as a bar graph based on
time. The graph is updated each minute
with the fuel economy that you achieved
during 30 minutes of driving.

Trip timer
Registers the time of individual journeys.
Trip distance

Track Apps

Registers the mileage of individual
journeys.

WARNING
Track Apps is for track use only.
Remember that even advanced
technology cannot defy the laws of
physics. It is always possible to lose control
of a vehicle due to inappropriate driver
input for the conditions. Aggressive driving
on any road condition can cause you to
lose control of your vehicle increasing the
risk of personal injury or property damage.

Mi to E
Shows the approximate distance your
vehicle can travel before running out of
fuel.
Avg mpg
Shows the average fuel usage based on
time.
Instant fuel economy

Note: Track Apps are for track use only.
They are not to be used under any other
driving conditions.

Shows your instantaneous fuel usage.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Information Displays
Note: Viewed or cleared results cannot be
used unless your vehicle is at a complete
stop. The right arrow on the display menu
will be inactive. If your vehicle does not
reach 100 mph (160 km/h) during the track
run, your display may not display your 1/4
mile results.

Note: The system will disable the collision
warning system while using track apps or
when you switch off advancetrac.

Track Apps

Accelerometer

Virtual gauge shown

Acceleration Timer

0-30 MPH (50 km/h)
0-60 MPH (100 km/h)

Automatic Start or
Countdown Start

0-100 MPH (200 km/h)
0-1/8 Mile (200m)
0-1/4 Mile (400m)
Brake Performance

60-0 MPH (100km/h)
100-0 MPH (200km/h)

Launch Control

Launch Control - check enabled or uncheck disabled
RPM

RPM set value

Line Lock
VIEW/CLEAR Results

Acceleration Timer
Brake Perform
All Time Best
Clear Saved Data
Clear All Time Best

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Information Displays
Accelerometer

2. Choose Automatic Start or Countdown
Start.
3. Follow the on-screen prompts.
Brake Performance
Displays your vehicle’s rate of deceleration.
1.

Choose desired speed to start
recording data.
2. Follow the on-screen prompts.

E174498

Displays your vehicle's rate of acceleration
or deceleration.

Launch Control (if equipped)
Maximize traction from a standing start.

The red dot will move toward the area of
acceleration or deceleration.
•

Line Lock (if equipped)

LEFT acceleration or deceleration When accelerating or decelerating left,
the red dot will move to the right on the
accelerometer.
RIGHT acceleration/deceleration When accelerating or decelerating
right, the red dot will move to the left
on the accelerometer.

•

Locks front brakes while allowing rear
wheels to turn freely.
VIEW/CLEAR Results
View and clear the last and saved results
of the acceleration timer, brake
performance and all time best.

Acceleration Timer

Driver Assist

Displays your vehicle’s rate of acceleration.

Use the arrow buttons to configure
different driver setting choices.

Choose desired speed or distance.

Note: Some items are optional and may
not appear.

Driver Assist

Advancetrac - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Auto Engine Off – check enabled or uncheck disabled
Blindspot - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Collision Warning

On - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Sensitivity

High, Normal or Low

Cross Traffic Alert - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Cruise Control

Adaptive or Normal

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Information Displays
Driver Assist

Hill Start Assist - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Rear Park Aid - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Seatbelt Monitor

On Demand screen pops up
Note: Some items are optional and may
not appear.

Settings
Use the arrow buttons to configure
different driver setting choices.

Settings

Vehicle

Easy Entry/Exit - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Lighting

Autolamp
Delay

Off or XXX seconds

Daytime Lights - check enabled or uncheck
disabled
Locks

Autounlock - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Mislock - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Relock - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Remote
Unlock

All Doors or Driver First

Switch Inhibit - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Oil Life Reset Hold OK to reset
Park Lock Control - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Remote
Start

Climate
Control

Auto or Last Setting

Seats

Auto or Off

Duration

5, 10 or 15 minutes

System - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Tire Mobility
Kit

1 - 4 years

Windows

Remote Open or Close - check enabled or uncheck
disabled

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Information Displays
Settings

MyColor

Wipers

Courtesy Wipe or Rain Sensing - check enabled or
uncheck disabled

Gauge Color

Ice blue, White, Green, Purple, Blue, Orange, Red
or MyColor 1 - 3

Ambient
Light

Ambient Light - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Ambient Dim

High or Low

Ambient Color Ice blue, White, Green, Purple,
Blue, Orange, Red or MyColor 1 - 3

MyKey

Set MyColor

Set MyColor 1
-3

R, G or B

MyKey
Status

X MyKeys, XXX MyKey miles and X Admin Keys

Create
MyKey

Hold OK to Create MyKey

911 Assist

Always On or User Selectable

AdvanceTrac

Always On or User Selectable

Do Not
Disturb

Always On or User Selectable

MAX Speed

65, 70, 75, 80 MPH or Off

Speed
Minder

45, 55 or 65 MPH or Off

Volume Limiter - check enabled or uncheck disabled

Display Setup

Clear MyKey

Hold OK to Clear MyKeys

Distance

Miles & Gallons, L/100km or km/L

Temperature °Fahrenheit or °Celsius
Tire Pressure psi or kPa
Language

Language 1 - 4 - Hold OK to Set

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Information Displays
Press the OK button to acknowledge and
remove some messages from the
information display. The information
display automatically removes other
messages after a short time.

INFORMATION MESSAGES
Note: Depending on your vehicle options
and instrument cluster type, not all of the
messages display or are available. The
information display may abbreviate or
shorten certain messages.

You need to confirm certain messages
before you can access the menus.

E174595

Adaptive Cruise Control
Message

Action

Adaptive Cruise
Malfunction

A radar malfunction is preventing the adaptive cruise control
from engaging. See Using Adaptive Cruise Control (page
155).

Adaptive Cruise Not
Available

A condition exists such that the adaptive cruise cannot function properly. See Using Adaptive Cruise Control (page
155).

Adaptive Cruise Not
Available Sensor
Blocked See Manual

You have a blocked sensor due to bad weather, ice, mud or
water in front of the radar sensor. You can typically clean the
sensor to resolve. See Using Adaptive Cruise Control (page
155).

Normal Cruise Active
Automatic Braking
Turned Off

The system has disabled the automatic braking.

Front Sensor Not Aligned A radar malfunction is preventing the adaptive cruise control
from engaging.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Information Displays
Message

Action

Adaptive Cruise - Driver
Resume Control

The adaptive cruise has reinstated controls to the driver.

Adaptive Cruise Speed
Too Low to Activate

Your vehicle speed is too slow to activate the adaptive cruise.

Adaptive Cruise Shift
Down

The adaptive cruise is automatically adjusting the gap
distance and the driver needs to shift the transmission into a
lower gear.

AdvanceTrac™
Message

Action

Service AdvanceTrac

The system detects a malfunction due to a blocked sensor.

AdvanceTrac Off On

The driver has disabled or enabled the traction control.

AdvanceTrac SPORT
MODE

The system is in sport mode.

Airbag
Message

Action

Occupant Sensor
BLOCKED Remove
Objects Near Passenger
Seat

The system detects a malfunction due to a blocked sensor.
Remove blockage.

Alarm
Message

Action

Vehicle Alarm to Stop
Alarm, Start Vehicle

Alarm triggered due to unauthorized entry. See Anti-Theft
Alarm (page 64).

Alarm All Sensors Perimeter Sensing

All perimeter sensors are active. See Anti-Theft Alarm (page
64).

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Information Displays
Battery and Charging System
Message

Action

Check Charging System The charging system needs servicing. If the warning stays on
or continues to come on, contact an authorized dealer as soon
as possible.
Charging System Service The charging system needs servicing. If the warning stays on
Soon
or continues to come on, contact an authorized dealer as soon
as possible.
Charging System Service The charging system needs servicing. Contact an authorized
Now
dealer as soon as possible.
Battery State of Charge The battery management system determines that the battery
Low
is at a low state of charge. Turn your ignition off as soon as
possible to protect the battery. This message clears once you
restart your vehicle and the battery state of charge has
recovered.
Low Battery Features
Temporarily Turned Off

The battery management system detects an extended lowvoltage condition. Your vehicle disables various features to
help preserve the battery. Turn off as many of the electrical
loads as soon as possible to improve system voltage. If the
system voltage has recovered, the disabled features operate
again as normal.

Turn Power Off to Save
Battery

The battery management system determines that the battery
is at a low state of charge. Turn your ignition off as soon as
possible to protect the battery. This message clears once you
restart your vehicle and the battery state of charge has
recovered. Turning off unnecessary electrical loads allow
faster battery state-of-charge recovery.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Information Displays
Blind Spot Information and Cross Traffic Alert System
Message

Action

Blindspot System Fault

A fault with the system has occurred. Contact an authorized
dealer as soon as possible.

Blindspot Not Available
Sensor Blocked See
Manual

The system sensors are blocked. See Blind Spot Information System (page 162).

Cross Traffic Not Available Sensor Blocked See
Manual

The blind spot information system and cross traffic alert
system sensors are blocked. See Blind Spot Information
System (page 162).

Cross Traffic System
Fault

A fault with the system has occurred. Contact an authorized
dealer as soon as possible.

Collision Warning System
Message

Action

Collision Warning
Malfunction

A fault with the system has occurred. Contact an authorized
dealer as soon as possible. See Driving Aids (page 162).

Collision Warning Not
Available Sensor
Blocked See Manual

You have a blocked sensor due to bad weather, ice, mud or
water in front of the radar sensor. You can typically clean the
sensor to resolve. See Driving Aids (page 162).

Collision Warning Not
Available

A fault with the system has occurred. Contact an authorized
dealer as soon as possible. See Driving Aids (page 162).

Doors and Locks
Message

Action

X Door Ajar

The door(s) listed is not completely closed.

Trunk ajar

The trunk is not completely closed.

Hood Ajar

The hood is not completely closed.

Switches Inhibited
Security Mode

The system has disabled the door switches.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Information Displays
Fuel
Message

Action

Fuel Level Low

An early reminder of a low fuel condition.

Check Fuel Fill Inlet

The fuel fill inlet may not be properly closed.

Hill Start Assist
Message

Action

Hill Start Assist Not
Available

Hill start assist is not available. Contact an authorized dealer.
See Hill Start Assist (page 142).

Keys and Intelligent Access
Message

Action

Press Brake to START

A reminder to press the brake while starting the vehicle.

No Key Detected

The system does not detect a key in your vehicle. See Keyless
Starting (page 122).

Restart Now or Key is
Needed

You pressed the start/stop button to switch off the engine
and your vehicle does not detect your intelligent access key
inside your vehicle.

Accessory Power Active

Your vehicle is in the accessory ignition state.

Starting System Fault

There is a problem with your vehicle’s starting system. See
an authorized dealer for service.

Key Program Successful You have successfully programmed an intelligent access key
to the system.
Key Program Failure

You have failed to program an intelligent access key to the
system.

Max Number of Keys
Learned

You have programmed the maximum number of keys to the
system.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Information Displays
Message

Action

Not Enough Keys
Learned

You have not programmed enough keys to the system.

Key Battery Low Replace The key battery is low. Change the battery as soon as possible.
Soon
Engine On

Inform the driver that they are exiting the vehicle and the
engine is on.

Maintenance
Message

Action

LOW Engine Oil Pressure Stop your vehicle as soon as safely possible and turn off the
engine. Check the oil level. If the warning stays on or continues
to come on with your engine running, contact an authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
Change Engine Oil Soon

The engine oil life remaining is 10% or less. See Engine Oil
Check (page 215).

Oil Change Required

The oil life left is at 0%. See Engine Oil Check (page 215).

Brake Fluid Level LOW

The brake fluid level is low, inspected the brake system
immediately. See Brake and Clutch Fluid Check (page 220).

Check Brake System

The brake system needs servicing. Stop your vehicle in a safe
place. Contact an authorized dealer.

Transport / Factory
Mode

Your vehicle is still in Transport or Factory mode. This may
not allow some features to operate properly. See an authorized dealer.

See Manual

The powertrain needs service due to a powertrain malfunction.

MyKey
Message

Action

MyKey Not Created

You cannot program a MyKey.

MyKey Active Drive
Safely

MyKey is active.

Speed Limited to XX
MPH/km/h

When switching on your vehicle and MyKey is in use, displays
that the MyKey speed limit is on.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Information Displays
Message

Action

Near Vehicle Top Speed MyKey is in use and the MyKey speed limit is on and the vehicle
speed is approaching 80 mph (130 km/h).
Vehicle at Top Speed of
MyKey Setting

You have reached the speed limit set for your MyKey.

Check Speed Drive
Safely

You have an active MyKey with a programmed set speed limit.

Buckle Up to Unmute
Audio

Belt-Minder turns on with a MyKey in use.

AdvanceTrac On MyKey Setting

With a MyKey in use, AdvanceTrac turns on.

Traction Control On MyKey Setting

With a MyKey in use, traction control turns on.

MyKey Park Aid Cannot
be Deactivated

With a MyKey in use, park aid is always on.

Park Aid
Message

Action

Check Rear Park Aid

The system has detected a condition that requires service.
Contact an authorized dealer. See Parking Aid (page 149).

Rear Park Aid On Off

Displays the park aid status.

Park Brake
Message

Action

Park Brake Engaged

You have set the parking brake and you have driven the vehicle
more than 3 mph (5 km/h). If the warning stays on after you
have released the parking brake, contact an authorized dealer.

Remote Start
Message

Action

To Drive: Press Brake
and Start Button

A reminder to apply the brake and push the start button to
drive your vehicle after a remote start.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Information Displays
Seats
Message

Action

Memory Recall Not
A reminder that memory seats are not available while driving.
Permitted While Driving
Memory X Saved

Shows where you have saved your memory setting.

Starting System
Message

Action

Press Brake to Start

A reminder to apply the brake when starting your vehicle.

Press Clutch to Start

A reminder to apply the clutch when starting your vehicle.

Cranking Time Exceeded

The starter has exceeded its cranking time in attempting to
start your vehicle.

Engine Start Pending
Please Wait

The starter is attempting to start your vehicle.

Pending Start Cancelled

The system has cancelled the pending start.

Steering System
Message

Action

Steering Fault Service
Now

The power steering system has detected a condition that
requires service. See an authorized dealer.

Steering Loss Stop
Safely

The power steering system is not working. Stop your vehicle
in a safe place. Contact an authorized dealer.

Steering Assist Fault
Service Required

The power steering system has detected a condition within
the power steering system or passive entry or passive start
system requires service. Contact an authorized dealer.

Steering Lock Malfunction Service Now

The steering lock system has detected a condition that
requires service. See an authorized dealer.

Steering Col. Lock Turn
Wheel while Starting
vehicle

You need to turn your steering wheel while start your vehicle
to unlock your steering column.

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Information Displays
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Message

Action

Tire Pressure LOW

One or more tires on your vehicle has low tire pressure. See
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (page 258).

Tire Pressure Monitor
Fault

The tire pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning. If the
warning stays on or continues to come on, contact an
authorized dealer. See Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(page 258).

Tire Pressure Sensor
Fault

A tire pressure sensor is malfunctioning or your spare tire is in
use. See Tire Pressure Monitoring System (page 258). If
the warning stays on or continues to come on, contact an
authorized dealer as soon as possible.

Traction Control
Message

Action

Traction Control Off /
Traction Control On

The status of the traction control system after you switched
it off or on. See Using Traction Control (page 144).

Spinout Detected
Hazards Activated

A spinout has occurred and the hazards are on.

Transmission
Message

Action

Transmission Malfunction Service Now

See your authorized dealer.

Transmission Overheating Stop Safely

The transmission is overheating and needs to cool. Stop in a
safe place as soon as it is possible.

Transmission Overtemperature Stop Safely

The transmission has overheated and needs to cool. Stop in
a safe place as soon as it is possible.

Transmission Service
Required

See your authorized dealer.

Transmission Too Hot
Press Brake

Transmission is getting hot. Stop to let it cool.

100

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Information Displays
Message

Action

Transmission Limited
Function See Manual

Displays when the transmission has overheated and has
limited functionality. See Automatic Transmission (page
137).

Transmission Warming
Up Please Wait

Transmission is too cold. Wait for it to warm up before you
drive.

Transmission Not in Park

Displays as a reminder to shift into park.

Press Brake Pedal

Displays as a reminder to press the brake pedal in order to
select a gear.

Transmission Adjusted

Displays when the transmission has adjusted the shift
strategy.

Transmission Adapt
Mode

Displays when the transmission is adjusting the shift strategy.

Transmission Indicate
Mode Lockup On

Displays when the transmission shift lever is locked and unable
to select gears.

Transmission Indicate
Mode Lockup Off

Displays when the transmission shift lever is unlocked and
free to select gears.

101

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Climate Control
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL (If Equipped)

E174095

Power: Press the button to switch the system on and off. When the system is
off, it prevents outside air from entering the vehicle.

Defrost: Select to distribute air through the windshield air vents. Air distribution
to the instrument panel and footwell vents turns off. You can also use this
setting to defrost and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice.

Heated rear window: Press the button to switch the heated rear window on
and off. See Heated Windows and Mirrors (page 107).

MAX A/C: Adjust the control to maximize cooling. Recirculated air flows through
the instrument panel vents, air conditioning automatically turns on, and the fan
automatically adjusts to the highest speed.

Temperature control: Controls the temperature of the air circulated in your
vehicle.

MAX Defrost: Adjust the control to switch on defrost. Outside air flows through
the windshield vents, air conditioning automatically turns on, and fan
automatically adjusts to the highest speed. You can also use this setting to
defrost and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice. The heated rear window
also automatically turns on when you select maximum defrost.
Note: To prevent window fogging, you cannot select recirculated air when
maximum defrost is on.

102

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Climate Control
G

Recirculated air: Press the button to switch between outside air and
recirculated air. When you select recirculated air, the air currently in the
passenger compartment recirculates. This may reduce the time needed to cool
the interior (when used with A/C) and may reduce unwanted odors from
entering your vehicle.
Note: Recirculated air may turn off automatically (or be prevented from turning
on) in all airflow modes except MAX A/C to reduce risk of fogging. Recirculated
air may also turn on and off automatically in Panel or Panel and Floor airflow
modes during hot weather in order to improve cooling efficiency.

Air distribution control: Adjust the control to turn airflow from the windshield,
instrument panel, or footwell vents on or off. You can distribute air through any
combination of these vents.

A/C: Press the button to switch the air conditioning on or off. Air conditioning
cools your vehicle using outside air. To improve the time to reach a comfortable
temperature in hot weather, drive with the windows open until you feel cold air
through the air vents.
Note: In certain conditions (for example, maximum defrost), the air conditioning
compressor may continue to operate even though the air conditioning is
switched off.

Fan speed indicators: Illuminates to indicate fan speed.

Fan speed control: Adjusts the volume of air circulated in the vehicle.

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL (If Equipped)

E174096

103

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Climate Control
A

Heated seats (if equipped): Press the button to switch the heated seats on
and off. See Climate Controlled Seats (page 114).

Driver temperature control: Adjusts the temperature setting using the control
on the driver side.

MAX Defrost: Press the button to switch on defrost. Outside air flows through
the windshield vents, air conditioning automatically turns on, and fan
automatically adjusts to the highest speed. You can also use this setting to
defrost and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice. The heated rear window
also automatically turns on when you select maximum defrost.
Note: To prevent window fogging, you cannot select recirculated air when
maximum defrost is on.

Fan speed control: Adjusts the volume of air circulated in the vehicle.

Power: Press the button to switch the system on and off. When the system is
off, it prevents outside air from entering the vehicle.

MAX A/C: Press the button to maximize cooling. Recirculated air flows through
the instrument panel vents, air conditioning automatically turns on, and the fan
automatically adjusts to the highest speed.

A/C: Press the button to turn air conditioning compressor on or off. Use air
conditioning with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency.
Note: In certain conditions (for example, maximum defrost), the air conditioning
compressor may continue to operate even though the air conditioning is
switched off.

Passenger temperature control: Adjusts the temperature on the passenger
side.

Climate controlled seats (if equipped): Press the button to switch the
climate controlled seats on and off. See Climate Controlled Seats (page
114).

AUTO: Press the button to turn on automatic operation. Select the desired
temperature using the temperature control. The system adjusts fan speed, air
distribution, air conditioning operation, and selects outside air or recirculated
air to heat or cool the vehicle in order to maintain the desired temperature. You
can also use the AUTO button to turn off dual zone operation by pressing and
holding the button for more than two seconds.

104

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Climate Control
Note: Recirculated air may turn off automatically (or be prevented from turning
on) in all airflow modes except MAX A/C to reduce risk of fogging. Recirculated
air may also turn on and off automatically in Panel or Panel and Floor airflow
modes during hot weather in order to improve cooling efficiency.
M

Heated rear window: Press the button to switch the heated rear window on
and off. See Heated Windows and Mirrors (page 107).
Manual Climate Control

HINTS ON CONTROLLING THE
INTERIOR CLIMATE

Note: To reduce fogging of the windshield
during humid weather, adjust the air
distribution control to the windshield air
vents position.

General Hints
Note: Prolonged use of recirculated air may
cause the windows to fog up.

Automatic Climate Control
Note: Adjusting the settings when your
vehicle interior is extremely hot or cold is
not necessary. The system automatically
adjusts to heat or cool the cabin to your
selected temperature as quickly as possible.
For the system to function efficiently, the
instrument panel and side air vents should
be fully open.

Note: You may feel a small amount of air
from the footwell air vents regardless of the
air distribution setting.
Note: To reduce humidity build-up inside
your vehicle, do not drive with the system
switched off or with recirculated air always
switched on.

Note: If you select AUTO during cold
outside temperatures, the system directs
airflow to the windshield and side window
vents. In addition, the fan may run at a
slower speed until the engine warms up.

Note: Do not place objects under the front
seats as this may interfere with the airflow
to the rear seats.
Note: Remove any snow, ice or leaves from
the air intake area at the base of the
windshield.

Note: If you select AUTO during hot outside
temperatures, or when the inside of the
vehicle is hot, the system automatically uses
recirculated air to maximize interior cooling.
When the interior reaches the selected
temperature, the system automatically
switches to using outside air.

Note: To improve the time to reach comfort
in hot weather, drive with the windows fully
open until you feel cold air through the air
vents.

105

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Climate Control
Heating the Interior Quickly
Vehicle with manual climate control

Vehicle with automatic climate control

Adjust the fan speed to a high speed
setting.

Press the AUTO button.

Adjust the temperature control to the
highest setting.

Adjust the temperature control to the
desired setting.

Select the footwell air vents using the
air distribution buttons.

Recommended Settings for Heating
Vehicle with manual climate control

Vehicle with automatic climate control

Adjust the fan speed to the center
setting.

Press the AUTO button.

Adjust the temperature control to the
midway point of the hot settings.

Adjust the temperature control to the
desired setting. Use 72°F (22°C) as a
starting point, then adjust the setting as
necessary.

Select the footwell air vents using the
air distribution buttons.

Cooling the Interior Quickly
Vehicle with manual climate control

Adjust the temperature control to the
MAX A/C position.

Drive with the windows fully open until
you feel cold air through the air vents.

106

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Vehicle with automatic climate control

Press the MAX A/C button.

Climate Control
Recommended Settings for Cooling
Vehicle with manual climate control

Vehicle with automatic climate control

Adjust the fan speed to the center
setting.

Press the AUTO button.

Adjust the temperature control to the
midway point of the cold settings.

Adjust the temperature control to the
desired setting. Use 72°F (22°C) as a
starting point, then adjust the setting as
necessary.

Select the instrument panel air vents
using the air distribution buttons.

Side Window Defogging in Cold Weather
Vehicle with manual climate control

Vehicle with automatic climate control

Select the windshield air vents using the Press the defrost button.
air distribution buttons.

Press the A/C button.

Adjust the temperature control to the
desired setting.

Adjust the fan speed to the highest
setting.

Adjust the temperature control to the
desired setting. Use 72°F (22°C) as a
starting point, then adjust the setting as
necessary.

Note: Do not use razor blades or other
sharp objects to clean or remove decals
from the inside of the heated rear window.
The vehicle warranty does not cover
damage caused to the heated rear window
grid lines.

HEATED WINDOWS AND
MIRRORS (If Equipped)
Heated Rear Window

Heated Exterior Mirror

Note: Make sure the engine is running
before operating the heated windows.

When you switch the heated rear window
on, the heated exterior mirrors will
automatically turn on.

Press the button to clear the
heated rear window of thin ice
E184884
and fog. The heated rear window
will automatically turn off after a short
period of time. Start the engine before you
switch the heated rear window on.

Note: Do not remove ice from the mirrors
with a scraper or adjust the mirror glass
when it is frozen in place.

107

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Climate Control
Note: Do not clean the mirror housing or
glass with harsh abrasives, fuel or other
petroleum-based cleaning products.

Turn the ignition on to return the system
to its previous settings. You can now make
adjustments normally, but you need to turn
certain vehicle-dependent features back
on, such as:
• Heated seats.
• Cooled seats.
• Heated steering wheel.
• Heated mirrors.
• Heated rear window.

CABIN AIR FILTER
Your vehicle is equipped with a cabin air
filter, which gives you and your passengers
the following benefits:
• It improves your driving comfort by
reducing particle concentration.
• It improves the interior compartment
cleanliness.
• It protects the climate control
components from particle deposits.

You can adjust the default remote start
settings using the information display
controls. See Information Displays
(page 84).

Automatic Settings

You can locate the cabin air filter behind
the glove box.

In hot weather, the system is set to 72°F
(22°C). The cooled seats are set to high
(if available, and selected to AUTO in the
information display).

Note: Make sure you have a cabin air filter
installed at all times. This prevents foreign
objects from entering the system. Running
the system without a filter in place could
result in degradation or damage to the
system.

In moderate weather, the system either
heats or cools (based on previous
settings). The rear defroster, heated
mirrors and heated seats do not
automatically turn on.

Replace the filter at regular intervals. See
Scheduled Maintenance (page 395).
For additional cabin air filter information,
or to replace the filter, see an authorized
dealer.

In cold weather, the system is set to 72°F
(22°C). The heated seats are set to high
(if available, and selected to AUTO in the
information display). The rear defroster
and heated mirrors automatically turn on.

REMOTE START (If Equipped)
The remote start feature allows you to
pre-condition the interior of your vehicle.
The climate control system works to
achieve comfort according to your previous
settings.
Note: You cannot adjust the system during
remote start operation.

108

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Seats
We recommend that you follow these
guidelines:
• Sit in an upright position with the base
of your spine as far back as possible.
• Do not recline the seatback more than
30 degrees.
• Adjust the head restraint so that the
top of it is level with the top of your
head and as far forward as possible.
Make sure that you remain
comfortable.
• Keep sufficient distance between
yourself and the steering wheel. We
recommend a minimum of 10 in
(25 cm) between your breastbone and
the airbag cover.
• Hold the steering wheel with your arms
slightly bent.
• Bend your legs slightly so that you can
press the pedals fully.
• Position the shoulder strap of the
safety belt over the center of your
shoulder and position the lap strap
tightly across your hips.

SITTING IN THE CORRECT
POSITION
WARNINGS
Sitting improperly, out of position or
with the seatback reclined too far
can take weight off the seat cushion
and affect the decision of the passenger
sensing system, resulting in serious injury
or death in the event of a crash. Always sit
upright against your seat back, with your
feet on the floor.
Do not recline the seatback as this
can cause the occupant to slide
under the safety belt, resulting in
serious injury in the event of a crash.
Do not place objects higher than the
seatback to reduce the risk of serious
injury in the event of a crash or during
heavy braking.

Make sure that your driving position is
comfortable and that you can maintain full
control of your vehicle.

HEAD RESTRAINTS
WARNINGS
Fully adjust the head restraint before
you sit in or operate your vehicle. This
will help minimize the risk of neck
injury in the event of a crash. Do not adjust
the head restraint when your vehicle is
moving.

E68595

When you use them properly, the seat,
head restraint, safety belt and airbags will
provide optimum protection in the event
of a crash.

The adjustable head restraint is a
safety device. Whenever possible it
should be installed and properly
adjusted when the seat is occupied. Failure
to adjust the head restraint properly could
reduce its effectiveness during certain
impacts.
109

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Seats
Lowering the Head Restraint

WARNINGS
Install the head restraint properly to
help minimize the risk of neck injury
in the event of a crash.

1. Press and hold button C.
2. Push the head restraint down.
Removing the Head Restraint

Note: Adjust the seatback to an upright
driving position before adjusting the head
restraint. Adjust the head restraint so that
the top of it is level with the top of your head
and as far forward as possible. Make sure
that you remain comfortable. If you are
extremely tall, adjust the head restraint to
its highest position.

Pull the head restraint up until it
reaches its highest position.
2. Press and hold buttons C and D.
3. Pull the head restraint up.
Installing the Head Restraint
Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves
and push the head restraint down until in
locks.

Front seat head restraints (if
equipped)

Front Seat Non-Adjustable Head
Restraints (If Equipped)

E138642

The head restraints consist of:
A

An energy absorbing head
restraint.

Two steel stems.

Guide sleeve adjust and release
button.

Guide sleeve unlock and remove
button.

E174407

The non-adjustable head restraints consist
of a trimmed foam covering over the upper
structure of the seatback.
Properly adjust the seatback to an upright
driving or riding position, so that the head
restraint is positioned as close as possible
to the back of your head.

Adjusting the Head Restraint

Tilting Head Restraints

Raising the Head Restraint

The front head restraints tilt for extra
comfort. To tilt the head restraint, do the
following:

Pull the head restraint up.

110

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

(If Equipped)

Seats

E144727

Adjust the seatback to an upright
driving or riding position.
2. Pivot the head restraint forward toward
your head to the desired position.
After the head restraint reaches the
forward-most tilt position, pivoting it
forward again will then release it to the
rearward, un-tilted position.

E174553

MANUAL SEATS
WARNINGS
Do not adjust the driver's seat or
seatback when your vehicle is
moving.
Rock the seat backward and forward
after releasing the lever to make sure
that it is fully engaged.

A bar to move the seat backward
and forward.

A lever to adjust the height of the
seat.

A lever to adjust the angle of the
seatback.

POWER SEATS (If Equipped)

Reclining the seatback can cause an
occupant to slide under the seat's
safety belt, resulting in severe
personal injuries in the event of a crash.

WARNINGS
Do not adjust the driver seat or
seatback when your vehicle is
moving.

The manual front seats may consist of:

Do not place cargo or any objects
behind the seatback before returning
it to the original position.

111

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Seats
MEMORY FUNCTION (If Equipped)
WARNINGS
Before activating the seat memory,
make sure that the area immediately
surrounding the seat is clear of
obstructions and that all occupants are
clear of moving parts.
Do not use the memory function
when your vehicle is moving.
E187770

The power seat control is located on the
outboard side of the seat. Move the switch
in the direction of the arrows to raise or
lower the seat cushion or to move the seat
forward, backward, up or down.

This feature will automatically recall the
position of the driver seat and power
mirrors. The memory control is located on
the driver door.

Power Lumbar (If Equipped)
The power lumbar control is located on
the side of the driver seat.

E142554

Saving a PreSet Position
1. Switch the ignition on.
2. Adjust the seat and exterior mirrors to
your desired position.
3. Press and hold the desired preset
button until you hear a single tone.

E187771

Press one side of the control to increase
lower back firmness. Press the other side
of the control to decrease lower back
firmness.

You can save up to three preset memory
positions. You can save a memory preset
at any time.
Recalling a PreSet Position
Press and release the preset button
associated with your desired driving
position. The seat and mirrors will move to
the position stored for that preset.

112

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Seats
Note: A preset memory position can only
be recalled when the ignition is off, or when
the transmission is in park (P) or neutral (N)
if the ignition is on.

Note: If more than one linked remote
control or intelligent access key is in range,
the memory function will move to the
settings of the first key stored.

You can also recall a preset memory
position by:
• Pressing the unlock button on your
intelligent access key fob if it is linked
to a preset position.
• Unlocking the intelligent driver door
handle if a linked key fob is present.
• Entering a personal entry code on the
Securicode keypad. See Locks (page
57).

Easy Entry and Exit Feature
If you enable the easy entry and exit
feature, it automatically moves the driver
seat position rearward up to two inches
(five centimeters) when you switch the
ignition off.
The driver seat will return to the previous
position when you switch the ignition on.
You can enable or disable this feature in
the information display. See Information
Displays (page 84).

Note: Using a linked key fob to recall your
memory position when the ignition is off will
move the seat to the Easy Entry position.

REAR SEATS

Note: Pressing any seat or mirror
adjustment control (or any memory button)
during a memory recall cancels the
operation.

Note: Your vehicle may have split
seatbacks that you must fold individually.

Seat recall movement will also stop if you
drive your vehicle.

Linking a PreSet Position to your
Remote Control or Intelligent
Access Key Fob
Your vehicle can save the preset memory
positions for up to three remote controls
or intelligent access (IA) keys.
1.

With the ignition on, move the memory
positions to the desired positions.
2. Press and hold the desired preset
button for about five seconds. A tone
will sound after about two seconds.
Continue holding until a second tone
is heard.
3. Within three seconds, press the lock
button on the remote control you are
linking.

E175692

Use the seatback release to fold the back
of the front seat forward for rear seat
access. This release handle is located on
the upper back of the front seat. The
seatback has memory and locks
automatically in the original position.

To unlink a remote control, follow the
same procedure – except in step 3, press
the unlock button on the remote control.

113

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Seats
Second Row Split-Folding Rear
Seat (If Equipped)

•
•

•

Place heavy objects on the seat.
Operate the seat heater if water or any
other liquid is spilled on the seat. Allow
the seat to dry thoroughly.
Operate the heated seats unless the
engine is running. Doing so can cause
the battery to lose charge.

E175611

To lower the seatback(s):

E146322

1. Pull the strap to release the seatback.
2. Fold the seatback down.

Touch the heated seat symbol to cycle
through the various heat settings and off.
Warmer settings are indicated by more
indicator lights.

When raising the seatback(s), make sure
you hear the seat latch into place. Pull
down on the seatback to make sure that
it has latched.

Cooled Seats (If Equipped)
The cooled seats will only function when
the engine is running.

CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEATS
(If Equipped)

Heated Seats
WARNING
Persons who are unable to feel pain
to the skin because of advanced age,
chronic illness, diabetes, spinal cord
injury, medication, alcohol use, exhaustion,
or other physical conditions, must exercise
care when using the seat heater. The seat
heater may cause burns even at low
temperatures, especially if used for long
periods of time. Do not place anything on
the seat that insulates against heat, such
as a blanket or cushion, because this may
cause the seat heater to overheat.

E146309

To operate the cooled seats:
Press the cooled seat symbol to cycle
through the various cooling settings and
off. Cooler settings are indicated by more
indicator lights.
If the engine falls below 350 RPM while
the cooled seats are on, the feature will
turn itself off. You will need to reactivate
it.

Note: Do not do the following:

114

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Universal Garage Door Opener (If Equipped)
HomeLink Wireless Control
System (If Equipped)
WARNINGS
Make sure that the garage door and
security device are free from
obstruction when you are
programming. Do not program the system
with the vehicle in the garage.
Do not use the system with any
garage door opener that does not
have the safety stop and reverse
feature as required by U.S. Federal Safety
Standards (this includes any garage door
opener manufactured before April 1, 1982).
A garage door opener which cannot detect
an object, signaling the door to stop and
reverse, does not meet current federal
safety standards. Using a garage door
opener without these features increases
the risk of serious injury or death.

E188211

The universal garage door opener replaces
the common hand-held garage door
opener with a three-button transmitter
integrated into the driver’s sun visor.
The system includes two primary features,
a garage door opener and a platform for
remote activation of devices within the
home. You can program garage doors as
well as entry gate operators, security
systems, entry door locks and home or
office lighting.

Note: Make sure you keep the original
remote control transmitter for use in other
vehicles as well as for future system
programming.

You can find additional system information
online at www.homelink.com or by calling
the toll-free help line on 1-800-355-3515.

Note: We recommend that upon the sale
or lease termination of your vehicle, you
erase the programmed function buttons for
security reasons. See Erasing the Function
Button Codes later in this section.

In-Vehicle Programming
This process is to program your hand-held
transmitter and your in-vehicle HomeLink
button.

Note: You can program a maximum of
three devices. To change or replace any of
the three devices after initially programming
them, you must first erase the current
settings. See Erasing the Function Button
Codes later in this section.

Note: Put a new battery in the hand-held
transmitter. This helps ensure quicker
training and accurate transmission of the
radio-frequency signal.

115

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Universal Garage Door Opener (If Equipped)
Press and hold the HomeLink button while
you press and release the hand-held
transmitter button every 2 seconds. The
HomeLink indicator light flashes slowly
and then rapidly once the HomeLink
function button recognizes and accepts
the hand-held transmitter’s radio
frequency signal.
After programming the HomeLink button,
begin programming your garage door
opener motor.
E188212

Note: You may need a ladder to reach the
unit and you may need to remove the cover
or lamp lens on your garage door opener.

With your vehicle parked outside of the
garage, switch your ignition to the on
position, but do not start your vehicle.
2. Hold your hand-held garage door
transmitter 1–3 inches (2–8
centimeters) away from the HomeLink
button you want to program.
3. Using both hands simultaneously,
press and hold the desired HomeLink
button and the hand-held transmitter
button. DO NOT release either one until
the HomeLink indicator light flashes
slowly and then rapidly. When the
indicator light flashes rapidly, release
both buttons. The rapid flashing
indicates successful training.
4. Press and hold the programmed
HomeLink button for five seconds, then
release. You may need to do this twice
to activate the door. If your garage door
does not operate, watch the HomeLink
indicator light.

E142659

To program additional buttons, repeat
Steps 1 – 4.
For questions or comments, please contact
HomeLink at www.homelink.com or
1-800-355-3515.
Programming Your Garage Door
Opener Motor
1.

Press the learn button on the garage
door opener motor and then you have
30 seconds to complete the next two
steps.
2. Return to your vehicle.

If the indicator light stays on, the
programming is complete. See
Programming Your Garage Door Motor
later in this section.
If the indicator light flashes rapidly for 2
seconds and then turns to a constant light,
the HomeLink button is not programmed
yet. Do the following:

116

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Universal Garage Door Opener (If Equipped)
1.

Press and hold the desired button. Do
NOT release the button.
2. The indicator light begins to flash after
20 seconds. Without releasing the
button, follow Step 1 in the
Programming section.
For questions or comments, contact
HomeLink at www.homelink.com or
1-800-355-3515.
Programming to a Genie Intellicode 2
Garage Door Opener

E188212

3. Press and hold the function button you
want to program for 2 seconds, then
release. Repeat this step. Depending
on your brand of garage door opener,
you may need to repeat this sequence
a third time.

Note: Make sure to program your Genie
Intellicode 2 transmitter with the garage
door opener before you program the
HomeLink buttons.
Note: To program HomeLink to the
transmitter you must first put the
transmitter into programming mode.

Erasing the Function Button Codes
Note: You cannot erase individual buttons.

E142661
E188213

Press and hold the outer two function
buttons simultaneously for
approximately 20 seconds until the
indicator lights above the buttons flash
rapidly.
2. When the indicator lights flash, release
the buttons. You erased the codes for
all buttons.

Red indicator light.

Green indicator light.

Press and hold one of the buttons on
the hand-held transmitter for 10
seconds. The indicator light changes
from green to red, and back to green
again.
2. Press the same button twice to confirm
the change to programming mode. If
done properly, the indicator light
appears red.

Reprogramming a Single Button
To program a device to a previously trained
button, follow these steps:

117

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Universal Garage Door Opener (If Equipped)
3. Hold the transmitter within 1–3 inches
(2–8 centimeters) of the button on the
visor you want to program.
4. Press and hold both the programmed
Genie button on the hand-held
transmitter and the button you want
to program. The indicator light on the
visor flashes rapidly when the
programming is successful.
Note: The Genie transmitter transmits for
up to 30 seconds. If HomeLink does not
program within 30 seconds, then you need
to press the Genie transmitter again. If the
Genie transmitter indicator light displays
green and red, release the button until the
indicator light turns off before pressing the
button again.

E142662

Press and hold the program button on
the garage door opener motor until
both blue indicator lights turn on.
2. Release the program button. Only the
smaller, round indicator light should be
on.
3. Press and release the program button.
The larger purple indicator light flashes.
Note: You must complete the next two
steps within 30 seconds.

When you program HomeLink successfully,
you need to take the Genie transmitter out
of program mode. To do this:
1.

Press and hold the previously
programmed Genie button on the
hand-held transmitter for 10 seconds.
The indicator light change from a
steady red light to a red and green light.
2. Press the same button twice to confirm
the change. When the indicator light
turns green, you know you took your
Genie transmitter out of program
mode.

4. Press and release the Genie Intellicode
2 hand-held transmitter’s previously
programmed button. Both indicator
lights on the garage door opener motor
unit should now flash purple.
5. Press and hold the previously
programmed button on the visor for 2
seconds. Repeat this step up to 3 times
until the garage door moves.

Programming HomeLink to the Genie
Intellicode Garage Door Opener Motor

Programming is now complete.

Note: You may need a ladder to access the
garage door opener motor.

Clearing a HomeLink Device
To erase programming from the three
HomeLink buttons, press and hold the two
outer HomeLink buttons until the indicator
light begins to flash. When the indicator
light begins flashing in 10 to 20 seconds.
release both buttons. You erased the
programming. The indicator light should
blink slowly to indicate the device is in train
mode after you press any of the three
HomeLink buttons.

118

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Universal Garage Door Opener (If Equipped)
FCC and RSS-210 Industry Canada
Compliance
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry
Canada. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) this device
may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
Changes or modifications to your device
not expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance can void the
user’s authority to operate the equipment.

119

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Auxiliary Power Points
12 Volt DC Power Point
WARNING
Do not plug optional electrical
accessories into the cigar lighter
socket (if equipped). Improper use
of the lighter can cause damage not
covered by your warranty, and can result
in fire or serious injury.
Run the vehicle for full capacity use of the
power point. To prevent the battery from
discharging accidentally:
• Do not use the power point longer than
necessary when the vehicle is not
running.
• Do not leave devices plugged in
overnight or when you park your vehicle
for extended periods.
Note: If used when the vehicle is not
running, the battery will discharge. There
may be insufficient power to restart your
vehicle.
Note: Do not insert objects other than an
accessory plug into the power point. This
will damage the outlet and blow the fuse.
Note: Do not hang any type of accessory or
accessory bracket from the plug.
Note: Do not use the power point over the
vehicle capacity of 12 volt DC 180 watts or
a fuse may blow.
Note: Always keep the power point caps
closed when not in use.

Locations
Power points may be in the following
locations:
• On the instrument panel.
• In the center console storage
compartment.

120

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Storage Compartments
CENTER CONSOLE

Locking Storage Bin (If Equipped)

Stow items in the cupholder carefully as
items may become loose during hard
braking, acceleration or collisions, including
hot drinks which may spill.

The storage bin locks when the doors are
electronically locked. The bin will unlock
when the driver door is electronically
unlocked with the remote control.

The console includes:
• Cupholder.
• Storage compartment.

Note: You cannot lock the storage bin when
the vehicle is on.

GLASSES HOLDER

E175705
E188216

Lift the latch to open the storage
compartment and use the following
features:
• Auxiliary power point.
• Auxiliary audio input jack.
• USB port.
• Media hub.

Press near the center of the door to open
it. Pull out the tray.

E175706

121

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Starting and Stopping the Engine
GENERAL INFORMATION

KEYLESS STARTING

WARNINGS
Extended idling at high engine
speeds can produce very high
temperatures in the engine and
exhaust system, creating the risk of fire or
other damage.

Note: The keyless starting system may not
function if the key is close to metal objects
or electronic devices such as cellular
phones.
Note: A valid key must be located inside
your vehicle to switch the ignition on and
start the engine.

Do not park, idle or drive your vehicle
on dry grass or other dry ground
cover. The emission system heats up
the engine compartment and exhaust
system, creating the risk of fire.

Ignition Modes

Do not start the engine in a closed
garage or in other enclosed areas.
Exhaust fumes can be toxic. Always
open the garage door before you start the
engine.
If you smell exhaust fumes inside
your vehicle, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized dealer
immediately. Do not drive your vehicle if
you smell exhaust fumes.

E146431

The keyless starting system has three
modes:
Off: Turns the ignition off.
•

If you disconnect the battery, your vehicle
may exhibit some unusual driving
characteristics for approximately 5 miles
(8 kilometers) after you reconnect it. This
is because the engine management system
must realign itself with the engine. You can
disregard any unusual driving
characteristics during this period.

On: All electrical circuits are operational
and the warning lamps and indicators
illuminate.
•

The powertrain control system meets all
Canadian interference-causing equipment
standard requirements regulating the
impulse electrical field or radio noise.

Without applying the brake pedal,
press and release the button once.

Start: Starts the engine.
•

When you start the engine, avoid pressing
the accelerator pedal before and during
operation. Only use the accelerator pedal
when you have difficulty starting the
engine.

122

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Without applying the brake pedal,
press and release the button once
when the ignition is in the on mode, or
when the engine is running but the
vehicle is not moving.

Press the brake pedal (automatic
transmission) or clutch pedal (manual
transmission), and then press the
button for any length of time. An
indicator light on the button illuminates
when the ignition is on and when the
engine starts.

Starting and Stopping the Engine
Before starting the engine, check the
following:
• Make sure all occupants have fastened
their safety belts.
• Make sure the headlamps and
electrical accessories are off.
• Make sure the parking brake is on.
• Move the transmission selector lever
to park (P) (automatic transmission)
or neutral (manual transmission)

STEERING WHEEL LOCK (If
Equipped)

The steering wheel locks automatically
when you leave your vehicle and take the
intelligent access key with you. The
steering wheel unlocks automatically when
you enter your vehicle with the intelligent
access key.
Note: You may need to turn the steering
wheel left or right if the wheel does not
unlock completely. This may happen in
certain situations, such as parking your
vehicle on a steep grade.

Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.
Note: You must have your intelligent access
key in the vehicle in order to shift the
transmission out of position P.
1. Fully press the brake pedal.
2. Press the button.

STARTING A GASOLINE
ENGINE

The system does not function if:
• The key frequencies are jammed.
• The key battery has no charge.

When you start the engine, the idle speed
increases, this helps to warm up the
engine. If the engine idle speed does not
slow down automatically, have your
vehicle checked by an authorized dealer.

If you are unable to start the engine, do the
following:

Note: You can crank the engine for a total
of 60 seconds (without the engine starting)
before the starting system temporarily
disables. The 60 seconds does not have to
be all at once. For example, if you crank the
engine three times for 20 seconds each
time, without the engine starting, you
reached the 60-second time limit. A
message appears in the information display
alerting you that you exceeded the cranking
time. You cannot attempt to start the engine
for at least 15 minutes. After 15 minutes, you
are limited to a 15-second engine cranking
time. You need to wait 60 minutes before
you can crank the engine for 60 seconds
again.

E174956

Remove the rubber covering (A) in the
cupholder.
2. Place the remote in the backup slot (B)
with the buttons facing up and the
keyring toward the front of the vehicle.

123

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Starting and Stopping the Engine
Automatic Engine Shutdown

3. With the key in this position, press the
brake pedal (automatic transmission)
or clutch pedal (manual transmission),
then the START button to switch the
ignition on and start your vehicle.

Your vehicle is equipped with a feature that
automatically shuts down the engine if it
has been idling for an extended period. The
ignition also turns off in order to save
battery power. Before the engine shuts
down, a message appears in the
information display showing a timer
counting down from 30 seconds. If you do
not intervene within 30 seconds, the engine
shuts down. Another message appears in
the information display to inform you that
the engine has shut down in order to save
fuel. Start your vehicle as you normally do.

Fast Restart
The fast restart feature allows you to
restart the engine within 20 seconds of
switching it off, even if a valid key is not
present.
Within 20 seconds of switching the engine
off, press the brake pedal (automatic
transmission) or clutch pedal (manual
transmission) and press the button. After
20 seconds have expired, you can no
longer restart the engine without the key
present inside your vehicle.

Automatic Engine Shutdown Override
Note: You cannot permanently switch off
the automatic engine shutdown feature.
When you switch it off temporarily, it turns
on at the next ignition cycle.

Once the engine has started, it remains
running until you press the button, even if
the system does not detect a valid key. If
you open and close a door while the engine
is running, the system searches for a valid
key. You cannot restart the engine if the
system does not detect a valid key within
20 seconds.

You can stop the engine shutdown, or reset
the timer, at any point before the
30-second countdown has expired by
doing any of the following:
•

Failure to Start
•

If you cannot start the engine after three
attempts, wait 10 seconds and follow this
procedure:
1.

If your vehicle is equipped with an
automatic transmission, fully press the
brake pedal. If your vehicle is equipped
with a manual transmission, fully press
the clutch pedal and apply the
handbrake.
2. Move the transmission selector lever
to park (P) (automatic transmission)
or neutral (manual transmission).
3. Fully press the accelerator pedal and
hold it there.
4. Start the engine.

•

Stopping the Engine When Your
Vehicle is Stationary
1.

124

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

You can reset the timer by interacting
with your vehicle (such as pressing the
brake pedal or accelerator pedal).
You can temporarily switch off the
shutdown feature any time the ignition
is on (for the current ignition cycle
only). Use the information display to
do so. See Information Displays
(page 84).
During the countdown before engine
shutdown, you are prompted to press
OK or RESET (depending on your type
of information display) to temporarily
switch the feature off (for the current
ignition cycle only).

Move the transmission selector lever
to park (P) (automatic transmission)
or neutral (manual transmission).

Starting and Stopping the Engine
Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes

2. Press the button once.
3. Apply the parking brake.
Note: This switches off the ignition, all
electrical circuits, warning lamps and
indicators.

WARNING
If you smell exhaust fumes inside
your vehicle, have your vehicle
checked by your authorized dealer
immediately. Do not drive your vehicle if
you smell exhaust fumes. Carbon
monoxide is present in exhaust fumes.
Take precautions to avoid its dangerous
effects.

Note: If the engine is idling for 30 minutes,
the ignition and engine automatically shut
down.

Stopping the Engine When Your
Vehicle is Moving
WARNING

Important Ventilating Information

Switching off the engine when the
vehicle is still moving will result in a
loss of brake and steering assistance.
The steering will not lock, but higher effort
will be required. When the ignition is
switched off, some electrical circuits,
including air bags, warning lamps and
indicators may also be off. If the ignition
was turned off accidentally, you can shift
into neutral (N) and re-start the engine.

If you stop your vehicle and the leave the
engine idling for long periods, we
recommend that you do one of the
following:

Equipped)

•
•

Open the windows at least 1 in
(2.5 cm).
Set your climate control to outside air.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (If

Move the transmission selector lever
to the neutral position and use the
brakes to bring your vehicle to a safe
stop.
2. When your vehicle has stopped, move
the transmission selector lever to park
(P) (automatic transmission) or
neutral (manual transmission).
3. Press and hold the button for one
second, or press it three times within
two seconds.
4. Apply the parking brake.

WARNINGS
Failure to follow engine block heater
instructions could result in property
damage or serious personal injury.
Do not use your heater with
ungrounded electrical systems or
two-pronged adapters. There is a risk
of electrical shock.
Do not fully close the hood, or allow
it to drop under its own weight when
using the engine block heater. This
could damage the power cable and may
cause an electrical short resulting in fire,
injury and property damage.
Note: The heater is most effective when
outdoor temperatures are below 0°F
(-18°C).

125

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Starting and Stopping the Engine
The heater acts as a starting aid by
warming the engine coolant. This allows
the climate control system to respond
quickly. The equipment includes a heater
element (installed in the engine block) and
a wire harness. You can connect the
system to a grounded 120-volt AC
electrical source.

•

We recommend that you do the following
for a safe and correct operation:
• Use a 16-gauge outdoor extension cord
that is product certified by
Underwriter’s Laboratory (UL) or
Canadian Standards Association
(CSA). This extension cord must be
suitable for use outdoors, in cold
temperatures, and be clearly marked
Suitable for Use with Outdoor
Appliances. Do not use an indoor
extension cord outdoors. This could
result in an electric shock or become a
fire hazard.
• Use as short an extension cord as
possible.
• Do not use multiple extension cords.
• Make sure that when in operation, the
extension cord plug and heater cord
plug connections are free and clear of
water. This could cause an electric
shock or fire.
• Make sure your vehicle is parked in a
clean area, clear of combustibles.
• Make sure the heater, heater cord and
extension cord are firmly connected.
• Check for heat anywhere in the
electrical hookup once the system has
been operating for approximately 30
minutes.

Using the Engine Block Heater
Make sure the receptacle terminals are
clean and dry prior to use. Clean them with
a dry cloth if necessary.
The heater uses 0.4 to 1.0 kilowatt-hours
of energy per hour of use. The system does
not have a thermostat. It achieves
maximum temperature after
approximately three hours of operation.
Using the heater longer than three hours
does not improve system performance and
unnecessarily uses electricity.

126

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Make sure the system is unplugged and
properly stowed before starting and
driving your vehicle. Make sure the
protective cover seals the prongs of the
block heater cord plug when not in use.
Make sure the heater system is
checked for proper operation before
winter.

Fuel and Refueling
•

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WARNINGS
Do not overfill the fuel tank. The
pressure in an overfilled tank may
cause leakage and lead to fuel spray
and fire.

•

The fuel system may be under
pressure. If you hear a hissing sound
near the fuel filler door, do not refuel
until the sound stops. Otherwise, fuel may
spray out, which could cause serious
personal injury.

•

Automotive fuels can cause serious
injury or death if you misuse or
mishandle them.
Fuel ethanol and gasoline may
contain benzene, which is a
cancer-causing agent.

•

When refueling always shut the
engine off and never allow sparks or
open flames near the filler neck.
Never smoke or use a cell phone while
refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely
hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid
inhaling excess fumes.

•

The flow of fuel through a fuel pump
nozzle can produce static electricity,
which can cause a fire if you pump
fuel into an ungrounded fuel container.
Observe the following guidelines when
handling automotive fuel:

•

127

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Extinguish all smoking materials and
any open flames before refueling your
vehicle.
Automotive fuels can be harmful or
fatal if swallowed. Fuel such as
gasoline is highly toxic and if
swallowed can cause death or
permanent injury. If swallowed, call a
physician immediately, even if no
symptoms are immediately apparent.
The toxic effects of fuel may not be
visible for hours.
Avoid inhaling fuel vapors. Inhaling too
much fuel vapor of any kind can lead
to eye and respiratory tract irritation.
In severe cases, excessive or prolonged
breathing of fuel vapor can cause
serious illness and permanent injury.
Avoid getting fuel liquid in your eyes. If
you splash fuel in your eyes, remove
contact lenses (if worn), flush with
water for 15 minutes and seek medical
attention. Failure to seek proper
medical attention could lead to
permanent injury.
Fuels can also be harmful if absorbed
through the skin. If you splash fuel on
your skin, clothing or both, promptly
remove contaminated clothing and
wash your skin thoroughly with soap
and water. Repeated or prolonged skin
contact with fuel liquid or vapor causes
skin irritation.
Be particularly careful if you are taking
“Antabuse” or other forms of disulfiram
for the treatment of alcoholism.
Breathing gasoline vapors, or skin
contact could cause an adverse
reaction. In sensitive individuals, serious
personal injury or sickness may result.
If you splash fuel on your skin, promptly
wash your skin thoroughly with soap
and water. Consult a physician
immediately if you experience an
adverse reaction.

Fuel and Refueling
Do not be concerned if your engine
sometimes knocks lightly. However, if it
knocks heavily under most driving
conditions while you are using fuel with the
recommended octane rating, see your
authorized dealer to prevent any engine
damage.

FUEL QUALITY
Choosing the Right Fuel
Use only UNLEADED gasoline or
UNLEADED gasoline blended with a
maximum of 15% ethanol in your gasoline
vehicle. If your vehicle is a Flex Fuel Vehicle
(FFV), it will have a yellow bezel placed
over the fuel fill inlet.

2.3L EcoBoost and 5.0L V8 Engines
We recommend regular unleaded gasoline
with a pump (R+M)/2 octane rating of 87.
Some stations offer fuels posted as regular
with an octane rating below 87, particularly
in high altitude areas. We do not
recommend fuels with an octane rating
below 87.

Do not use:
•
•
•

•

Fuel containing more than 15% ethanol
or E-85 fuel.
Fuel with methanol.
Fuels containing metallic based
additives, including manganese-based
compounds.
Fuels containing the octane booster
additive, methylcyclopentadienyl
manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).
Leaded fuel (The use of leaded fuel is
prohibited by law).

To provide improved performance, we
recommend premium fuel for severe duty
usage, such as trailer tow.
3.7L V6 Engines
We recommend regular unleaded gasoline
with a pump (R+M)/2 octane rating of 87.
Some stations offer fuels posted as regular
with an octane rating below 87, particularly
in high altitude areas. We do not
recommend fuels with an octane rating
below 87.

Note: Use of any fuel other than
recommended fuel can cause powertrain
damage, impair the emission control system
or cause loss of vehicle performance. Any
damage to vehicle that is caused by use of
fuel not recommended will not be covered
under warranty.

RUNNING OUT OF FUEL

Octane Recommendations

Avoid running out of fuel. This situation
may have an adverse effect on powertrain
components.
If you have run out of fuel:

E161513

128

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Fuel and Refueling
•

•

You may need to cycle the ignition from
off to on several times after refueling
to allow the fuel system to pump the
fuel from the fuel tank to the engine.
On restarting, cranking time will take a
few seconds longer than normal.
Normally, adding 1.0 gal (3.8 L) of fuel
is enough to restart the engine. If the
vehicle is out of fuel and on a steep
grade, more than 1.0 gal (3.8 L) may
be required.
The service engine soon indicator may
come on. For more information on the
service engine soon indicator, See
Warning Lamps and Indicators
(page 80).
For information on calculating DTE
(Distance to empty), See Instrument
Cluster (page 78).

E142668

Locate the white plastic funnel in the
spare tire compartment.
2. Slowly insert the portable fuel
container into the fuel filler opening.
3. Fill the vehicle with fuel from the
portable fuel container.
4. When done, clean the funnel or
properly dispose of it. You can
purchase extra funnels from your
authorized dealer if you choose to
dispose of the funnel. Do not use
aftermarket funnels. They will not work
with the Easy Fuel system and can
damage it. We have specially designed
the included funnel to work safely with
your vehicle.

Refilling With a Portable Fuel
Container
WARNINGS
Do not insert the nozzle of portable
fuel containers or aftermarket
funnels into the Easy Fuel “no cap”
fuel system. This could damage the fuel
system and its seal, and may cause fuel to
run onto the ground instead of filling the
tank, which could result in serious personal
injury.

REFUELING

Do not try to pry open or push open
the Easy Fuel “no cap” fuel system
with foreign objects. This could
damage the fuel system and its seal and
cause injury to you or others.

WARNINGS
Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel
fire can cause severe injuries.
Read and follow all the instructions
on the pump island.

Note: When filling the vehicle’s fuel tank
from a portable fuel container, use the
funnel included with the vehicle.

When refueling always shut the
engine off and never allow sparks or
open flames near the fuel tank filler
valve. Never smoke or use a cell phone
while refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely
hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid
inhaling excess fumes.

With the Easy Fuel capless fuel system,
use the following directions when filling
from a portable fuel container:

129

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Fuel and Refueling
When fueling your vehicle:

WARNINGS
Stay outside your vehicle and do not
leave the fuel pump unattended
when refueling your vehicle. This is
against the law in some places.

When your vehicle has stopped, shift
into park (P) and switch the ignition
off.
2. Open the fuel filler door.

Keep children away from the fuel
pump; never let children pump fuel.
Wait at least 10 seconds before
removing the fuel pump nozzle to
allow any residual fuel to drain into
the fuel tank.
Stop refueling after the fuel pump
nozzle automatically shuts off for the
second time. Failure to follow this
will fill the expansion space in the fuel tank
and could lead to fuel overflowing.

E156032

Do not remove the fuel pump nozzle
from its fully inserted position when
refueling.

3. Slowly insert the fuel filler nozzle fully
into the fuel system, and leave the
nozzle fully inserted until you are done
pumping. Hold handle higher during
insertion for easier access.

Use the following guidelines to avoid
electrostatic charge build-up, which can
produce a spark, when filling an
ungrounded fuel container:
• Place approved fuel container on the
ground.
• Do not fill a fuel container while it is in
the vehicle (including the cargo area).
• Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact
with the fuel container while filling.
• Do not use a device that would hold
the fuel pump handle in the fill position.

E154765

Easy Fuel™ Capless Fuel System

4. Wait at least 10 seconds before
removing the fuel pump nozzle to allow
any residual fuel to drain into the fuel
tank.
Note: A fuel spillage concern may occur if
overfilling the fuel tank. Do not overfill the
tank. The fill pipe is equipped with a drain
hole. Excess fuel due to overfill may drain
through the drain hole and drip onto the
ground.

WARNING
The fuel system may be under
pressure. If you hear a hissing sound
near the fuel filler door, do not refuel
until the sound stops. Otherwise, fuel may
spray out, which could cause serious
personal injury.

130

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Fuel and Refueling
Filling the Fuel Tank

If the fuel fill inlet was not properly closed,
a service engine warning lamp may appear
on the instrument cluster.

For consistent results when refueling:
• Always switch the ignition off before
refueling. If you leave the engine
running, you will get an inaccurate
reading.
• Use the same fill rate
(low-medium-high) each time you fill
the tank.
• Allow no more than two automatic
shut-offs when refueling.

At the next opportunity, do the following:
1.

Stop your vehicle as soon as safely
possible and shift the transmission into
park (P).
2. Open the fuel filler door and remove
any visible debris from the fuel fill
opening.
3. Insert either the fuel fill nozzle or the
fuel fill funnel provided with the vehicle
several times to allow the inlet to close
properly. This will dislodge any debris
preventing the inlet from sealing.

Results are most accurate when the filling
method is consistent.

Calculating Fuel Economy

If this action corrects the problem, the
message may not reset immediately. It
may take several driving cycles for the
message to turn off. A driving cycle
consists of an engine start-up (after 4 or
more hours with the engine off) followed
by city or highway driving. Continuing to
drive with the message on may cause the
service engine soon lamp to turn on as
well.

Do not measure fuel economy during the
first 1,000 mi (1,600 km) of driving (this is
your engine’s break-in period). A more
accurate measurement is obtained after
2,000 mi (3,000 km) to 3,000 mi
(5,000 km). Also, fuel expense, frequency
of fill ups or fuel gauge readings are not
accurate ways to measure fuel economy.

FUEL CONSUMPTION

The advertised capacity is the indicated
capacity and the empty reserve combined.
Indicated capacity is the difference in the
amount of fuel in the fuel tank and when
the fuel gauge indicates empty.

See Capacities and Specifications
(page 268).

Note: The amount of fuel in the empty
reserve varies and should not be relied upon
to increase driving range.

Keep a record for at least one month and
record the type of driving (city or highway).
This provides an accurate estimate of your
vehicle’s fuel economy under current
driving conditions. Keeping records during
summer and winter will show how
temperature impacts fuel economy.

Note: When refueling your vehicle after the
fuel gauge indicates empty, you might not
be able to refuel the full amount of the
advertised capacity due to the empty
reserve still present in the fuel tank.

131

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Fill the fuel tank completely and record
the initial odometer reading.
Each time you fill the fuel tank, record
the amount of fuel added.
After at least three fill ups, fill the fuel
tank and record the current odometer
reading.
Subtract your initial odometer reading
from the current odometer reading.
Calculate fuel economy by dividing
miles traveled by gallons used (For
Metric: Multiply liters used by 100, then
divide by kilometers traveled).

Fuel and Refueling
Conditions
•
•
•

•
•
•
•

•
•
•

Heavily loading your vehicle reduces
fuel economy.
Carrying unnecessary weight in your
vehicle may reduce fuel economy.
Adding certain accessories to your
vehicle such as bug deflectors, rollbars
or light bars, running boards and ski
racks may reduce fuel economy.
Using fuel blended with alcohol may
lower fuel economy.
Fuel economy may decrease with lower
temperatures.
Fuel economy may decrease when
driving short distances.
You will get better fuel economy when
driving on flat terrain than when driving
on hilly terrain.

•

The scheduled maintenance items listed
in scheduled maintenance information are
essential to the life and performance of
your vehicle and to its emissions system.
If you use parts other than Ford, Motorcraft
or Ford-authorized parts for maintenance
replacements, or for service of
components affecting emission control,
such non-Ford parts should be the
equivalent to genuine Ford Motor Company
parts in performance and durability.
Illumination of the service engine soon
indicator, charging system warning light or
the temperature warning light, fluid leaks,
strange odors, smoke or loss of engine
power could indicate that the emission
control system is not working properly.

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
WARNINGS
Do not park, idle, or drive your vehicle
in dry grass or other dry ground cover.
The emission system heats up the
engine compartment and exhaust system,
which can start a fire.

An improperly operating or damaged
exhaust system may allow exhaust to
enter the vehicle. Have a damaged or
improperly operating exhaust system
inspected and repaired immediately.

Exhaust leaks may result in entry of
harmful and potentially lethal fumes
into the passenger compartment. If
you smell exhaust fumes inside your
vehicle, have your dealer inspect your
vehicle immediately. Do not drive if you
smell exhaust fumes.

Do not make any unauthorized changes to
your vehicle or engine. By law, vehicle
owners and anyone who manufactures,
repairs, services, sells, leases, trades
vehicles, or supervises a fleet of vehicles
are not permitted to intentionally remove
an emission control device or prevent it
from working. Information about your
vehicle’s emission system is on the Vehicle
Emission Control Information Decal
located on or near the engine. This decal
also lists engine displacement

Your vehicle is equipped with various
emission control components and a
catalytic converter that will enable your
vehicle to comply with applicable exhaust
emission standards. To make sure that the
catalytic converter and other emission
control components continue to work
properly:

Please consult your warranty information
for complete details.

132

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Use only the specified fuel listed.
Avoid running out of fuel.
Do not turn off the ignition while your
vehicle is moving, especially at high
speeds.
Have the items listed in scheduled
maintenance information performed
according to the specified schedule.

Fuel and Refueling
On-Board Diagnostics (OBD-II)

If the service engine soon indicator remains
on, have your vehicle serviced at the first
available opportunity. Although some
malfunctions detected by the OBD-II may
not have symptoms that are apparent,
continued driving with the service engine
soon indicator on can result in increased
emissions, lower fuel economy, reduced
engine and transmission smoothness, and
lead to more costly repairs.

Your vehicle has a computer known as the
on-board diagnostics system (OBD-II) that
monitors the engine’s emission control
system. The system protects the
environment by making sure that your
vehicle continues to meet government
emission standards. The OBD-II system
also assists a service technician in properly
servicing your vehicle.

Readiness for
Inspection/Maintenance (I/M)
Testing

When the service engine soon
indicator illuminates, the OBD-II
system has detected a
malfunction. Temporary malfunctions may
cause the service engine soon indicator to
illuminate.

Some state/provincial and local
governments may have
Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) programs
to inspect the emission control equipment
on your vehicle. Failure to pass this
inspection could prevent you from getting
a vehicle registration.

Examples of temporary malfunctions are:
•
•

•
•

the vehicle has run out of fuel—the
engine may misfire or run poorly
poor fuel quality or water in the
fuel—the engine may misfire or run
poorly
the fuel fill inlet may not have closed
properly. See Refueling (page 129).
driving through deep water—the
electrical system may be wet.

If the service engine soon
indicator is on or the bulb does
not work, you may need to have
the vehicle serviced. See On-Board
Diagnostics (OBD-II).
Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test if
the service engine soon indicator is on or
not working properly (bulb is burned out),
or if the OBD-II system has determined
that some of the emission control systems
have not been properly checked. In this
case, your vehicle is not ready for I/M
testing.

You can correct these temporary
malfunctions by filling the fuel tank with
good quality fuel, properly closing the fuel
fill inlet or letting the electrical system dry
out. After three driving cycles without these
or any other temporary malfunctions
present, the service engine soon indicator
should stay off the next time you start the
engine. A driving cycle consists of a cold
engine startup followed by mixed
city/highway driving. No additional vehicle
service is required.

If the vehicle’s engine or transmission has
just been serviced, or the battery has
recently run down or been replaced, the
OBD-II system may indicate that the
vehicle is not ready for I/M testing. To
determine if the vehicle is ready for I/M
testing, turn the ignition key to the on
position for 15 seconds without cranking

133

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Fuel and Refueling
the engine. If the service engine soon
indicator blinks eight times, it means that
the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing; if
the service engine soon indicator stays on
solid, it means that the vehicle is ready for
I/M testing.
The OBD-II system monitors the emission
control system during normal driving. A
complete check may take several days. If
the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing, you
may need to perform the following driving
cycle consisting of mixed city and highway
driving:
Drive on an expressway or highway for a
steady 15 minutes, followed by 20 minutes
of stop-and-go driving with at least four
30-second idle periods.
Allow the vehicle to sit for at least eight
hours without starting the engine. Then,
start the engine and complete the above
driving cycle. The engine must warm up to
its normal operating temperature. Once
started, do not turn off the engine until the
above driving cycle is complete. If the
vehicle is still not ready for I/M testing, you
will have to repeat the above driving cycle.

134

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Transmission
During each shift, the clutch pedal must
be fully pressed to the floor. Make sure the
floor mat is properly positioned so it
doesn't interfere with the full extension of
the clutch pedal.

MANUAL TRANSMISSION
Using the Clutch
Note: Failure to fully press the clutch pedal
to the floor may cause increased shift
efforts, prematurely wear transmission
components or damage the transmission.

Recommended Shift Speeds
Note: Do not downshift into first (1) when
your vehicle is moving faster than 15 mph
(24 km/h). This will damage the clutch.

Note: Do not drive with your foot resting on
the clutch pedal or use the clutch pedal to
hold your vehicle at a standstill while
waiting on a hill. These actions will reduce
the life of the clutch and could nullify a
clutch warranty claim.

2.3L
Recommended upshifts (for best fuel
economy) when accelerating

Shift from:

E144954

15 mph (24 km/h)

2-3

24 mph (39 km/h)

3-4

35 mph (56 km/h)

4-5

41 mph (66 km/h)

5-6

50 mph (80 km/h)

3.7L with 3.15 Axle Ratio

Manual transmission vehicles have a
starter interlock that prevents cranking the
engine unless the clutch pedal is fully
pressed.

Recommended upshifts (for best fuel
economy) when accelerating

Shift from:

To start the vehicle:
1. Make sure the parking brake is fully set.
2. Press the clutch pedal to the floor, then
put the gearshift lever in the neutral
position.
3. Start the engine.
4. Press the brake pedal and move the
gearshift lever to the desired gear; first
(1) or reverse (R).
5. Release the parking brake, then slowly
release the clutch pedal while slowly
pressing on the accelerator.

135

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

1-2

13 mph (21 km/h)

2-3

26 mph (42 km/h)

3-4

37 mph (60 km/h)

4-5

43 mph (69 km/h)

5-6

59 mph (95 km/h)

Transmission

3.7L with 3.55 Axle Ratio
Recommended upshifts (for best fuel
economy) when accelerating

Shift from:
1-2

13 mph (21 km/h)

2-3

24 mph (39 km/h)

3-4

33 mph (53 km/h)

4-5

39 mph (63 km/h)

5-6

43 mph (69 km/h)

E99067

Note: The gearshift lever can only be
moved to reverse (R) by raising the collar
below the gearshift knob up before shifting
to reverse. This is a lockout feature which
protects the transmission from accidentally
engaging reverse (R) when intending to
select first (1).

5.0L
Recommended upshifts (for best fuel
economy) when accelerating

2-3

24 mph (39 km/h)

If reverse (R) is not fully engaged, press
the clutch pedal down and return the
gearshift to the neutral position. Release
the clutch pedal for a moment, then raise
the collar and shift to reverse (R) again.

3-4

31 mph (50 km/h)

Parking Your Vehicle

4-5

39 mph (63 km/h)

WARNING

5-6

43 mph (69 km/h)

Do not park your vehicle in neutral
(N), it may move unexpectedly and
injure someone. Use first (1) gear and
set the parking brake fully.

Shift from:
1-2

13 mph (21 km/h)

Reverse
Note: Make sure that your vehicle is at a
complete stop before you shift into reverse
(R). Failure to do so may damage the
transmission.

To park your vehicle:
1.

Apply the brake and shift into the
neutral position.
2. Fully apply the parking brake, hold the
clutch pedal down, then shift into first
(1).
3. Turn the ignition off.

Press the clutch pedal to the floor to
disengage clutch.
2. Shift into reverse (R) by raising the
collar below the gearshift knob up, then
moving the lever fully to the left, then
forward.

136

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Transmission
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

Park (P)

(If Equipped)

This position locks the transmission and
prevents the rear wheels from turning.
Come to a complete stop before putting
your vehicle into and out of park (P).

WARNINGS
Always set the parking brake fully
and make sure the gearshift is
latched in park (P). Turn the ignition
to the off position and remove the key
whenever you leave your vehicle.

Reverse (R)
With the gearshift lever in reverse (R), your
vehicle provides backward movement.
Always come to a complete stop before
shifting into and out of reverse (R).

Do not apply the brake pedal and
accelerator pedal simultaneously.
Applying both pedals simultaneously
for more than three seconds will limit
engine rpm, which may result in difficulty
maintaining speed in traffic and could lead
to serious injury.

Neutral (N)
With the gearshift lever in neutral (N), you
can start your vehicle and it is free to roll.
Hold the brake pedal down while in this
position.

Understanding the Positions of
Your Automatic Transmission

Drive (D)
For normal driving, and the best fuel
economy, drive (D) provides operation in
gears one through six.

Putting your vehicle in gear:
1. Fully press down the brake pedal.
2. Press and hold the button on the top
of the gearshift lever.
3. Move the gearshift lever into the
desired gear.
4. Release the button and your
transmission remains in the selected
gear.

Sport (S)
Moving the gearshift lever to Sport (S):
• Provides additional grade (engine)
braking and extends lower gear
operation to enhance performance for
uphill climbs, hilly terrain or
mountainous areas. This may increase
engine RPM during engine braking.
• Provides additional lower gear
operation through the automatic
transmission shift strategy.
• Selects gears more quickly and at
higher engine speeds.

SelectShift Automatic™
Transmission
Your SelectShift Automatic transmission
gives you the ability to change gears
manually.

E174572

137

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Transmission
The transmission automatically upshifts
if your engine speed is too high or
downshifts if your engine speed is too low.

With your vehicle in drive (D), the paddle
shifters provide temporary manual control.
They allow you the ability to shift gears
quickly, without taking your hands off the
steering wheel.

Note: The system stays in manual control
until you make another shift button
selection. For example, drive (D).

You can achieve extensive manual control
by moving the gearshift lever to the sport
(S) position.
•
•

Note: Engine damage may occur if
excessive engine revving is held without
shifting.

Pull and release the right paddle (+)
to upshift.
Pull and release the left paddle (–) to
downshift.

Brake-Shift Interlock
WARNINGS
Do not drive your vehicle until you
verify that the brake lamps are
working.
When doing this procedure, you will
be taking your vehicle out of park
which means your vehicle can roll
freely. To avoid unwanted vehicle
movement, always fully set the parking
brake prior to doing this procedure. Use
wheel chocks if appropriate.

E144821

The system determines when temporary
manual control is no longer in use and
returns to automatic control.

If the parking brake is fully released,
but the brake warning lamp remains
illuminated, the brakes may not be
working properly. See your authorized
dealer.

Upshift to the recommended shift speeds
according to the following chart:
Upshifts when accelerating (recommended for best fuel economy)

Note: Contact an authorized dealer as soon
as possible if this procedure is used.

Shift from:
1-2

Note: For some markets, this feature will
be disabled.

15 mph (24 km/h)

2-3

25 mph (40 km/h)

3-4

40 mph (64 km/h)

4-5

45 mph (72 km/h)

5-6

50 mph (80 km/h)

Use the brake shift interlock lever to move
the gearshift lever from the park position
in the event of an electrical malfunction or
if your vehicle has a dead battery.
Apply the parking brake and switch the
ignition off before performing this
procedure.

The instrument cluster displays your
currently selected gear.

138

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Transmission
3. Locate the white release lever and slide
the lever forward while pulling the
gearshift lever out of the park (P)
position and into the neutral (N)
position.
4. Reinstall the console.
5. Start your vehicle and release the
parking brake.

Automatic Transmission Adaptive
Learning

E174499

This feature is designed to increase
durability and provide consistent shift feel
over the life of your vehicle. A new vehicle
or transmission may have firm or soft
shifts. This operation is normal and does
not affect function or durability of the
transmission. Over time, the adaptive
learning process will fully update
transmission operation. Additionally,
whenever you disconnect the battery is or
install a new battery, the system must
relearn the strategy.

Remove the rubber cover, two screws
and storage tray located in the front of
the center console.

If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud
or Snow
E184747

Note: Do not rock your vehicle if the engine
is not at normal operating temperature or
damage to the transmission may occur.

2. Using a flat head screwdriver or similar
tool, remove the chrome bezel and
gearshift bracket at the base of the
gearshift lever.

Note: Do not rock your vehicle for more
than a minute or damage to the
transmission and tires may occur, or the
engine may overheat.
If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow,
you may rock it out by shifting between
forward and reverse gears, stopping
between shifts in a steady pattern. Press
lightly on the accelerator in each gear.

E174501

139

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Rear Axle
LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL
(If Equipped)

This axle provides added traction on
slippery surfaces, particularly when one
wheel is on a poor traction surface. Under
normal conditions, the limited-slip axle
functions like a standard rear axle. The axle
may exhibit a slight noise or vibration
during tight turns with low vehicle speed.
This is normal behavior and indicates the
axle is working.

Traction-Lok™ and TORSEN™
Axles (If Equipped)
These axles provide improved traction on
slippery and loose surfaces, particularly
when one wheel is on a poor traction
surface. Under normal conditions, these
axles function like a standard rear axle.
Extended use of tire sizes other than the
manufacturer’s specified tire size on these
axles could result in a permanent reduction
in effectiveness. This loss does not affect
your normal driving and should not be
noticeable.

140

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Brakes
Anti-lock Brake System

GENERAL INFORMATION

This system helps you maintain steering
control during emergency stops by keeping
the brakes from locking.

Note: Occasional brake noise is normal. If
a metal-to-metal, continuous grinding or
continuous squeal sound is present, the
brake linings may be worn-out. Have the
system checked by an authorized dealer. If
your vehicle has continuous vibration or
shudder in the steering wheel while braking,
have it checked by an authorized dealer.

This lamp momentarily
illuminates when you turn the
ignition on. If the light does not
illuminate during start up, remains on or
flashes, the system may be disabled. Have
the system checked by an authorized
dealer. If the anti-lock brake system is
disabled, normal braking is still effective.

Note: Brake dust may accumulate on the
wheels, even under normal driving
conditions. Some dust is inevitable as the
brakes wear and does not contribute to
brake noise. See Cleaning the Alloy
Wheels (page 233).

If the brake warning lamp
illuminates when you release the
E144522
parking brake, have the system
checked by an authorized dealer.

See Warning Lamps and
Indicators (page 80).
E144522

HINTS ON DRIVING WITH
ANTI-LOCK BRAKES

Wet brakes result in reduced braking
efficiency. Gently press the brake pedal a
few times when driving from a car wash or
standing water to dry the brakes.

Note: When the system is operating, the
brake pedal will pulse and may travel
further. Maintain pressure on the brake
pedal. You may also hear a noise from the
system. This is normal.

Brake Over Accelerator
In the event the accelerator pedal
becomes stuck or entrapped, apply steady
and firm pressure to the brake pedal to
slow the vehicle and reduce engine power.
If you experience this condition, apply the
brakes and bring your vehicle to a safe
stop. Move the transmission to park (P),
switch the engine off and apply the parking
brake. Inspect the accelerator pedal for
any interference. If none are found and the
condition persists, have your vehicle towed
to the nearest authorized dealer.

The anti-lock braking system will not
eliminate the risks when:
• You drive too closely to the vehicle in
front of you.
• Your vehicle is hydroplaning.
• You take corners too fast.
• The road surface is poor.

PARKING BRAKE

Brake Assist
WARNINGS
If the parking brake is fully released,
but the brake warning lamp remains
illuminated, the brakes may not be
working properly. See your authorized
dealer as soon as possible.

Brake assist detects when you brake
rapidly by measuring the rate at which you
press the brake pedal. It provides
maximum braking efficiency as long as you
press the pedal, and can reduce stopping
distances in critical situations.

141

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Brakes
When the system is active, your vehicle will
remain stationary on the slope for two to
three seconds after you release the brake
pedal. This allows you time to move your
foot from the brake to the accelerator
pedal. The brakes are released
automatically once the engine has
developed sufficient drive to prevent your
vehicle from rolling down the slope. This
is an advantage when pulling away on a
slope, for example from a car park ramp,
traffic lights or when reversing uphill into
a parking space.

WARNINGS
Always set the parking brake fully
and make sure that the transmission
is securely latched in park (P)
(automatic transmission) or first gear (1)
(manual transmission).
To set the parking brake, pull the parking
brake handle up as far as possible.
To release the parking brake:
1.

Press and hold the button located at
the end of the parking brake handle.
2. Pull the handle up slightly, then push
the handle down.

The system will activate automatically on
any slope that will cause significant vehicle
rollback. For vehicles with a manual
transmission, you can switch this feature
off using the information display. See
Information Displays (page 84). The
system will remain on or off depending on
how it was last set.

HILL START ASSIST
WARNINGS
The system does not replace the
parking brake. When you leave your
vehicle, always apply the parking
brake and shift the transmission into park
(P) for automatic transmission or first gear
for manual transmission.

Note: The system only functions when you
bring your vehicle to a complete stop. Shift
into reverse (R) when facing downhill and
first gear (1) when facing uphill.
Note: There is no warning lamp to indicate
the system is either on or off.

You must remain in your vehicle once
you have activated the system.

Using Hill Start Assist

During all times, you are responsible
for controlling your vehicle,
supervising the system and
intervening, if required.

Press the brake pedal to bring your
vehicle to a complete standstill. Keep
the brake pedal pressed.
2. If the sensors detect that your vehicle
is on a slope, the system will activate
automatically.
3. When you remove your foot from the
brake pedal, your vehicle will remain
on the slope without rolling away for
about two or three seconds. This hold
time will automatically be extended if
you are in the process of driving off.
4. Drive off in the normal manner. The
brakes will release automatically.

If the engine is revved excessively, or
if a malfunction is detected, the
system will be deactivated.
The system makes it easier to pull away
when your vehicle is on a slope without the
need to use the parking brake.

142

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Brakes
Switching the System On and Off
Vehicles with Manual Transmission
You can switch this feature on or off in the
information display. The system
remembers the last setting when you start
your vehicle.
Vehicles with Automatic Transmission
You cannot turn the system on or off.
When you switch the ignition on, the
system automatically turns on.

143

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Traction Control
Switching the System Off

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
The traction control system helps avoid
drive wheel spin and loss of traction.
If your vehicle begins to slide, the system
applies the brakes to individual wheels
and, when needed, reduces engine power
at the same time. If the wheels spin when
accelerating on slippery or loose surfaces,
the system reduces engine power in order
to increase traction.

E166706

The switch for the stability and traction
control system is on the instrument panel.
When you switch the system off, a
message and an illuminated icon appear
on the instrument cluster.

USING TRACTION CONTROL
WARNING

Use the switch again to return the traction
control system to normal operation.

The stability and traction control
light illuminates steadily if the
system detects a failure. Make sure
you did not manually disable the traction
control system using the switch. If the
stability control and traction control light
is still illuminating steadily, have the
system serviced by an authorized dealer
immediately. Operating your vehicle with
traction control disabled could lead to an
increased risk of loss of vehicle control,
vehicle rollover, personal injury and death.

Your vehicle may have MyKey restrictions
regarding this feature. See Principle of
Operation (page 52).

System Indicator Lights and
Messages
The stability and traction control
light temporarily illuminates on
E138639
engine start-up and flashes
when a driving condition activates either
of the systems.

The system automatically turns on each
time you switch the ignition on.

The stability and traction control
off light temporarily illuminates
on engine start-up and stays on:

If your vehicle is stuck in mud or snow,
switching traction control off may be
beneficial as this allows the wheels to spin.

•

Note: When you switch traction control off,
stability control remains fully active.

•

144

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

When you switch the traction control
system off.
If a problem occurs in either of the
systems.

Stability Control
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION

WARNINGS
the system serviced by an authorized
dealer immediately. Operating your vehicle
with traction control disabled could lead
to an increased risk of loss of vehicle
control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and
death.

WARNINGS
Vehicle modifications involving
braking system, aftermarket roof
racks, suspension, steering system,
tire construction and wheel and tire size
may change the handling characteristics
of the vehicle and may adversely affect
the performance of the AdvanceTrac
system. In addition, installing any stereo
loudspeakers may interfere with and
adversely affect the AdvanceTrac system.
Install any aftermarket stereo loudspeaker
as far as possible from the front center
console, the tunnel, and the front seats in
order to minimize the risk of interfering with
the AdvanceTrac sensors. Reducing the
effectiveness of the AdvanceTrac system
could lead to an increased risk of loss of
vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal
injury and death.

The stability and traction control
light temporarily lights on engine
E138639
start-up and flashes when a
driving condition activates either of the
systems.
The stability and traction control
off light temporarily lights on
engine start-up and stays on:
•
•
•

Remember that even advanced
technology cannot defy the laws of
physics. It’s always possible to lose
control of a vehicle due to inappropriate
driver input for the conditions. Aggressive
driving on any road condition can cause
you to lose control of your vehicle
increasing the risk of personal injury or
property damage. Activation of the
AdvanceTrac system is an indication that
at least some of the tires have exceeded
their ability to grip the road; this could
reduce the operator’s ability to control the
vehicle potentially resulting in a loss of
vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal
injury and death. If your AdvanceTrac
system activates, SLOW DOWN.

The AdvanceTrac Control system helps
you keep control of your vehicle when on
a slippery surface. The electronic stability
control portion of the system helps avoid
skids and lateral slides. The traction
control system helps avoid drive wheel
spin and loss of traction. See Using
Traction Control (page 144).

If a failure has been detected within
the traction control system, the
stability control light will illuminate
steadily. Verify that the traction control
system was not manually disabled using
the stability control button. If the stability
control light still illuminates steadily, have

145

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

When you switch the traction control
system off.
When you select an alternative stability
control mode.
If a problem occurs in either of the
systems.

Stability Control
skidding off its intended route.
B

Vehicle with AdvanceTrac
maintaining control on a slippery
surface.

USING STABILITY CONTROL

AdvanceTrac™

The system automatically activates when
you start your engine. The electronic
stability control portion of the system is
disabled when the transmission is in
reverse (R) or, on some models, if you
press and hold the stability control button
for more than five seconds when you apply
the brakes and the vehicle is at a stop. You
can switch off the traction control portion
of the system independently. See Using
Traction Control (page 144).

A
B

E72903

Vehicle without AdvanceTrac

AdvanceTrac features

Button functions

Mode

Stability
control off
light

Electronic
stability
control

Traction
control system

Default at startup

On during bulb
check

Enabled

Button pressed Traction control
momentarily
off

Enabled

Disabled

Button pressed
twice rapidly

Sport mode (if
equipped)

Enabled

Button pressed
and held more
than five
seconds

AdvanceTrac
disabled

Disabled

Button pressed
again after
deactivation

AdvanceTrac
fully enabled

Off

Enabled

Note: Do not use Sport mode on public
roadways.

146

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Stability Control
Some models may also come equipped
with a sport mode which allows the driver
to reduce normal AdvanceTrac system
intervention and provide a more spirited
driving experience. To enter sport mode,
toggle the stability control button twice
rapidly. The message appears in the
information display that the system is now
in sport mode.

Initiating Line Lock
The initiation stage verifies that the vehicle
is ready for Line Lock function, and
confirms driver intent. Follow the prompts
in the information display in to initiate Line
Lock.
The following conditions must be met to
initialize Line Lock:
• The vehicle is on a level surface.
• The engine is running.
• The vehicle is traveling less than 25
mph (40 km/h).
• Selectable Drive Mode is not in wet
mode (if equipped).
• There are no AdvanceTrac faults.

For vehicles equipped with the selectable
drive mode feature, AdvanceTrac sport
mode is not available. You can utilize the
performance oriented AdvanceTrac mode
by selecting track drive mode. In this mode,
AdvanceTrac intervention is reduced and
tuned specifically for track use only and is
not for use on public roads. In all of the
selectable drive modes, you can disable
traction control and AdvanceTrac with the
AdvanceTrac switch.

If you want to cancel Line Lock once it is
initialized, press the left information
display control. Once initiated, Line Lock
is prepared for activation and will remain
initiated up to 25 mph (40 km/h). If vehicle
speed exceeds 25 mph (40 km/h), Line
Lock will be automatically canceled.

Line Lock (If Equipped)
Line Lock is a feature intended for use at
tracks only and should not be used on
public roadways. Use of this feature will
result in significantly increased rear tire
wear. It is intended to condition the rear
tires to maximize traction prior to track use.
Line Lock maintains brake force at the
front wheels, allowing the rear wheels to
spin with minimal vehicle movement.

Engaging Line Lock
Follow the prompts in the information
display to engage Line Lock after it is
initialized. To engage, firmly apply the
brakes. Then press the OK button. Once
engaged, release the brake pedal. The
front brakes will remain applied and the
rear brakes will release. At this point, the
engagement timer is initiated and shown
on the driver information display.

This feature is located in the Track Apps
menu. Make selections through the 5-way
information display control and OK button
located on the steering wheel.

The following conditions must be met to
engage Line Lock:
• The vehicle is on a level surface.
• The engine is running.
• The vehicle is stopped.
• The parking brake is not applied.
• The driver door is closed.
• The transmission is in a forward gear.

Using Line Lock
There are three Line Lock stages:
•
•
•

Initiated.
Engaged.
Off.

147

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Stability Control
•
•
•

Selectable Drive Mode is not in wet
mode (if equipped).
There are no AdvanceTrac faults.
The steering wheel must be in the
straight ahead position.

Releasing Line Lock
While Line Lock is engaged, you can exit
(release) the feature using the OK button.
When you press the OK button, Line Lock
releases immediately and normal vehicle
function will resume. When Line Lock is
engaged, a countdown timer shows the
remaining time before Line Lock is released
automatically. If you exceed the time limit,
or another vehicle condition requires Line
Lock to release, the system will safely
disengage and normal vehicle function will
resume.
Note: If the brake pedal is applied while
Line Lock is engaged, Line Lock
automatically cancels and normal brake
function resumes.

148

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Parking Aids
Note: If your vehicle is equipped with
MyKey, it is possible to prevent turning the
sensing system off. See Principle of
Operation (page 52).

PARKING AID
WARNINGS
To help avoid personal injury, please
read and understand the limitations
of the system as contained in this
section. Sensing is only an aid for some
(generally large and fixed) objects when
moving on a flat surface at parking speeds.
Certain objects with surfaces that absorb
ultrasonic waves, traffic control systems,
fluorescent lamps, inclement weather, air
brakes, and external motors and fans may
also affect the function of the sensing
system; this may include reduced
performance or a false activation.

The sensing system warns the driver of
obstacles within a certain range of the
bumper area. The system turns on
automatically whenever the ignition is
switched on.
When receiving a detection warning, the
radio volume is reduced to a
predetermined level. After the warning
goes away, the radio volume returns to the
previous level.

Rear Sensing System

To help avoid personal injury, always
use caution when in reverse (R) and
when using the sensing system.

The rear sensors are only active when the
transmission is in reverse (R). As your
vehicle moves closer to the obstacle, the
rate of the audible warning increases.
When the obstacle is fewer than 12 in
(30 cm) away, the warning sounds
continuously. If a stationary or receding
object is detected farther than 12 in
(30 cm) from the side of your vehicle, the
tone sounds for only three seconds. Once
the system detects an object approaching,
the warning sounds again.

This system is not designed to
prevent contact with small or moving
objects. The system is designed to
provide a warning to assist the driver in
detecting large stationary objects to avoid
damaging the vehicle. The system may not
detect smaller objects, particularly those
close to the ground.
Certain add-on devices such as large
trailer hitches, bike or surfboard racks
and any device that may block the
normal detection zone of the system, may
create false beeps.

The coverage area is up to 6 ft (1.8 m) from
the rear bumper. There is decreased
coverage area at the outer corners of the
bumper.

Note: Keep the sensors, located on the
bumper or fascia, free from snow, ice and
large accumulations of dirt. If the sensors
are covered, the system’s accuracy can be
affected. Do not clean the sensors with
sharp objects.
Note: If your vehicle sustains damage to
the bumper or fascia, leaving it misaligned
or bent, the sensing zone may be altered
causing inaccurate measurement of
obstacles or false alarms.

149

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Parking Aids
The system can be switched off through
the information display. If a fault is present
in the system, a warning message appears
in the information display and will not
allow you to switch the faulted system on.

REAR VIEW CAMERA
WARNINGS
The rear view camera system is a
reverse aid supplement device that
still requires the driver to use it in
conjunction with the interior and exterior
mirrors for maximum coverage.

E130178

The system detects certain objects while
the transmission is in reverse (R):
• Moving toward a stationary object at
a speed of 3 mph (5 km/h) or less.
• Not moving, and a moving object is
approaching the rear of your vehicle at
a speed of 3 mph (5 km/h) or less.
• Moving at a speed of 3 mph (5 km/h)
while another moving object is
approaching the rear of the vehicle at
a speed of less than 3 mph (5 km/h).

You may not see objects that are
close to either corner of the bumper
or under the bumper due to the
limited coverage of the camera system.
Back up as slow as possible since
higher speeds might limit your
reaction time to stop your vehicle.
Use caution when using the rear
video camera and the luggage
compartment is ajar. If the luggage
compartment is ajar, the camera will be
out of position and the video image may
be incorrect. All guidelines are removed
when the luggage compartment is ajar.

The system provides audio warnings only
when the vehicle is moving or when the
vehicle is stationary and the detected
obstacle is fewer than 12 in (30 cm) away
from the bumper.

Use caution when turning camera
features on or off. Make sure your
vehicle is not moving.

The system provides obstacle distance
indication through the center stack display
(if equipped). The distance indication will
be present when the transmission is in
reverse (R).
•

•

The rear view camera system provides a
video image of the area behind your
vehicle.
During operation, lines appear in the
display which represent your vehicle’s path
and proximity to objects behind your
vehicle.

As the distance to the obstacle
decreases (obstacle becomes closer)
the indicator blocks will illuminate and
move towards the vehicle icon.
If there is no obstacle detected, the
distance indicator blocks will be grayed
out.

150

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Parking Aids
The camera may not operate correctly
under the following conditions:
• Nighttime or dark areas if the reverse
lamps are not operating.
• Mud, water or debris obstructs the
camera's view. Clean the lens with a
soft, lint-free cloth and non-abrasive
cleaner.
• The camera is misaligned due to
damage to the rear of your vehicle.
E174502

Camera Guidelines

The camera is located on the luggage
compartment door.

Note: Active guidelines are only available
when the transmission is in reverse (R).

Using the Rear View Camera
System

Note: Upon a battery disconnect, the active
guidelines may not be functional until your
vehicle has been driven a short distance and
exceeds a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h).

The rear view camera system displays
what is behind your vehicle when you place
the transmission in reverse (R).
Note: The reverse sensing system is not
effective at speeds above 3 mph (5 km/h)
and may not detect certain angular or
moving objects.
The system uses two types of guides to
help you see what is behind your vehicle:
• Fixed guidelines: Show the actual path
your vehicle is moving in while reversing
in a straight line. This can be helpful
when backing into a parking space or
aligning your vehicle with another
object behind you.
• Centerline: Helps align the center of
your vehicle with an object.
Note: If the transmission is in reverse (R)
and the luggage compartment is open, no
camera features will display.

151

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Parking Aids

B C

Always use caution while reversing.
Objects in the red zone are closest to your
vehicle and objects in the green zone are
farther away. Objects are getting closer to
your vehicle as they move from the green
zone to the yellow or red zones. Use the
side view mirrors and rear view mirror to
get better coverage on both sides and rear
of your vehicle.

Manual Zoom
WARNING
When manual zoom is on, the full
area behind your vehicle does not
show. Be aware of your surroundings
when using the manual zoom feature.
Note: Manual zoom is only available when
the transmission is in reverse (R).
Note: When manual zoom is enabled, only
the centerline is shown.

Selectable settings for this feature are
Zoom in (+) and Zoom out (-). Press the
symbol in the camera screen to change the
view. The default setting is Zoom OFF.

E142436

Active guidelines

Centerline

Fixed guideline: Green zone

Fixed guideline: Yellow zone

Fixed guideline: Red zone

Rear bumper

This feature allows you to get a closer view
of an object behind your vehicle. The
zoomed image keeps the bumper in the
image to provide a reference. The zoom is
only active while the transmission is in
reverse (R). When the transmission shifts
out of reverse (R), the feature
automatically turns off and must be reset
when it is used again.

Active guidelines only show with fixed
guidelines. To use active guidelines, turn
the steering wheel to point the guidelines
toward an intended path. If the steering
wheel position changes while reversing,
your vehicle might deviate from the original
intended path.

Camera System Settings
To access any of the rear view camera
system settings, make the following
selections in the multifunctional display
when the transmission is not in reverse (R):

The fixed and active guidelines fade in and
out depending on the steering wheel
position. The active guidelines do not show
when the steering wheel position is
straight.

152

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Parking Aids
Rear Camera Delay
Main Menu

Settings

Selectable settings for this feature are ON
and OFF.

Vehicle

The default setting for the rear camera
delay is OFF.

Camera Settings

When shifting the transmission out of
reverse (R) and into any gear other than
park (P), the camera image remains in the
display until:
• Your vehicle speed sufficiently
increases.
• You shift your vehicle into park (P).
• You pull the hand brake on vehicles
with a manual transmission.
• 10 seconds of time elapse.

Enhanced Park Aids or Park Pilot
Selectable settings for this feature are ON
and OFF.
The system uses red, yellow and green
highlights that appear on top of the video
image when any of the sensing systems
detect an object.
Vehicles equipped with touchscreen
The system will provide an image of your
vehicle and the sensor zones. The zones
will highlight green, yellow and red when
the parking aid sensors detect an object in
the coverage area.
The coverage area is up to 6 ft (1.8 m) from
the rear bumper. There is decreased
coverage area at the outer corners of the
bumper.

E130178

For additional information of the zone
coverage and the rear sensing system. See
Parking Aid (page 149).

153

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Cruise Control
Switching Cruise Control On

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION

Press and release ON.

Cruise control lets you maintain a set
speed without keeping your foot on the
accelerator pedal. You can use cruise
control when your vehicle speed is greater
than 20 mph (30 km/h).

USING CRUISE CONTROL
WARNINGS
Do not use cruise control in heavy
traffic, on winding roads or when the
road surface is slippery. This could
result in loss of vehicle control, serious
injury or death.

E176994

The indicator will display in the instrument
cluster.

When you are going downhill, your
vehicle speed may increase above
the set speed. The system will not
apply the brakes. Change down a gear to
assist the system in maintaining the set
speed. Failure to do so could result in loss
of vehicle control, serious injury or death.

Setting a Speed
1. Accelerate to the desired speed.
2. Press and release SET+.
3. Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal.
Changing the Set Speed

Note: Cruise control will disengage if your
vehicle speed decreases more than 10 mph
(16 km/h) below your set speed while
driving uphill.

•

Press and hold SET+ or SET-. Release
the control when you reach the desired
speed.
Press and release SET+ or SET-. The
set speed will change in approximately
1 mph (2 km/h) increments.
Press the accelerator or brake pedal
until you reach the desired speed. Press
and release SET+.

Canceling the Set Speed
Press CNCL and release, or tap the brake
pedal. The set speed will not be erased.
E176993

Resuming the Set Speed

The cruise controls are located on the
steering wheel.

Press RES and release.

154

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Cruise Control
Switching Cruise Control Off

Note: It is your responsibility to stay alert,
drive safely and be in control of the vehicle
at all times.

Note: You will erase the set speed if you
switch the system off.

The system adjusts your vehicle speed to
maintain the set gap between you and the
vehicle in front of you in the same lane.

Press and release OFF or switch the
ignition off.

USING ADAPTIVE CRUISE
CONTROL (If Equipped)
WARNINGS
Always pay close attention to
changing road conditions when using
adaptive cruise control. The system
does not replace attentive driving. Failing
to pay attention to the road may result in
a crash, serious injury or death.

E177068

Adaptive cruise control is not a crash
warning or avoidance system.

The adaptive cruise controls are on the
steering wheel.

Adaptive cruise control does not
detect pedestrians or objects in the
road.

Switching the System On

Adaptive cruise control only warns
of vehicles detected by the radar
sensor. In some cases there may be
no warning or a delayed warning. You
should always apply the brakes when
necessary. Failure to do so may result in a
crash, serious injury or death.
Adaptive cruise control does not
detect oncoming vehicles in the
same lane.

E177069

Do not use adaptive cruise control
on winding roads, in heavy traffic or,
when the road surface is slippery.
This could result in loss of vehicle control,
serious injury or death.

Press and release ON.
The indicator appears in the
instrument cluster.
E144529

Adaptive cruise control does not
detect stationary or slow moving
vehicles below 6 mph (10 km/h).
Do not use in poor visibility,
specifically fog, rain, spray or snow.

155

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Cruise Control
Following a Vehicle
WARNINGS
When you are following a vehicle,
your vehicle does not automatically
decelerate to a stop, nor does your
vehicle always decelerate quickly enough
to avoid a crash without driver intervention.
Always apply the brakes when necessary.
Failing to do so may result in a crash,
serious injury or death.

E164805

The current gap setting and SET also
appears.

Adaptive cruise control only warns
of vehicles detected by the radar
sensor. In some cases there may be
no warning or a delayed warning. You
should always apply the brakes when
necessary. Failing to do so may result in a
crash, serious injury or death.

Setting the Adaptive Cruise Speed
1. Drive to desired speed.
2. Press and release SET+.
3. A green indicator light, current gap
setting and your desired set speed
appear in the instrument cluster.
4. Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal.

Note: The brakes may emit a sound when
modulated by the adaptive cruise control
system.
When a vehicle ahead of you enters the
same lane or a slower vehicle is ahead in
the same lane, the vehicle speed adjusts
to maintain a preset gap distance.
Note: When you are following a vehicle and
you switch on a direction indicator, adaptive
cruise control may provide a small
temporary acceleration to help you pass.

E164805

5. A vehicle graphic illuminates if there is
a vehicle detected in front of you.
Note: When adaptive cruise control is
active, the speedometer may vary slightly
from the set speed displayed in the
information display.

Your vehicle maintains a constant gap
between the vehicle ahead until:
• The vehicle in front of you accelerates
to a speed above the set speed.
• The vehicle in front of you moves out
of your lane or out of view.
• The vehicle speed falls below 12 mph
(20 km/h).
• A new gap distance is set.
The system applies the brakes to slow your
vehicle to maintain a safe gap distance
from the vehicle in front. You can override
the system by applying the brakes.

156

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Cruise Control
If the system determines that its maximum
braking level will not be sufficient, an
audible warning sounds when the system
continues to brake. A red warning bar
displays on the windshield and you must
take immediate action.

Setting the Gap Distance
E164805

Note: It is your responsibility to select a gap
appropriate to the driving conditions.

The selected gap appears in the
information display as shown by the bars
in the image. You can select four gap
settings.

E177070

You can decrease or increase the distance
between your vehicle and the vehicle in
front by pressing the gap control.
Distance between vehicle settings
Graphic display,
bars indicated
between
vehicles

Time gap,
seconds

Distance gap

mph ( km/h)

Set speed

62 (100)

31 (28)

Sport

yd (m)

Dynamic behavior

62 (100)

1.4

43 (39)

Normal

62 (100)

1.8

55 (50)

Normal

62 (100)

2.2

67 (61)

Comfort

When you switch the ignition on, the system automatically selects the last chosen gap
setting.

157

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Cruise Control
Canceling the Set Speed

Resuming the Set Speed

Press and release CNCL or tap the brake
pedal. The last set speed displays in grey
but does not erase.

Note: Only use resume if you are aware of
the set speed and intend to return to it.
Press and release RES. The vehicle returns
to the previously set speed. The set speed
continuously displays while the system is
active.

Overriding the set speed
WARNING
If the system is overridden by
pressing the accelerator pedal, it
does not automatically apply the
brakes to maintain a gap from any vehicle
ahead.

Automatic Cancellation
The system is not functional at vehicle
speeds below 12 mph (20 km/h). An
audible alarm sounds and the automatic
braking releases if your vehicle drops below
this speed. The system cancels at low
speeds if you switch off electronic stability
control.

You can override the set speed and gap
distance by pressing the accelerator pedal.
When you override the system,
the green indicator light
illuminates. The vehicle graphic
does not appear in the
information display.

Hilly Condition Usage

E144529

You should select a lower gear position
when the system is active in situations
such as prolonged downhill driving on
steep grades, for example in mountainous
areas. The system needs additional engine
braking in these situations to reduce the
load on the vehicle’s regular brake system
to prevent them from overheating.

The system resumes operation when you
release the accelerator pedal. The vehicle
speed decreases to the set speed, or a
lower speed if following a slower vehicle.

Changing the Set Speed
•
•

•

Note: An audible alarm sounds and the
system shuts down if it is applying brakes
for an extended period of time. This allows
the brakes to cool down. The system
functions normally again when the brakes
have cooled down.

Accelerate or brake to the desired
speed, then press and release SET+.
Press and hold SET+ or SET- until the
desired set speed shows on the
information display. The vehicle speed
gradually changes to the set speed.
Press and release SET+ or SET-. The
set speed changes in approximately
1 mph (2 km/h) increments.

Switching the System Off
Press and release OFF when the system
is in stand by mode or switch off the
ignition.

The system may apply the brakes to slow
the vehicle to the new set speed. The set
speed continuously displays while the
system is active.

Note: You erase the set speed when you
switch the system off.

158

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Cruise Control
Detection Issues

Detection issues can occur:

WARNING
On rare occasions, detection issues
can occur due to the road
infrastructures, for example bridges,
tunnels and safety barriers. In these cases,
the system may brake late or
unexpectedly. At all times, you are
responsible for controlling your vehicle,
supervising the system and intervening, if
required.
The radar sensor has a limited field of
vision. It may not detect vehicles at all or
detect a vehicle later than expected in
some situations. The vehicle graphic does
not appear in the information display if the
system does not detect a vehicle in front
of you.

With vehicles that edge into your
lane that can only be detected
once they have moved fully into
your lane.

Motorcyclists may be detected
late, or not at all.

With vehicles in front of you
when going into and coming out
of a bend. The detection beam
does not follow sharp curves in
the road.

In these cases the system may brake late
or unexpectedly. You should stay alert and
intervene if necessary.
If something hits the front end of your
vehicle or damage occurs, the
radar-sensing zone may change. This could
cause missed or false vehicle detections.
See an authorized dealer to have the radar
checked for proper coverage and
operation.

System Not Available
Conditions that can cause the system to
deactivate or prevent the system from
activating when requested include:
• A blocked sensor.
• High brake temperature.
• A failure in the system or a related
system.

Blocked Sensor
WARNINGS
Do not use the system when towing
a trailer with brake controls.
Aftermarket trailer brakes will not
operate when you switch the system on
because the brakes are electronically
controlled. Failure to do so may result in
loss of vehicle control, which could result
in serious injury.

E71621

159

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Cruise Control
WARNINGS
Do not use tire sizes other than those
recommended because this can
affect the normal operation of the
system. Failing to do so may result in a loss
of vehicle control, which could result in
serious injury.
E145632

A message displays if something obstructs
the radar signals from the sensor. The
sensor is located on the lower grille. The
system cannot detect a vehicle ahead and
does not function when something
obstructs the sensor.
The following table lists possible causes and actions for this message displaying.
Cause

Action

The surface of the radar in the grille is dirty Clean the grille surface in front of the radar
or obstructed in some way.
or remove the object causing the obstruction.
The surface of the radar in the grille is clean Wait a short time. It may take several
but the message remains in the display.
minutes for the radar to detect that it is free
from obstruction.
Heavy rain or snow is interfering with the
radar signals.

Do not use the system in these conditions
because it may not detect any vehicles
ahead.

Swirling water, or snow or ice on the surface Do not use the system in these conditions
of the road may interfere with the radar
because it may not detect any vehicles
signals.
ahead.
It is possible to get a blockage warning and not be blocked. A false blocked condition self
clears or clears after a key cycle.
You can manually change from adaptive
cruise control to normal cruise control
through the information display.

Switching to Normal Cruise
Control
WARNING
Normal cruise control does not brake
due to slower vehicles. Always be
aware of which mode you have
selected and apply the brakes when
necessary.

160

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Cruise Control
The cruise control indicator light
replaces the adaptive cruise
E71340
control indicator light if you
select normal cruise control. The gap
setting does not display, the system does
not automatically respond to lead vehicles
and automatic braking does not activate.
The system remembers the last setting
when you start your vehicle.

161

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Driving Aids
BLIND SPOT INFORMATION
SYSTEM

WARNING
To help avoid personal injury, NEVER
use the cross traffic alert system as
a replacement for using the interior
and exterior mirrors and looking over your
shoulder before backing out of a parking
space. Cross traffic alert is not a
replacement for careful driving.

Blind Spot Information System
(BLIS™) with Cross Traffic Alert
(If Equipped)

WARNING
To help avoid injuries, NEVER use the
Blind Spot Information System as a
replacement for using the interior
and exterior mirrors and looking over your
shoulder before changing lanes. The Blind
Spot Information System is not a
replacement for careful driving.

Cross traffic alert warns you of vehicles
approaching from the sides when the
transmission is in reverse (R).
Note: The Blind Spot Information System
does not prevent contact with other vehicles
or objects; nor does it detect parked
vehicles, people, animals or infrastructure
(fences, guardrails or trees). It only alerts
you to vehicles in the blind zones.

Note: When a vehicle passes quickly
through the blind zone, the system may not
trigger.
Using the Systems
The Blind Spot Information System turns
on when you start the engine and you drive
your vehicle forward above 5 mph
(8 km/h), it remains on while the
transmission is in drive (D) or neutral (N).
If shifted into reverse (R), the system
enters cross traffic alert mode. Once
shifted back into drive (D), the Blind Spot
Information System turns back on when
you drive your vehicle above 5 mph
(8 km/h).

A
E124788

The Blind Spot Information System aids
you in detecting vehicles that may have
entered the blind spot zone (A). The
detection area is on both sides of your
vehicle, extending rearward from the
exterior mirrors to approximately 23 ft
(7 m) beyond the bumper. The system
alerts you if certain vehicles enter the blind
spot zone while driving.

Note: The Blind Spot Information System
does not function in reverse (R) or park (P).
Note: Cross traffic alert detects
approaching vehicles and bicycles from up
to 131 ft (40 m) away though coverage
decreases when the sensors are blocked.
Reversing slowly helps increase the
coverage area and effectiveness.

162

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Driving Aids
Note: For manual transmission vehicles,
the cross traffic alert will be active only if
the transmission is in reverse (R). If your
vehicle is rolling backward and the
transmission is not in reverse (R) then cross
traffic alert will not be active.

E142440

In this first example, the left sensor is only
partially obstructed; zone coverage is
nearly maximized.

E142441

163

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Driving Aids
Zone coverage also decreases when
parking at shallow angles. Here, the left
sensor is mostly obstructed; zone coverage
on that side is severely limited.

Note: It is possible to get a blockage
warning with no blockage present; this is
rare and known as a false blockage warning.
A false blocked condition either
self-corrects or clears after a key cycle.

System Lights and Messages

E142442

The Blind Spot Information and cross
traffic alert systems illuminate a yellow
alert indicator in the outside mirror on the
side of your vehicle the approaching
vehicle is coming from. In addition, the
yellow alert indicator will flash if the
direction indicator is ON while a Blind Spot
Warning System alert is active.
Cross traffic alert also sounds a series of
tones and a message appears in the
information display indicating a vehicle is
coming from the right or left.

E205199

The system uses radar sensors which are
located behind the bumper fascia on each
side of your vehicle. Do not allow mud,
snow or bumper stickers to obstruct these
areas, this can cause degraded system
performance.

System Sensors
WARNING
Just prior to the system recognizing
a blocked condition and alerting the
driver, the number of missed objects
will increase. To help avoid injuries, NEVER
use the Blind Spot Information System as
a replacement for using the side and rear
view mirrors and looking over your shoulder
before changing lanes. The Blind Spot
Information System is not a replacement
for careful driving.

If the system detects a degraded
performance condition, a message warning
of a blocked sensor or low visibility will
appear in the information display along
with a warning indicator. You can clear the
information display warning but the
warning indicator will remain illuminated.

164

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Driving Aids
When you remove a blockage, you can
reset the system in two ways:
• While driving, the system detects at
least two objects.
• You cycle the ignition from on to off
and then back on.

The following are other situations that may
limit the cross traffic alert system:
• Adjacently parked vehicles or objects
obstructing the sensors.
• Approaching vehicles passing at
speeds greater than 37 mph
(60 km/h).
• Driving in reverse faster than 7 mph
(12 km/h).
• Backing out of an angled parking spot.

If the blockage is still present after the key
cycle and driving in traffic, check again for
a blockage.
Reasons for messages being displayed

False Alerts

The radar
Clean the fascia area in
surface is front of the radar or remove
dirty or
the obstruction.
obstructed
The radar
surface is
not dirty or
obstructed

Note: If your vehicle has a factory equipped
tow bar and it is towing a trailer, the sensors
will detect the trailer and turn the Blind Spot
Information and cross traffic alert systems
off to avoid false alerts. For non-factory
equipped tow bars, you may want to switch
the Blind Spot Information System off
manually.

Drive normally in traffic for
a few minutes to allow the
radar to detect passing
vehicles so it can clear the
blocked state.

There may be certain instances when there
is a false alert by either the Blind Spot
Information or the cross traffic alert system
that illuminates the alert indicator with no
vehicle in the coverage zone. Some
amount of false alerts are normal; they are
temporary and self-correct.

Heavy rainNo action required. The
fall or
system automatically
snowfall
resets to an unblocked
interferes
state once the rainfall or
with the
snowfall rate decreases or
radar
stops. Do not use the Blind
signals
Spot Information System or
cross traffic alert in these
conditions.

System Errors
If either system senses a problem with the
left or right sensor, the Blind Spot
Information System telltale will illuminate
and a message will appear in the
information display.

System Limitations
The Blind Spot Information and cross
traffic alert systems do have their
limitations; situations such as severe
weather conditions or debris build-up on
the sensor area may limit vehicle detection.

All other system faults will display only
with a message in the information display.
See Information Messages (page 92).

The following are other situations that may
limit the Blind Spot Information System:
• Vehicles passing through the blind zone
at very quickly.
• When several vehicles closely following
each other pass through the blind zone.

165

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Driving Aids
Switching the Systems Off and On

If your vehicle loses electrical power while
you are driving, electric power steering
assistance is lost. The steering system still
operates and you can steer your vehicle
manually. Manually steering your vehicle
requires more effort.

You can temporarily switch off one or both
systems in the information display. See
General Information (page 84). When
you switch off the Blind Spot Information
System, you will not receive alerts and the
information display shows a system off
message.

Extreme continuous steering may increase
the effort required for you to steer your
vehicle. This increased effort prevents
overheating and permanent damage to
the steering system. You do not lose the
ability to steer your vehicle manually.
Typical steering and driving maneuvers
allow the system to cool and return to
normal operation.

Note: The cross traffic alert system always
turns on whenever the ignition is switched
on. However, the Blind Spot Information
System will remember the last selected on
or off setting.
You cannot switch one or both systems
off when MyKey is used. See Principle of
Operation (page 52).

Steering Tips
If the steering wanders or pulls, check for:
• Correct tire pressures.
• Uneven tire wear.
• Loose or worn suspension
components.
• Loose or worn steering components.
• Improper vehicle alignment.

You can also have one or both systems
switched off permanently at an authorized
dealer. Once switched off, only an
authorized dealer can switch the system
back on.

STEERING
Electric Power Steering

Note: A high crown in the road or high
crosswinds may also make the steering
seem to wander or pull.

WARNING
The electric power steering system
has diagnostic checks that
continuously monitor the system. If
a fault is detected, a message displays in
the information display. Stop your vehicle
as soon as it is safe to do so. Switch the
ignition off. After at least 10 seconds,
switch the ignition on and watch the
information display for a steering system
warning message. If a steering system
warning message returns, have the system
checked by an authorized dealer.

Adaptive Learning
The electronic power steering system
adaptive learning helps correct road
irregularities and improves overall handling
and steering feel. It communicates with
the brake system to help operate
advanced stability control and accident
avoidance systems. Additionally, whenever
the battery is disconnected or a new
battery installed, you must drive your
vehicle a short distance before the system
relearns the strategy and reactivates all
systems.

Your vehicle has an electric power steering
system. There is no fluid reservoir. No
maintenance is required.

166

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Driving Aids
If it is, a red warning light illuminates and
an audible warning chime sounds.

COLLISION WARNING SYSTEM
(If Equipped)

The brake support system assists the driver
in reducing the collision speed by charging
the brakes. If the risk of collision further
increases after the warning light
illuminates, the brake support prepares
the brake system for rapid braking. This
may be apparent to the driver. The system
does not automatically activate the brakes
but, if the brake pedal is pressed, full force
braking is applied even if the brake pedal
is lightly pressed.

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNINGS
This system is designed to be a
supplementary driving aid. It is not
intended to replace the driver’s
attention, and judgment, or the need to
apply the brakes. This system does NOT
activate the brakes automatically. Failure
to press the brake pedal to activate the
brakes may result in a collision.

Using the Collision Warning System

The collision warning system with
brake support cannot help prevent
all collisions. Do not rely on this
system to replace driver judgment and the
need to maintain distance and speed.

WARNING
The collision warning system’s brake
support can only help reduce the
speed at which a collision occurs if
the driver applies the vehicle’s brakes. The
brake pedal must be pressed just like any
typical braking situation.

Note: The system does not detect, warn or
respond to potential collisions with vehicles
to the rear or sides of the vehicle.

The warning system sensitivity can be
adjusted to one of three possible settings
by using the information display control.
See General Information (page 84).

Note: The collision warning system is active
at speeds above approximately 5 mph
(8 km/h).

Note: If collision warnings are perceived as
being too frequent or disturbing then the
warning sensitivity can be reduced, though
the manufacturer recommends using the
highest sensitivity setting where possible.
Setting lower sensitivity would lead to fewer
and later system warnings. See General
Information (page 84).

E156130

This system is designed to alert the driver
of certain collision risks. A radar detects if
your vehicle is rapidly approaching another
vehicle traveling in the same direction as
yours.

E156131

167

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Driving Aids
Blocked Sensors

If a message regarding a blocked sensor
appears in the information display, the
radar signals from the sensor have been
obstructed. The sensors are located behind
a fascia cover near the driver side of the
lower grille. When the sensors are
obstructed, a vehicle ahead cannot be
detected and the collision warning system
does not function. The following table lists
possible causes and actions for this
message being displayed.

E145632

Cause

Action

The surface of the radar in the grille is dirty Clean the grille surface in front of the radar
or obstructed in some way
or remove the object causing the obstruction
The surface of the radar in the grille is clean
Wait a short time. It may take several
but the message remains in the display
minutes for the radar to detect that it is no
longer obstructed
Heavy rain, spray, snow, or fog is interfering The collision warning system is temporarily
with the radar signals
disabled. Collision warning should automatically reactivate a short time after the
weather conditions improve
Swirling water, or snow or ice on the surface The collision warning system is temporarily
of the road may interfere with the radar disabled. Collision warning should automatsignals
ically reactivate a short time after the
weather conditions improve
•

System Limitations

•
•
•

•

•
•

Due to the nature of radar technology,
there may be certain instances where
vehicles do not provide a collision warning.
These include:

168

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Stationary vehicles or vehicles moving
below 6 mph (10 km/h).
Pedestrians or objects in the roadway.
Oncoming vehicles in the same lane.
Severe weather conditions (see
blocked sensor section).
Debris build-up on the grille near the
headlamps (see blocked sensor
section).
Small distance to vehicle ahead.
Steering wheel and pedal movements
are large (very active driving style).

Driving Aids
If the front end of the vehicle is hit or
damaged, the radar sensing zone may be
altered causing missed or false collision
warnings. See your authorized dealer to
have your collision warning radar checked
for proper coverage and operation.

Note: Mode changes are not available when
the vehicle ignition is off or reverse (R) gear
is selected. In gear position drive (D), the
available modes are Normal, Sport+, Track
and Snow/Wet. In gear position sport (S)
Snow/Wet and Normal mode are
unavailable.

DRIVE CONTROL

Modes:
• Normal – Delivers a balanced
combination of comfort and handling.
This mode provides an engaging drive
experience and a direct connection to
the road without sacrificing any of the
composure demanded from your
vehicle.
• Sport+ – Provides a sportier steering
feel and throttle response. Sport+
mode is ideal for use during more
spirited driving.
• Track – Provides a performance driving
experience. The engine responds
directly to your inputs and takes on a
more powerful tone. Track mode is for
use when pure performance is desired.
A performance oriented traction
control mode is automatically utilized
when Track drive mode is selected. In
this mode, traction control intervention
is reduced and tuned specifically for
track usage only and is not intended
for public roads. See Using Stability
Control (page 146).
• Snow/Wet - Provides a confident
handling driving experience during poor
weather. This mode provides a
confident drive experience and a direct
connection to the road without
sacrificing any of the composure
demanded from your vehicle.

Selectable Drive Modes
Selectable drive modes delivers a driving
experience through a suite of sophisticated
electronic vehicle systems. These systems
optimize steering, handling and powertrain
response. This provides a single location
to control multiple systems performance
settings.
Selectable drive modes consists of the
following systems:
•

•

Electronically power-assisted steering
adjusts steering effort and feel based
on your selected mode. See Steering
(page 166).
Electronic stability control and traction
control maintain your vehicle control
in adverse conditions or high
performance driving. See Stability
Control (page 145).
Electronic throttle control enhances
the powertrain response to your inputs.

Using Selectable Drive Modes
Selectable drive modes automatically
tailors your vehicle configuration for each
mode selected.
To change the drive mode
setting, toggle the mode button
E174706
or switch on the instrument
panel under the display. The first press of
the mode button or switch illuminates the
selected mode, subsequent presses will
change the selected mode.

169

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Driving Aids
Note: Selectable driving modes has
diagnostic checks that continuously monitor
the system to ensure proper operation.
Certain selectable drive modes will not be
available based on gear shifter position (for
example, Snow/Wet is not available while
in sport (S) position). If a selected mode is
unavailable due to a system fault or change
in gear shifter position, the selected mode
will default to Normal.

Selectable Steering
Note: The steering setting defaults to
Normal if the battery is disconnected or
removed.
To change the steering feel,
toggle the switch on the
E174705
instrument panel. The first press
illuminates the selected mode, subsequent
presses will change the selected mode.
Modes:
• Normal - Default factory setting.
• Sport - Slightly higher effort required
for steering with more road force felt
through the steering wheel.
• Comfort - Slightly less effort required
for steering with less road force felt
through the steering wheel.
After selecting the desired setting, you may
feel a soft feedback bump in the steering
wheel when the changeover occurs.
Note: If your vehicle is equipped with the
selectable drive modes feature, the steering
feel will change when you select a new drive
mode. You can override this automatic
selection by pressing the steering button or
switch.

170

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Load Carrying
the following terms for
determining your vehicle’s weight
ratings, with or without a trailer,
from the vehicle’s Tire Label or
Safety Compliance Certification
Label:
Base Curb Weight - is the weight
of the vehicle including full fluids
and all standard equipment. It
does not include passengers,
cargo, or optional equipment.
Vehicle Curb Weight - is the
weight of your new vehicle when
you picked it up from your
authorized dealer plus any
aftermarket equipment.

LOAD LIMIT
Vehicle Loading - with and
without a Trailer
This section will guide you in the
proper loading of your vehicle,
trailer or both, to keep your loaded
vehicle weight within its design
rating capability, with or without
a trailer. Properly loading your
vehicle will provide maximum
return of vehicle design
performance. Before loading your
vehicle, familiarize yourself with

PAYLOAD

E143816

Tire Label is the maximum
payload for the vehicle as built by
the assembly plant. If you install
any aftermarket or
authorized-dealer installed
equipment on the vehicle, you
must subtract the weight of the
equipment from the payload listed
on the Tire Label in order to
determine the new payload.

Payload - is the combined weight
of cargo and passengers that the
vehicle is carrying. The maximum
payload for your vehicle can be
found on the Tire Label on the
B-Pillar or the edge of the driver
door (vehicles exported outside
the US and Canada may not have
a Tire Label). Look for “THE
COMBINED WEIGHT OF
OCCUPANTS AND CARGO
SHOULD NEVER EXCEED XXX
kg OR XXX lb.” for maximum
payload. The payload listed on the

171

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Load Carrying
WARNING
The appropriate loading
capacity of your vehicle can
be limited either by volume
capacity (how much space is
available) or by payload capacity
(how much weight the vehicle
should carry). Once you have
reached the maximum payload of
your vehicle, do not add more
cargo, even if there is space
available. Overloading or
improperly loading your vehicle
can contribute to loss of vehicle
control and vehicle rollover.
Example only:

E142516

172

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Load Carrying

E142517

CARGO

E143817

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight
Rating) - is the maximum
allowable weight that can be
carried by a single axle (front or
rear). These numbers are shown
on the Safety Compliance
Certification Label. The label shall
be affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door
edge that meets the door-latch
post, next to the driver's seating
position. The total load on each
axle must never exceed its
Gross Axle Weight Rating.

Cargo Weight - includes all
weight added to the Base Curb
Weight, including cargo and
optional equipment. When towing,
trailer tongue load or king pin
weight is also part of cargo weight.
GAW (Gross Axle Weight) - is
the total weight placed on each
axle (front and rear) including
vehicle curb weight and all
payload.

173

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Load Carrying
Note: For trailer towing
information refer to the RV and
Trailer Towing Guide available at
an authorized dealer.

GVW

E143818

Safety Compliance Certification
Label. The label shall be affixed
to either the door hinge pillar,
door-latch post, or the door edge
that meets the door-latch post,
next to the driver's seating
position. The Gross Vehicle
Weight must never exceed the
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating.

GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) is the Vehicle Curb Weight, plus
cargo, plus passengers.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating) - is the maximum
allowable weight of the fully
loaded vehicle (including all
options, equipment, passengers
and cargo). It is shown on the
Example only:

E142523

174

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Load Carrying

E142524

WARNING
Exceeding the Safety
Compliance Certification
Label vehicle weight rating limits
could result in substandard
vehicle handling or performance,
engine, transmission and/or
structural damage, serious
damage to the vehicle, loss of
control and personal injury.

GCW

GVW

E143819

GCWR (Gross Combined
Weight Rating) - is the maximum
allowable weight of the vehicle
and the loaded trailer, including
all cargo and passengers, that the
vehicle can handle without risking
damage. (Important: The towing
vehicle’s braking system is rated

GCW (Gross Combined Weight)
- is the Gross Vehicle Weight plus
the weight of the fully loaded
trailer.

175

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Load Carrying
for operation at Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating, not at Gross
Combined Weight Rating.)
Separate functional brakes should
be used for safe control of towed
vehicles and for trailers where the
Gross Combined Weight of the
towing vehicle plus the trailer
exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating of the towing vehicle. The
Gross Combined Weight must
never exceed the Gross
Combined Weight Rating.
Maximum Loaded Trailer
Weight - is the highest possible
weight of a fully loaded trailer the
vehicle can tow. It assumes a
vehicle with mandatory options,
driver and front passenger weight
(150 pounds [68 kilograms]
each), no cargo weight (internal
or external) and a tongue load of
10–15% (conventional trailer) or
king pin weight of 15–25% (fifth
wheel trailer). Consult an
authorized dealer (or the RV and
Trailer Towing Guide available at
an authorized dealer) for more
detailed information.
Tongue Load or Fifth Wheel
King Pin Weight - refers to the
amount of the weight that a trailer
pushes down on a trailer hitch.

Examples: For a 5000 pound
(2268 kilogram) conventional
trailer, multiply 5000 by 0.10 and
0.15 to obtain a proper tongue
load range of 500 to 750 pounds
(227 to 340 kilograms). For an
11500 pound (5216 kilogram) fifth
wheel trailer, multiply by 0.15 and
0.25 to obtain a proper king pin
load range of 1725 to 2875 pounds
(782 to 1304 kilograms).
WARNINGS
Do not exceed the GVWR or
the GAWR specified on the
Safety Compliance Certification
Label.
Do not use replacement tires
with lower load carrying
capacities than the original tires
because they may lower the
vehicle’s GVWR and GAWR
limitations. Replacement tires
with a higher limit than the original
tires do not increase the GVWR
and GAWR limitations.
Exceeding any vehicle weight
rating limitation could result
in serious damage to the vehicle
and/or personal injury.
Steps for determining the
correct load limit:
1. Locate the statement "The
combined weight of occupants
and cargo should never exceed
XXX kg or XXX lb." on your
vehicle’s placard.

176

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Load Carrying
2. Determine the combined
weight of the driver and
passengers that will be riding
in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight
of the driver and passengers
from XXX kg or XXX lb.
4. The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For
example, if the “XXX” amount
equals 1,400 lb. and there will
be five 150 lb. passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of
available cargo and luggage
load capacity is 650 lb.
(1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lb.)
5. Determine the combined
weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle.
That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo and
luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a
trailer, load from your trailer
will be transferred to your
vehicle. Consult this manual to
determine how this reduces the
available cargo and luggage
load capacity of your vehicle.
The following gives you a few
examples on how to calculate the
available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity:

*Suppose your vehicle has a
1400-pound (635-kilogram) cargo
and luggage capacity. You decide
to go golfing. Is there enough load
capacity to carry you, four of your
friends and all the golf bags? You
and four friends average 220
pounds (99 kilograms) each and
the golf bags weigh approximately
30 pounds (13.5 kilograms) each.
The calculation would be: 1400 (5 x 220) - (5 x 30) = 1400 - 1100
- 150 = 150 pounds. Yes, you have
enough load capacity in your
vehicle to transport four friends
and your golf bags. In metric units,
the calculation would be: 635
kilograms - (5 x 99 kilograms) (5 x 13.5 kilograms) = 635 - 495 67.5 = 72.5 kilograms.
*Suppose your vehicle has a
1400-pound (635-kilogram) cargo
and luggage capacity. You and
one of your friends decide to pick
up cement from the local home
improvement store to finish that
patio you have been planning for
the past two years. Measuring the
inside of the vehicle with the rear
seat folded down, you have room
for twelve 100-pound
(45-kilogram) bags of cement. Do
you have enough load capacity to
transport the cement to your
home? If you and your friend each
weigh 220 pounds (99 kilograms),
the calculation would be: 1400 (2 x 220) - (12 x 100) = 1400 - 440
- 1200 = - 240 pounds. No, you do
not have enough cargo capacity
to carry that much weight. In
metric units, the calculation would
177

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Load Carrying
be: 635 kilograms - (2 x 99
kilograms) - (12 x 45 kilograms) =
635 - 198 - 540 = -103 kilograms.
You will need to reduce the load
weight by at least 240 pounds
(104 kilograms). If you remove
three 100-pound (45-kilogram)
cement bags, then the load
calculation would be: 1400 - (2 x
220) - (9 x 100) = 1400 - 440 900 = 60 pounds. Now you have
the load capacity to transport the
cement and your friend home. In
metric units, the calculation would
be: 635 kilograms - (2 x 99
kilograms) - (9 x 45 kilograms) =
635 - 198 - 405 = 32 kilograms.
The above calculations also
assume that the loads are
positioned in your vehicle in a
manner that does not overload
the Front or the Rear Gross Axle
Weight Rating specified for your
vehicle on the Safety Compliance
Certification Label. The label shall
be affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door
edge that meets the door-latch
post, next to the driver's seating
position.

178

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Towing
TOWING A TRAILER

Load Placement

WARNINGS
Do not exceed the GVWR or
the GAWR specified on the
certification label.
Towing trailers beyond the
maximum recommended
gross trailer weight exceeds the
limit of your vehicle and could
result in engine damage,
transmission damage, structural
damage, loss of vehicle control,
vehicle rollover and personal
injury.

To help minimize how trailer
movement affects the vehicle
when driving:
• Load the heaviest items closest
to the trailer floor.
• Load the heaviest items in the
center of the left and right side
trailer tires.
• Load the heaviest items above
the trailer axles or just slightly
forward toward the trailer
tongue. Do not allow the final
trailer tongue weight to go
above or below 10-15% of the
loaded trailer weight.
• Select a tow bar with the
correct rise or drop. When both
the loaded vehicle and trailer
are connected, the trailer frame
should be level, or slightly
angled down toward the
vehicle, when viewed from the
side.
When driving with a trailer or
payload, a slight takeoff vibration
or shudder may be present due to
the increased payload weight.
Additional information regarding
proper trailer loading and setting
your vehicle up for towing is
located in the Load Carrying
chapter. See Load Limit (page
171).
You can also find information in
the RV & Trailer Towing Guide
available at your authorized
dealer, or online.

Note: There may be electrical
items such as fuses or relays that
can affect trailer towing operation.
See Fuses (page 202).
The load capacity of your vehicle
is designated by weight not
volume. You may not necessarily
be able to use all available space
when loading your vehicle or
trailer.
Towing a trailer places extra load
on the engine, transmission, axle,
brakes, tires, and suspension.
Inspect these components before,
during and after towing.

179

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Towing

RV & Trailer Towing Guide Online
Website http://www.fleet.ford.com/towing-guides/
Note: Certain states require
separate trailer brakes for trailers
over a specified weight. Be sure to
check state regulations for this
specified weight. The maximum
trailer weights listed may be limited
to this specified weight, as the
vehicle’s electrical system may not
include the wiring connector
needed to activate electric trailer
brakes.
Your vehicle may tow a trailer
provided the maximum trailer
weight is less than or equal to the
maximum trailer weight listed for
your vehicle configuration on the
following chart.

RECOMMENDED TOWING
WEIGHTS
Note: Do not exceed the trailer
weight for your vehicle
configuration listed in the chart
below.
Note: Be sure to take into
consideration trailer frontal
area.
2
Do not exceed 20 feet (1.86
2
meters ).
Note: For high altitude operation,
reduce the gross combined weight
by 2% per 1000 feet (300 meters)
starting at the 1000 foot (300
meter) elevation point.
Powertrain

Maximum trailer weight

2.3L GTDI

1000 lb (454 kg)

3.7L TiVCT

1000 lb (454 kg)

5.0L TiVCT

1000 lb (454 kg)

180

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Towing
Trailer Brakes

ESSENTIAL TOWING CHECKS

WARNING

Follow these guidelines for safe towing:
• Do not tow a trailer until you drive your
vehicle at least 1000 miles (1600
kilometers).
• Consult your local motor vehicle laws
for towing a trailer.
• See the instructions included with
towing accessories for the proper
installation and adjustment
specifications.
• Service your vehicle more frequently if
you tow a trailer. See your scheduled
maintenance information.
• If you use a rental trailer, follow the
instructions the rental agency gives
you.

Do not connect a trailer's hydraulic
brake system directly to your
vehicle's brake system. Your vehicle
may not have enough braking power and
your chances of having a collision greatly
increase.
Electric brakes and manual, automatic or
surge-type trailer brakes are safe if you
install them properly and adjust them to
the manufacturer's specifications. The
trailer brakes must meet local and federal
regulations.
The rating for the tow vehicle's braking
system operation is at the gross vehicle
weight rating, not the gross combined
weight rating.

You can find information on load
specification terms found on the tire label
and Safety Compliance label as well as
instructions on calculating your vehicle's
load in the Load Carrying chapter. See
Load Limit (page 171).

Trailer Lamps
WARNING
Never connect any trailer lamp wiring
to the vehicle's tail lamp wiring; this
may damage the electrical system
resulting in fire. Contact your authorized
dealer as soon as possible for assistance
in proper trailer tow wiring installation.
Additional electrical equipment may be
required.

Remember to account for the trailer
tongue weight as part of your vehicle load
when calculating the total vehicle weight.

Hitches
Do not use a hitch that either clamps onto
the bumper or attaches to the axle.

Trailer lamps are required on most towed
vehicles. Make sure all running lights, brake
lights, direction indicators and hazard lights
are working.

Distribute the trailer load so 10-15% of the
total trailer weight is on the tongue.

Safety Chains
Note: Never attach safety chains to the
bumper.

Before Towing a Trailer
Practice turning, stopping and backing up
to get the feel of your vehicle-trailer
combination before starting on a trip.
When turning, make wider turns so the
trailer wheels clear curbs and other
obstacles.

Always connect the safety chains to the
hook retainers of your vehicle hitch.
To connect the safety chains, cross them
under the trailer tongue and allow enough
slack for turning tight corners. Do not allow
the chains to drag on the ground.
181

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Towing
When Towing a Trailer
•

•
•

•

4. Place wheel chocks in front and back
of the trailer wheels. (Chocks not
included with vehicle.)

Do not drive faster than 70 mph (113
km/h) during the first 500 miles (800
kilometers).
Do not make full-throttle starts.
Check your hitch, electrical connections
and trailer wheel lug nuts thoroughly
after you have traveled 50 miles (80
kilometers).
When stopped in congested or heavy
traffic during hot weather, place the
gearshift in park (P) (automatic
transmission) or neutral (manual
transmission) to aid engine and
transmission cooling and to help air
conditioning performance.
Switch off the speed control with
heavy loads or in hilly terrain. The
speed control may turn off
automatically when you are towing on
long, steep grades.
Shift to a lower gear when driving down
a long or steep hill. Do not apply the
brakes continuously, as they may
overheat and become less effective.
If your transmission is equipped with a
Grade Assist or Tow/Haul feature, use
this feature when towing. This provides
engine braking and helps eliminate
excessive transmission shifting for
optimum fuel economy and
transmission cooling.
Allow more distance for stopping with
a trailer attached. Anticipate stops and
brake gradually.
Avoid parking on a grade. However, if
you must park on a grade:

Launching or Retrieving a Boat or
Personal Watercraft (PWC)
Note: Disconnect the wiring to the trailer
before backing the trailer into the water.
Note: Reconnect the wiring to the trailer
after removing the trailer from the water.
When backing down a ramp during boat
launching or retrieval:
• Do not allow the static water level to
rise above the bottom edge of the rear
bumper.
• Do not allow waves to break higher
than 6 inches (15 centimeters) above
the bottom edge of the rear bumper.
Exceeding these limits may allow water to
enter vehicle components:
• Causing internal damage to the
components.
• Affecting driveability, emissions, and
reliability.
Any time the rear axle submerges in water,
replace the rear axle lubricant. Water may
contaminate the rear axle lubricant, which
is not a normal maintenance inspection
item unless there is a possibility of a leak
or other axle repair is required.

Turn the steering wheel to point your
vehicle tires away from traffic flow.
2. Set your vehicle parking brake.
3. Place the automatic transmission in
park (P) or manual transmission in a
low gear.

182

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Towing
The rear wheels (drive wheels) must be
on a tow dolly when towing your vehicle
from the front using wheel lift equipment.
This prevents damage to the transmission.

TRANSPORTING THE VEHICLE

The front wheels should be on a tow dolly
when towing your vehicle from the rear
using wheel lift equipment. This prevents
damage to the front fascia.

TOWING THE VEHICLE ON
FOUR WHEELS
Emergency Towing
WARNING
If your vehicle has a steering wheel
lock make sure the ignition is in the
accessory or on position when being
towed.
You can flat-tow (all wheels on the
ground, regardless of the powertrain or
transmission configuration) your disabled
vehicle (without access to wheel dollies
or vehicle transport trailer) under the
following conditions:
• Your vehicle is facing forward so you
tow it in a forward direction.
• You shift into Neutral (N). If you cannot
shift into Neutral (N), you may need to
override the transmission. See
Transmission (page 135).
• Maximum speed is 35 mph (56 km/h).
• Maximum distance is 50 mi (80 km).

E143886

If you need to have your vehicle towed,
contact a professional towing service or,
if you are a member of a roadside
assistance program, your roadside
assistance service provider.
We recommend the use of a wheel lift and
dollies or flatbed equipment to tow your
vehicle. Do not tow with a slingbelt. Ford
Motor Company has not approved a
slingbelt towing procedure. Vehicle
damage may occur if towed incorrectly, or
by any other means.

Recreational Towing
Note: Put your climate control system in
recirculated air mode to prevent exhaust
fumes from entering the vehicle. See
Climate Control (page 102).

Ford Motor Company produces a towing
manual for all authorized tow truck
operators. Have your tow truck operator
refer to this manual for proper hook-up
and towing procedures for your vehicle.

183

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Towing
Follow these guidelines if you have a need
for recreational (RV) towing. An example
of recreational towing would be towing
your vehicle behind a motorhome. These
guidelines are to make sure you do not
damage the transmission during towing.
Do not tow your vehicle with any wheels
on the ground, as vehicle or transmission
damage may occur. It is recommended to
tow your vehicle with all four wheels off
the ground, for example when using a
vehicle transport trailer. Otherwise, you
cannot tow your vehicle.

184

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Convertible Top (If Equipped)
OPENING THE CONVERTIBLE
TOP
When you use the top, you must first
unlatch it from the windshield and then
use the convertible top control.
Note: The convertible top does not operate
unless the vehicle is stationary or traveling
under 3.0 mph (4.8 km/h). A chime sounds
and a warning message appears in the
instrument panel. When you slow down, the
top operates.

E174571

The windows open automatically when
you press the convertible top control.

Note: When you latch or unlatch the
convertible top, the audio system mutes
briefly. This allows the vehicle to optimize
the cabin’s sound quality depending on the
position of the convertible top.

To open the convertible top:
1. Press and hold the convertible top
control, located on the overhead
console, until the windows are
completely down and the top stores
completely.
2. Release the convertible top control.

To unlatch the convertible top:
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
The ignition must be on. We
recommend that the vehicle remains
running when you open the top to
prevent draining the battery.
2. Check the convertible top stowage
compartment behind the rear seat to
be sure it is empty. Make sure the
convertible top outer surface is free of
debris.
3. Move the latch handle, located above
the interior mirror, down toward the
windshield and rotate the handle
clockwise to release the convertible
top.

E174568

Note: Do not store articles behind the rear
seat. Articles stored in the convertible top
stowage compartment may break the rear
glass window when you open the top.
Note: Opening the convertible top when
the top material is wet may cause mold or
mildew.

185

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Convertible Top (If Equipped)
Using the Tonneau Caps

To remove the tonneau caps:
1. Slide B toward the center of the vehicle
to release the edges from the
surrounding trim.
2. Lift up on B, and then pull the piece
back to release tab A from the trim.
3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 on the opposite
side of the vehicle.
4. Make sure you stow both pieces in the
trunk.

Your convertible top also includes two
tonneau caps, one for each side of the
vehicle. These caps stow inside the trunk.

E205441

Leading edge.

Side edge.

After opening your convertible top, place
the tonneau caps between the top and
your vehicle trim moulding:
1. Insert tab A under the trim.
2. When tab A is under the trim slot, angle
B down so the edges slide under the
surrounding moulding and secure into
place between the trim edges.
3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 on the opposite
side of the vehicle to install the second
tonneau cap.

E179941

Note: The convertible top does not operate
unless the vehicle is stationary or traveling
under 3.0 mph (4.8 km/h). A chime sounds
and a warning message appears in the
instrument panel. When you slow down, the
top operates.
Note: You must remove the tonneau caps
before you are able to close the top or a
chime sounds and a warning message
appears in the instrument panel. Remove
and stow the caps in the truck, and then
press the convertible top control again.

CLOSING THE CONVERTIBLE
TOP

Note: When you latch or unlatch the
convertible top, the audio system mutes
briefly. This allows the vehicle to optimize
the cabin’s sound quality depending on the
position of the convertible top.

Closing the convertible top is a three-step
process: Remove both of the tonneau
caps, press the convertible top control to
close the top, and then close the latch.

186

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Convertible Top (If Equipped)
To close the convertible top:
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop
and make sure you switch the ignition
on. We recommend that the vehicle
remains running when you open the
top to prevent draining the battery.
2. Press and hold the convertible top
control. When the convertible latch
handle is within reach, make sure it is
down and that you rotate it clockwise
so the latch is in the fully opened
position. Continue pressing the
convertible top control until the
windows lower completely, and the
top unfolds and moves forward toward
the windshield header.
3. When the top lines up evenly with the
windshield header, release the
convertible top control.

E178453

Note: If you keep the top open for an
extended period of time or if the
temperature is low, the top material may
shrink slightly. If this happens, pull on the
latch handle to secure the top.

E174568

The final step when closing the convertible
top is to lock the latch.
To lock the latch on the convertible top:
1. Pull down on the latch handle and
rotate it counter-clockwise to secure
the convertible top.
2. After securing the convertible top fully,
push the latch handle up into the
stowed position to secure the latch.

187

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Driving Hints
•
•

BREAKING-IN
You need to break in new tires for
approximately 300 miles (480
kilometers). During this time, your vehicle
may exhibit some unusual driving
characteristics.

There are also some things you may want
to avoid doing because they reduce your
fuel economy:
• Avoid sudden or hard accelerations.
• Avoid revving the engine before turning
off the car.
• Avoid long idle periods.
• Do not warm up your vehicle on cold
mornings.
• Reduce the use of air conditioning and
heat.
• Avoid using speed control in hilly
terrain.
• Do not rest your foot on the brake
pedal while driving.
• Avoid carrying unnecessary weight
(approximately 1 mpg [0.4
kilometers/liter] is lost for every 400
lbs [180 kilograms] of weight carried).
• Avoid adding particular accessories to
your vehicle (e.g. bug deflectors,
rollbars/light bars, running boards, ski
racks).
• Avoid driving with the wheels out of
alignment.

Avoid driving too fast during the first 1000
miles (1600 kilometers). Vary your speed
frequently and change up through the
gears early. Do not labor the engine.
Do not tow during the first 1000 miles
(1600 kilometers).

ECONOMICAL DRIVING
Fuel economy is affected by several things
such as how you drive, the conditions you
drive under and how you maintain your
vehicle.
There are some things to keep in mind that
may improve your fuel economy:
• Accelerate and slow down in a smooth,
moderate fashion.
• Drive at steady speeds.
• Anticipate stops; slowing down may
eliminate the need to stop.
• Combine errands and minimize
stop-and-go driving.
• When running errands, go to the
furthest destination first and then
work your way back home.
• Close the windows for high-speed
driving.
• Drive at reasonable speeds. (Traveling
at 65 mph/105 kph uses about 15%
less fuel than traveling at 75 mph/121
kph).
• Keep the tires properly inflated and use
only the recommended size.

DRIVING THROUGH WATER
WARNING
Do not drive through flowing or deep
water as you may lose control of your
vehicle.
Note: Driving through standing water can
cause vehicle damage.
Note: Engine damage can occur if water
enters the air filter.

188

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Use the recommended engine oil.
Perform all regularly scheduled
maintenance.

Driving Hints
Before driving through standing water,
check the depth. Never drive through water
that is higher than the bottom of the front
rocker area of your vehicle.

WARNINGS
Always make sure that the floor
mats are properly attached to the
retention posts in the carpet that are
supplied with your vehicle. Floor mats must
be properly secured to both retention posts
to make sure mats do not shift out of
position.
Never place floor mats or any other
covering in the vehicle foot well that
cannot be properly secured to
prevent them from moving and interfering
with the pedals or the ability to control the
vehicle.
Never place floor mats or any other
covering on top of already installed
floor mats. Floor mats should always
rest on top of vehicle carpeting surface and
not another floor mat or other covering.
Additional floor mats or any other covering
will reduce the pedal clearance and
potentially interfere with pedal operation.

E176360

When driving through standing water, drive
very slowly and do not stop your vehicle.
Your brake performance and traction may
be limited. After driving through water and
as soon as it is safe to do so:
•
•
•
•

Lightly press the brake pedal to dry the
brakes and to check that they work.
Check that the horn works.
Check that the exterior lights work.
Turn the steering wheel to check that
the steering power assist works.

Check attachment of floor mats on
a regular basis. Always properly
reinstall and secure floor mats that
have been removed for cleaning or
replacement.
Always make sure that objects
cannot fall into the driver foot well
while the vehicle is moving. Objects
that are loose can become trapped under
the pedals causing a loss of vehicle control.

FLOOR MATS
WARNINGS
Always use floor mats that are
designed to fit the foot well of your
vehicle. Only use floor mats that
leave the pedal area unobstructed. Only
use floor mats that are firmly secured to
retention posts so that they cannot slip out
of position and interfere with the pedals
or impair safe operation of your vehicle in
other ways.

Failure to properly follow floor mat
installation or attachment
instructions can potentially cause
interference with pedal operation causing
a loss of vehicle control.

Pedals that cannot move freely can
cause loss of vehicle control and
increase the risk of serious personal
injury.

189

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Driving Hints

E142666

To install floor mats, position the floor mat
so that the eyelet is over the retention post
and press down to lock in.
To remove the floor mat, reverse the
installation procedure.

190

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Roadside Emergencies
authorized dealer. If a member
requests a tow to an authorized dealer
that is more than 35 mi (56 km) from
the disablement location, the member
shall be responsible for any mileage
costs in excess of 35 mi (56 km).

ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE
Vehicles Sold in the United States:
Getting Roadside Assistance
To fully assist you should you have a
vehicle concern, Ford Motor Company
offers a complimentary roadside
assistance program. This program is
separate from the New Vehicle Limited
Warranty. The service is available:
•
•

Roadside Assistance includes up to $200
for a towed trailer if the disabled eligible
vehicle requires service at the nearest
authorized dealer. If the towing vehicle is
operational but the trailer is not, then the
trailer does not qualify for any roadside
services.

24 hours a day, seven days a week.
For the coverage period listed on the
Roadside Assistance Card included in
your Owner's Manual portfolio.

Vehicles Sold in the United States:
Using Roadside Assistance

Roadside Assistance covers:
• A flat tire change with a good spare, if
provided with the vehicle (except
vehicles supplied with a tire inflation
kit).
• Battery jump start.
• Lock-out assistance (key replacement
cost is the customer's responsibility).
• Fuel delivery — independent service
contractors, if not prohibited by state,
local or municipal law, shall deliver up
to 2 gal (7.6 L) of gasoline or 5 gal
(18.9 L) of diesel fuel to a disabled
vehicle. Roadside Assistance limits fuel
delivery service to two no-charge
occurrences within a 12-month period.
• Winch out — available within 100 ft
(30.5 m) of a paved or county
maintained road, no recoveries.
• Towing — independent service
contractors, if not prohibited by state,
local or municipal law, shall tow Ford
eligible vehicles to an authorized dealer
within 35 mi (56 km) of the
disablement location or to the nearest

Complete the roadside assistance
identification card and place it in your
wallet for quick reference. This card is in
the owner's information portfolio in the
glove compartment.
United States Ford vehicle customers who
require Roadside Assistance, call
1-800-241-3673.
If you need to arrange roadside assistance
for yourself, Ford Motor Company
reimburses a reasonable amount for
towing to the nearest dealership within
35 mi (56 km). To obtain reimbursement
information, United States Ford vehicle
customers call 1-800-241-3673.
Customers need to submit their original
receipts.

Vehicles Sold in Canada: Getting
Roadside Assistance
Canadian customers who require roadside
assistance, call 1-800-665-2006.

Vehicles Sold in Canada: Using
Roadside Assistance
For your convenience, you may complete
the roadside assistance identification card
found in the centerfold of your warranty
guide and retain for future reference.

191

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Roadside Emergencies
Canadian roadside coverage and benefits
may differ from the U.S. coverage. If you
require more information, please refer to
the coverage section of your warranty
guide, call us in Canada at
1-800-665-2006, or visit our website at
www.ford.ca.

HAZARD WARNING FLASHERS
Note: The hazard warning flashers will
operate when the ignition is in any position
or if the key is not in the ignition. If used
when the engine is not running, the battery
will lose charge. As a result, there may be
insufficient power to restart your engine.

Sykes Assistance Services Corporation
administers the Roadside Assistance
program. You must receive covered
services in Canada or the continental
United States. Coverage extends to
vehicles that use public, non-seasonal,
annually traveled roadways. Roadside
Assistance coverage does not extend to
vehicles involved in cross-country driving,
logging, autocross and any other form of
off-road use. Well maintained roads and
surfaces help ensure safe travel for the
supplier, and allow their representatives
to perform service as per the standard
operating procedures.

The hazard flasher control is
located on the instrument panel
E142663
by the radio. Use it when your
vehicle is disabled and is creating a safety
hazard for other motorists.
•
•

FUEL SHUTOFF
WARNING

In Remote Locations

Failure to inspect and, if necessary,
repair fuel leaks after a collision may
increase the risk of fire and serious
injury. Ford Motor Company recommends
that the fuel system be inspected by an
authorized dealer after any collision.

If our supplier cannot take your vehicle by
road to the nearest authorized dealership,
transportation by rail or water may be
necessary. The program covers a tow to
the dock or rail terminal and also to the
dealership at the end of the trip.
For rail or water transportation, however,
contact your authorized dealer to confirm
if you are eligible for additional coverage
before you authorize or pay for the service.

In the event of a moderate to severe
collision, this vehicle includes a fuel pump
shut-off feature that stops the flow of fuel
to the engine. Not every impact will cause
a shut-off.

Call Ford Roadside Assistance at
1-800-665-2006 for additional
information.

192

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Press the flasher control and all front
and rear direction indicators flash.
Press the flasher control again to turn
them off.

Roadside Emergencies
Should your vehicle shut off after a
collision, you may restart your vehicle. For
vehicles equipped with a push button start
system:
1. Press the START/STOP button to
switch off the ignition.
2. Press the brake pedal (automatic
transmission) or the clutch pedal
(manual transmission) and press the
START/STOP button to start the
vehicle.
3. Remove your foot from the brake or
clutch pedal and press the
START/STOP button to switch off
the ignition.
4. Press the brake or clutch pedal and the
START/STOP button, or switch on
the ignition only by pressing the
START/STOP button without
pressing the brake or clutch pedal. Both
ways re-enable the fuel system.

WARNINGS
Keep batteries out of reach of
children. Batteries contain sulfuric
acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or
clothing. Shield your eyes when working
near the battery to protect against possible
splashing of acid solution. In case of acid
contact with skin or eyes, flush
immediately with water for a minimum of
15 minutes and get prompt medical
attention. If acid is swallowed, call a
physician immediately.
Use only adequatly sized cables with
insulated clamps.

Preparing Your Vehicle
Note: Do not attempt to push-start your
automatic transmission vehicle. Attempting
to push-start a vehicle with an automatic
transmission may cause transmission
damage.

Note: When you try to restart your vehicle
after a fuel shutoff, the vehicle makes sure
that various systems are safe to restart.
Once your vehicle determines that the
systems are safe, then the vehicle will allow
you to restart.

Note: Use only a 12-volt supply to start your
vehicle.
Note: Do not disconnect the battery of the
disabled vehicle as this could damage the
vehicles electrical system.

Note: In the event that your vehicle does
not restart after your third attempt, contact
an authorized dealer.

Park the booster vehicle close to the hood
of the disabled vehicle, making sure the
two vehicles do not touch. Switch off all
accessories.

JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE

Connecting the Jumper Cables

WARNINGS
Batteries normally produce explosive
gases which can cause personal
injury. Therefore, do not allow
flames, sparks or lighted substances to
come near the battery. When working near
the battery, always shield your face and
protect your eyes. Always provide correct
ventilation.

WARNING
Do not attach the cables to fuel lines,
engine rocker covers, the intake
manifold or electrical components
as grounding points. Stay clear of moving
parts. To avoid reverse polarity
connections, make sure that you correctly
identify the positive (+) and negative (-)
terminals on both the disabled and booster
vehicles before connecting the cables.

193

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Roadside Emergencies
Note: In the illustration, the bottom vehicle
represents the booster vehicle.

1
E204033

Note: You can use the optional connection
point location shown above to ground your
vehicle.

WARNING

Do not connect the end of the
second cable to the negative (-)
terminal of the battery to be jumped.
A spark may cause an explosion of the
gases that surround the battery.

Jump Starting
1.

Start the engine of the booster vehicle
and rev the engine moderately, or press
the accelerator gently to keep your
engine speed between 2000 and 3000
RPM as shown in your tachometer.
2. Start the engine of the disabled vehicle.
3. Once the disabled vehicle has been
started, run both vehicle engines for an
additional three minutes before
disconnecting the jumper cables.

E142664

Connect the positive (+) jumper cable
to the positive (+) terminal of the
discharged battery.
2. Connect the other end of the positive
(+) cable to the positive (+) terminal
of the booster vehicle battery.
3. Connect the negative (-) cable to the
negative (-) terminal of the booster
vehicle battery.
4. Make the final connection of the
negative (-) cable to an exposed metal
part of the stalled vehicle's engine,
away from the battery and the fuel
injection system, or connect the
negative (-) cable to a ground
connection point if available.

Removing the Jumper Cables
Remove the jumper cables in the reverse
order that they were connected.

194

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Roadside Emergencies
POST-CRASH ALERT SYSTEM
The system flashes the direction indicators
and sounds the horn (intermittently) in the
event of a serious impact that deploys an
airbag (front, side, side curtain or Safety
Canopy) or the safety belt pretensioners.

The horn and indicators will turn off when:
• You press the hazard control button.
• You press the panic button on the
remote entry transmitter (if equipped).
• Your vehicle runs out of power.

3
E142665

2.
3.

Remove the jumper cable from the
ground metal surface or connecting
point, if available.
Remove the negative (-) jumper cable
from the disabled vehicle.
Remove the jumper cable on the
negative (-) terminal of the booster
vehicle battery.
Remove the jumper cable from the
positive (+) terminal of the booster
vehicle battery.
Remove the jumper cable from the
positive (+) terminal of the disabled
vehicle battery.

Allow the engine to idle for at least one
minute.

195

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Customer Assistance
These are some of the items that can be
found online:
• U.S. dealer locator by Dealer Name,
City/State or Zip Code.
• Owner Manuals.
• Maintenance Schedules.
• Recalls.
• Ford Extended Service Plans.
• Ford Genuine Accessories.
• Service specials and promotions.

GETTING THE SERVICES YOU
NEED
Warranty repairs to your vehicle must be
performed by an authorized dealer. While
any authorized dealer handling your vehicle
line will provide warranty service, we
recommend you return to your selling
authorized dealer who wants to ensure
your continued satisfaction.
Please note that certain warranty repairs
require special training and equipment, so
not all authorized dealers are authorized
to perform all warranty repairs. This means
that, depending on the warranty repair
needed, you may have to take your vehicle
to another authorized dealer.

In Canada:
Mailing address
Customer Relationship Centre
Ford Motor Company of Canada, Limited
P.O. Box 2000
Oakville, Ontario L6K 0C8

A reasonable time must be allowed to
perform a repair after taking your vehicle
to the authorized dealer. Repairs will be
made using Ford or Motorcraft® parts, or
remanufactured or other parts that are
authorized by Ford.

Telephone
1-800-565-3673 (FORD)
Online
www.ford.ca

Away From Home

Twitter

If you are away from home when your
vehicle needs service, contact the Ford
Customer Relationship Center or use the
online resources listed below to find the
nearest authorized dealer.

@FordServiceCA (English Canada)
@FordServiceQC (Quebec)
Additional Assistance
If you have questions or concerns, or are
unsatisfied with the service you are
receiving, follow these steps:

In the United States:
Mailing address

Contact your Sales Representative or
Service Advisor at your selling/servicing
authorized dealer.
2. If your inquiry or concern remains
unresolved, contact the Sales Manager,
Service Manager or Customer Relations
Manager.
3. If you require assistance or clarification
on Ford Motor Company policies,
please contact the Ford Customer
Relationship Center.

Ford Motor Company
Customer Relationship Center
P.O. Box 6248
Dearborn, MI 48121
Telephone
1-800-392-3673 (FORD)
(TDD for the hearing impaired:
1-800-232-5952)
Online
Additional information and resources are
available online at www.fordowner.com
196

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Customer Assistance
In order to help us serve you better, please
have the following information available
when contacting a Customer Relationship
Center:
• Vehicle Identification Number.
• Your telephone number (home and
business).
• The name of the authorized dealer and
city where located.
• The vehicle’s current odometer reading.

California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b)
presumes that the manufacturer has had
a reasonable number of attempts to
conform the vehicle to its applicable
express warranties if, within the first 18
months of ownership of a new vehicle or
the first 18000 miles (29 000 km),
whichever occurs first:
1.

Two or more repair attempts are made
on the same non-conformity likely to
cause death or serious bodily injury OR
2. Four or more repair attempts are made
on the same nonconformity (a defect
or condition that substantially impairs
the use, value or safety of the vehicle)
OR
3. The vehicle is out of service for repair
of nonconformities for a total of more
than 30 calendar days (not necessarily
all at one time).

In some states, you must directly notify
Ford in writing before pursuing remedies
under your state’s warranty laws. Ford is
also allowed a final repair attempt in some
states.
In the United States, a warranty dispute
must be submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE
before taking action under the
Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, or to the
extent allowed by state law, before
pursuing replacement or repurchase
remedies provided by certain state laws.
This dispute handling procedure is not
required prior to enforcing state created
rights or other rights which are independent
of the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act or
state replacement or repurchase laws.

In the case of 1 or 2 above, the consumer
must also notify the manufacturer of the
need for the repair of the nonconformity
at the following address:
Ford Motor Company
16800 Executive Plaza Drive
Mail Drop 3NE-B
Dearborn, MI 48126
You are required to submit your warranty
dispute to BBB AUTO LINE before asserting
in court any rights or remedies conferred
by California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b).
You are also required to use BBB AUTO
LINE before exercising rights or seeking
remedies created by the Federal
Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C.
sec. 2301 et seq. If you choose to seek
redress by pursuing rights and remedies
not created by California Civil Code Section
1793.22(b) or the Magnuson-Moss
Warranty Act, resort to BBB AUTO LINE is
not required by those statutes.

IN CALIFORNIA (U.S. ONLY)
California Civil Code Section 1793.2(d)
requires that, if a manufacturer or its
representative is unable to repair a motor
vehicle to conform to the vehicle’s
applicable express warranty after a
reasonable number of attempts, the
manufacturer shall be required to either
replace the vehicle with one substantially
identical or repurchase the vehicle and
reimburse the buyer in an amount equal to
the actual price paid or payable by the
consumer (less a reasonable allowance
for consumer use). The consumer has the
right to choose whether to receive a refund
or replacement vehicle.

197

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Customer Assistance
already taken to try to resolve them. A
Customer Claim Form will be mailed that
will need to be completed, signed and
returned to the BBB along with proof of
ownership. Upon receipt, the BBB will
review the claim for eligibility under the
Program Summary Guidelines.

THE BETTER BUSINESS
BUREAU (BBB) AUTO LINE
PROGRAM (U.S. ONLY)
Your satisfaction is important to Ford
Motor Company and to your dealer. If a
warranty concern has not been resolved
using the three-step procedure outlined
earlier in this chapter in the Getting the
Services you need section, you may be
eligible to participate in the BBB AUTO
LINE program.

You can get more information by
calling BBB AUTO LINE at
1-800-955-5100, or writing to:
BBB AUTO LINE
3033 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 600
Arlington, Virginia 22201

The BBB AUTO LINE program consists of
two parts – mediation and arbitration.
During mediation, a representative of the
BBB will contact both you and Ford Motor
Company to explore options for settlement
of the claim. If an agreement is not reached
during mediation or you do not want to
participate in mediation, and if your claim
is eligible, you may participate in the
arbitration process. An arbitration hearing
will be scheduled so that you can present
your case in an informal setting before an
impartial person. The arbitrator will
consider the testimony provided and make
a decision after the hearing.

BBB AUTO LINE applications can also be
requested by calling the Ford Motor
Company Customer Relationship Center
at 1-800-392-3673.
Note: Ford Motor Company reserves the
right to change eligibility limitations, modify
procedures, or to discontinue this process
at any time without notice and without
obligation.

UTILIZING THE
MEDIATION/ARBITRATION
PROGRAM (CANADA ONLY)

Disputes submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE
program are usually decided within forty
days after you file your claim with the BBB.
You are not bound by the decision, and
may reject the decision and proceed to
court where all findings of the BBB Auto
Line dispute, and decision, are admissible
in the court action. Should you choose to
accept the BBB AUTO LINE decision, Ford
is then bound by the decision, and must
comply with the decision within 30 days
of receipt of your acceptance letter.

For vehicles delivered to authorized
Canadian dealers. In those cases where
you continue to feel that the efforts by Ford
of Canada and the authorized dealer to
resolve a factory-related vehicle service
concern have been unsatisfactory, Ford of
Canada participates in an impartial third
party mediation/arbitration program
administered by the Canadian Motor
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP).
The CAMVAP program is a straight forward
and relatively speedy alternative to resolve
a disagreement when all other efforts to
produce a settlement have failed. This
procedure is without cost to you and is
designed to eliminate the need for lengthy
and expensive legal proceedings.

BBB AUTO LINE Application: Using the
information provided below, please call or
write to request a program application.
You will be asked for your name and
address, general information about your
new vehicle, information about your
warranty concerns, and any steps you have
198

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Customer Assistance
In the CAMVAP program, impartial
third-party arbitrators conduct hearings at
mutually convenient times and places in
an informal environment. These impartial
arbitrators review the positions of the
parties, make decisions and, when
appropriate, render awards to resolve
disputes. CAMVAP decisions are fast, fair,
and final as the arbitrator’s award is
binding on both you and Ford of Canada.

If your vehicle must be serviced while you
are traveling or living in Asia-Pacific Region,
Sub-Saharan Africa, U.S. Virgin Islands,
Central America, the Caribbean, and Israel,
contact the nearest authorized dealer. If
the authorized dealer cannot help you,
contact:
FORD MOTOR COMPANY
Customer Relationship Center
1555 Fairlane Drive
Fairlane Business Park #3
Allen Park, Michigan 48101
U.S.A.
Telephone: (313) 594-4857
Fax: (313) 390-0804
Email: expcac@ford.com

CAMVAP services are available in all
Canadian territories and provinces. For
more information, without charge or
obligation, call your CAMVAP Provincial
Administrator directly at 1-800-207-0685
or visit www.camvap.ca.

For customers in Guam, the
Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana
Islands (CNMI), America Samoa, and the
U.S. Virgin Islands, please feel free to call
our Toll-Free Number: (800) 841-FORD
(3673).

GETTING ASSISTANCE
OUTSIDE THE U.S. AND
CANADA
Before exporting your vehicle to a foreign
country, contact the appropriate foreign
embassy or consulate. These officials can
inform you of local vehicle registration
regulations and where to find unleaded
fuel.

If your vehicle must be serviced while you
are traveling or living in Puerto Rico,
contact the nearest authorized dealer. If
the authorized dealer cannot help you,
contact:
FORD MOTOR COMPANY
Customer Relationship Center
1555 Fairlane Drive
Fairlane Business Park #3
Allen Park, Michigan 48101
U.S.A.
Telephone: (800) 841-FORD (3673)
FAX: (313) 390-0804
Email: prcac@ford.com
www.ford.com.pr

If you cannot find unleaded fuel or can only
get fuel with an anti-knock index lower
than is recommended for your vehicle,
contact our Customer Relationship Center.
The use of leaded fuel in your vehicle
without proper conversion may damage
the effectiveness of your emission control
system and may cause engine knocking or
serious engine damage. Ford Motor
Company or Ford of Canada is not
responsible for any damage caused by use
of improper fuel. Using leaded fuel may
also result in difficulty importing your
vehicle back into the United States.

If your vehicle must be serviced while you
are traveling or living in the Middle East,
contact the nearest authorized dealer. If
the authorized dealer cannot help you,
contact:

199

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Customer Assistance
FORD MOTOR COMPANY
Customer Relationship Center
1555 Fairlane Drive
Fairlane Business Park #3
Allen Park, Michigan 48101
U.S.A.

Or to order a free publication catalog, call
toll free: 1-800-782-4356

Ford: 80004443673
Lincoln: 80004441067
If calling from the UAE: 80004441066
If calling from the Kingdom of Saudi
Arabia: 8008443673
If calling from Kuwait: 22280384

www.helminc.com

Monday-Friday 8:00 a.m. - 6:00 p.m. EST
Helm, Incorporated can also be reached
by their website:
(Items in this catalog may be purchased
by credit card, check or money order.)

Obtaining a French Owner’s
Manual

FAX: +971 4 3327266
Email: menacac@ford.com
www.me.ford.com

French Owner’s Manual can be obtained
from your authorized dealer or by
contacting Helm, Incorporated using the
contact information listed previously in this
section.

If you buy your vehicle in North America
and then relocate to any of the above
locations, register your vehicle
identification number (VIN) and new
address with Ford Motor Company Export
Operations & Global Growth Initiatives by
emailing expcac@ford.com.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
(U.S. ONLY)

If you are in another foreign country,
contact the nearest authorized dealer. In
the event your inquiry is unresolved,
communicate your concern with the
dealership’s Sales Manager, Service
Manager or Customer Relations Manager.
If you require additional assistance or
clarification, please contact the respective
Customer Relationship Center as
previously listed.

E142557

If you believe that your vehicle has
a defect which could cause a
crash or could cause injury or
death, you should immediately
inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying
Ford Motor Company.

Customers in the U.S. should call
1-800-392-3673.

ORDERING ADDITIONAL
OWNER'S LITERATURE
To order the publications in this portfolio,
contact Helm, Incorporated at:
HELM, INCORPORATED
47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, Michigan 48170
Attention: Customer Service

200

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Customer Assistance
If NHTSA receives similar
complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it finds that a
safety defect exists in a group of
vehicles, it may order a recall and
remedy campaign. However,
NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between
you, your dealer, or Ford Motor
Company.

1200 New Jersey Avenue,
Southeast
Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other
information about motor vehicle
safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
(CANADA ONLY)

To contact NHTSA, you may call
the Vehicle Safety Hotline
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:
1-800-424-9153); go to
http://www.safercar.gov; or write
to:

If you believe that your vehicle has
a defect which could cause a
crash or could cause injury or
death, you should immediately
inform Transport Canada.

Administrator
Transport Canada Contact Information

Website

http://www.tc.gc.ca/eng/roadsafety/menu.htm

Phone

1–800–333–0510

201

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Fuses
The power distribution box is located in
the engine compartment. It has
high-current fuses that protect your
vehicle's main electrical systems from
overloads.

FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART
Power Distribution Box
WARNINGS
Always disconnect the battery before
servicing high current fuses.

If you disconnect and reconnect the
battery, you will need to reset some
features. See Changing the 12V Battery
(page 221).

To reduce risk of electrical shock,
always replace the cover to the
power distribution box before
reconnecting the battery or refilling fluid
reservoirs.

E174563

Fuse or relay number

Fuse amp rating

Protected components

—

Not used.

—

Not used.

—

Not used.

—

Not used.

202

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Fuses
Fuse or relay number

Fuse amp rating

Protected components

50A*

Automatic brake system pump.

50A*

Body control module.

60A*

Body control module.

50A*

Body control module.

40A*

Rear window defroster.

40A*

Blower motor.

30A**

Left-hand front window.

30A**

Driver seat.

30A**

Passenger seat.

30A**

Climate-controlled seat module.

20A**

Convertible top motor.

—

20A**

Not used.

—

20A***

Steering column lock relay.

10A***

Brake on-off switch.

20A***

Horn.

10A***

Powertrain control module relay.

10A***

Air conditioning clutch.

30A**

Voltage quality module.

—

25A**

—

30A**

Automatic brake system valve.

Convertible top motor.
Not used.

Not used.
Windshield wiper motor.
Not used.

30A**

Electronic fan 1.

30A**

Starter motor solenoid.

40A**

Electronic fan 3.

203

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Fuses
Fuse or relay number

Fuse amp rating

Protected components

10A***

Latch relay coil.

20A***

Left-hand high-intensity discharge headlamps.

—

20A***

Right-hand high-intensity discharge headlamps.

10A***

Alt sense.

—

Not used.

20A***

—

20A***

Vehicle power 2.

Not used.

Vehicle power 1.
Not used.

15A***

Fuel injectors.

15A***

Vehicle power 3.

—

15A***

Not used.
Vehicle power 4.

—

Not used.

—

Not used.

—

Not used.

—

Not used.

30A**

—

Fuel pump.
Steering column lock relay.

—

Not used.

—

Horn relay.

20A**

Cigar lighter.

20A**

Auxiliary power point.

25A**

Electronic fan 2.

—

Not used.

—

Air conditioning clutch relay.

204

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Fuses
Fuse or relay number

Fuse amp rating

—

Not used.

—

Not used.

5A***

—

5A***

—

5A***

—

5A***

Protected components

Powertrain control module.
Not used.
Anti-lock brakes run-start switch.
Not used.
Electronic power assist steering.
Not used.
Blind spot information system.
Rear view camera.
Air conditioning compressor relay coils.

—

10A***

Headlamp leveling switch.

—

Auxiliary power point relay.

10A***

—

5A***

—

5A***

Not used.

Heated exterior mirrors.
Not used.
Rain sensor module.
Not used.
Mass air flow sensor.

—

Not used.

—

Rear window defroster.

—

Electronic cooling fan 2.

—

Left-hand high-intensity discharge headlamp relay (export).

—

Right-hand high-intensity-discharge
headlamp relay (export).

—

Windshield wiper relay.

—

Starter motor solenoid.

205

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Fuses
Fuse or relay number

Fuse amp rating

Protected components

—

Powertrain control module relay.

—

Not used.

—

Not used.

—

Not used.

—

Not used.

—

Not used.

—

Not used.

—

Electronic fan 1 relay.

—

Not used.

—

Electronic fan 3 relay.

—

Blower motor relay.

—

Not used.

—

Fuel pump relay.

*J-case fuses.
**M-case fuses.
***Micro fuses.
To reach the fuse panel, first remove the
key code card.

Passenger Compartment Fuse
Panel

After replacing a fuse, return the key code
card to the original position. To reinstall
the trim panel, lineup the tabs with the
grooves on the panel, drop the panel back
into place, and then push it shut to reinstall
the trim panel.

The fuse panel is in the right-hand side of
the passenger footwell behind a trim panel
and plastic key code card.
To remove the trim panel, lift it from the
rear retaining hooks, while pulling it toward
you and swinging it away from the side. To
reinstall it, line up the tabs with the grooves
on the panel, drop the panel back into
place, and then push it shut.

206

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Fuses

E174564

Fuse or relay number

Fuse amp rating

Protected components

10A

Demand lamps.

7.5A

Power mirror memory module.

20A

Driver console unlock.

20A

Subwoofer amplifier.

10A

Not used (spare).

10A

Not used (spare).

10A

Not used (spare).

10A

Not used.

207

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Fuses
Fuse or relay number

Fuse amp rating

Protected components

7.5A

Climate control module.

7.5A

Gateway module.
Steering column control module.
Instrument cluster.

10A

Not used (spare).

10A

Gateway module.

15A

Decklid release.

Not used (spare).

Intrusion sensor module.

7.5A

Passenger airbag deactivation indicator.

7.5A

Not used (spare).

In-vehicle temperature and humidity
sensor.

Occupant classification system module.

10A

Switches.
Power windows.
Rear-view mirror.

20A

Central lock unlock.

30A

Not used (spare).

30A

Right-hand front-window motor.

30A

Amplifier.

20A

Auxiliary body module.

30A

Left-hand rear-window power.

30A

Right-hand rear-window power.

15A

Not used (spare).

10A

Remote keyless entry.
Multi-function display.
SYNC.
Global positioning system module.
Gauges.

20A

Audio head unit.

208

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Fuses
Fuse or relay number

Fuse amp rating

Protected components

30A

Restraints control module.

15A

Auxiliary body module.

15A

Power distribution box run-start bus.

—

30A

Not used (spare).

Run-start bus.

CHANGING A FUSE
Fuses
WARNING
You must replace a failed fuse with
one that has the specified amperage
rating. If you use a fuse with a higher
amperage rating, you may cause severe
wire damage and may start a fire.

E142430

A fuse may fail if electrical components in
the vehicle are not properly working. A
broken wire inside the fuse indicates a
failed fuse. Check the appropriate fuses
before replacing any electrical
components.

209

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Maintenance
Working with the Engine Off

GENERAL INFORMATION

Set the parking brake and shift to park
(P).
2. Switch off the engine.
3. Block the wheels.

Have your vehicle serviced regularly to help
maintain its roadworthiness and resale
value. There is a large network of
authorized dealers that are there to help
you with their professional servicing
expertise. We believe that their specially
trained technicians are best qualified to
service your vehicle properly and expertly.
They are supported by a wide range of
highly specialized tools developed
specifically for servicing your vehicle.

Working with the Engine On
WARNING
To reduce the risk of vehicle damage
and/or personal burn injuries, do not
start your engine with the air cleaner
removed and do not remove it while the
engine is running.

To help you service your vehicle, we
provide scheduled maintenance
information which makes tracking routine
service easy. See Scheduled
Maintenance (page 395).

Set the parking brake and shift to park
(P).
2. Block the wheels

If your vehicle requires professional service,
an authorized dealer can provide the
necessary parts and service. Check your
warranty information to find out which
parts and services are covered.

OPENING AND CLOSING THE
HOOD

Use only recommended fuels, lubricants,
fluids and service parts conforming to
specifications. Motorcraft® parts are
designed and built to provide the best
performance in your vehicle.

Opening the Hood

Precautions
•
•
•

•

Do not work on a hot engine.
Make sure that nothing gets caught in
moving parts.
Do not work on a vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed space,
unless you are sure you have enough
ventilation.
Keep all open flames and other burning
material (such as cigarettes) away
from the battery and all fuel related
parts.

E142457

Inside the vehicle, pull the hood release
handle located under the left-hand
side of the instrument panel.
2. Slightly lift the hood.

210

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Maintenance

E174561

3. Release the hood latch by pushing the
secondary release lever to your
left-hand side.

E87786

4. Open the hood. Support the hood with
the strut.

Closing the Hood
1.

Remove the hood strut from the catch
and secure it correctly after use.
2. Lower the hood and allow it to drop
under its own weight for the last
8–12 in (20–30 cm).
Note: Make sure that the hood is correctly
closed.

211

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Maintenance
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 2.3L ECOBOOST™

E174450

Battery (out of view). See Changing the 12V Battery (page 221).

Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 215).

Engine oil filler cap. See Engine Oil Check (page 215).

Brake fluid reservoir. See Brake and Clutch Fluid Check (page 220).

Air filter assembly. See Changing the Engine Air Filter (page 228).

Engine coolant reservoir. See Engine Coolant Check (page 216).

Windshield washer fluid reservoir. See Washer Fluid Check (page 220).

Power distribution box. See Fuses (page 202).

212

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Maintenance
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 3.7L

E174559

Battery (out of view). See Changing the 12V Battery (page 221).

Engine oil filler cap. See Engine Oil Check (page 215).

Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 215).

Brake fluid reservoir. See Brake and Clutch Fluid Check (page 220).

Air filter assembly. See Changing the Engine Air Filter (page 228).

Engine coolant reservoir. See Engine Coolant Check (page 216).

Windshield washer fluid reservoir. See Washer Fluid Check (page 220).

Power distribution box. See Fuses (page 202).

213

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Maintenance
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 5.0L

E174560

Battery (out of view). See Changing the 12V Battery (page 221).

Engine oil filler cap. See Engine Oil Check (page 215).

Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 215).

Brake fluid reservoir. See Brake and Clutch Fluid Check (page 220).

Air filter assembly. See Changing the Engine Air Filter (page 228).

Engine coolant reservoir. See Engine Coolant Check (page 216).

Windshield washer fluid reservoir. See Washer Fluid Check (page 220).

Power distribution box. See Fuses (page 202).

214

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Maintenance
6. Wipe the dipstick clean. Insert the
dipstick fully, then remove it again.
• If the oil level is between the lower
and upper holes, the oil level is
acceptable. DO NOT ADD OIL.
• If the oil level is below the lower
hole, add enough oil to raise the
level within the lower and upper
holes.
• Oil levels above the upper hole may
cause engine damage. Some oil
must be removed from the engine
by an authorized dealer.
7. Put the oil level dipstick back into the
oil dipstick tube and ensure it is fully
seated.

ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK

E161560

MIN

MAX

Adding Engine Oil

ENGINE OIL CHECK

Note: Do not remove the filler cap when
the engine is running.

Note: Do not remove the engine oil level
dipstick when the engine is running.

3.
4.
5.

Make sure that your vehicle is on level
ground.
Switch the engine off and wait 15
minutes for the oil to drain into the oil
pan.
Set the parking brake and ensure the
gearshift is in park (P).
Open the hood. Protect yourself from
engine heat.
Locate and carefully remove the engine
oil level dipstick.

Note: Do not add oil further than the MAX
mark. Oil levels above the MAX mark may
cause engine damage.

E142732

215

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Maintenance
Only use oils certified for gasoline engines
by the American Petroleum Institute (API).
An oil with this trademark symbol
conforms to the current engine and
emission system protection standards and
fuel economy requirements of the
International Lubricants Specification
Advisory Council (ILSAC), comprised of
U.S. and Japanese automobile
manufacturers.

WARNINGS
To reduce the risk of personal injury,
make sure the engine is cool before
unscrewing the coolant pressure
relief cap. The cooling system is under
pressure. Steam and hot liquid can come
out forcefully when you loosen the cap
slightly.
Do not add coolant further than the
MAX mark.

1. Check the engine oil level.
2. If the engine oil level is not within the
normal range, add engine oil that
meets Ford specifications. See
Capacities and Specifications (page
268).
3. Remove the engine oil filler cap and
use a funnel to pour the engine oil into
the opening.
4. Wipe off any spilled oil.
5. Recheck the engine oil level. Make sure
the oil level is not above the normal
operating range on the engine oil level
dipstick.
6. Install the engine oil level dipstick and
ensure it is fully seated.
7. Fully install the engine oil filler cap by
turning the filler cap clockwise until
three clicks are heard or until the cap
is fully seated.

When the engine is cold, check the
concentration and level of the engine
coolant at the intervals listed in the
scheduled maintenance information. See
Scheduled Maintenance (page 395).
Note: Make sure that the coolant level is
between the MIN and MAX marks on the
coolant reservoir.
Note: Coolant expands when it is hot. The
level may extend beyond the MAX mark.
If the coolant level is at or below the
minimum mark, add coolant immediately.
Maintain coolant concentration within
48% to 50%, which equates to a freeze
point between -29.2°F (-34°C) and
-34.5°F (-37°C).
Note: For best results, coolant
concentration should be tested with a
refractometer such as Robinair Coolant and
Battery Refractometer 75240. We do not
recommend the use of hydrometers or
coolant test strips for measuring coolant
concentrations.

ENGINE COOLANT CHECK
WARNINGS
Do not add engine coolant when the
engine is hot. Steam and scalding
liquids released from a hot cooling
system can burn you badly. Also, spilling
coolant on hot engine parts can burn you.

Note: Automotive fluids are not
interchangeable. Do not use engine coolant,
antifreeze or windshield washer fluid outside
of its specified function and vehicle location.

Do not put engine coolant in the
windshield washer fluid container. If
sprayed on the windshield, engine
coolant could make it difficult to see
through the windshield.

216

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Maintenance
Adding Engine Coolant

•
•

Note: Do not use stop leak pellets, cooling
system sealants or additives as they can
cause damage to the engine cooling or
heating systems. Your warranty may not
cover these damages.

Brine.
Any engine coolant mixed with alcohol
or methanol antifreeze or coolant.

Alcohol and other liquids can cause engine
damage from overheating or freezing.
Do not add extra inhibitors or additives to
the coolant. These can be harmful and
compromise the corrosion protection of
the engine coolant.

Note: During normal vehicle operation, the
engine coolant may change color from
orange to pink or light red.
As long as the engine coolant is clear and
uncontaminated, this color change does
not indicate that the engine coolant has
degraded, nor does it require that qualified
personnel drain the engine coolant, flush
the system or replace the engine coolant.

When adding coolant:
1.

Unscrew the cap slowly. Any pressure
will escape as you unscrew the cap.
2. Add prediluted engine coolant meeting
the Ford specification. See Capacities
and Specifications (page 268).
3. Check the coolant level in the coolant
reservoir the next few times you drive
your vehicle.
4. If necessary, add enough prediluted
engine coolant to bring the coolant
level to the proper level.

Do not mix different colors or types of
coolant in your vehicle. Mixing of engine
coolants may harm your engine’s cooling
system. The use of an improper coolant
may harm engine and cooling system
components and may void the warranty.
Use prediluted engine coolant meeting the
Ford specification. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 268).

Recycled Engine Coolant

In case of emergency, you can add a large
amount of water without engine coolant
in order to reach a vehicle service location.
In this instance, qualified personnel:

Ford Motor Company does not recommend
the use of recycled engine coolant since a
Ford-approved recycling process is not yet
available.

1. Must drain the cooling system.
2. Chemically clean the coolant system
with Motorcraft Premium Cooling
System Flush.
3. Refill with engine coolant as soon as
possible.

Used engine coolant should be disposed
of in an appropriate manner. Follow your
community’s regulations and standards
for recycling and disposing of automotive
fluids.

Water alone, without engine coolant, can
cause engine damage from corrosion,
overheating or freezing.
Do not use the following as a coolant
substitute:
• Alcohol.
• Methanol.

217

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Maintenance
Severe Climates

the service engine soon indicator
will illuminate.

If you drive in extremely cold climates:
• It may be necessary to have a Ford
authorized dealer increase the coolant
concentration above 50%.
• A coolant concentration of 60%
provides improved freeze point
protection. Engine coolant
concentrations above 60% decrease
the overheat protection characteristics
of the engine coolant and may cause
engine damage.

If the engine reaches a preset
over-temperature condition, the engine
automatically switches to alternating
cylinder operation. Each disabled cylinder
acts as an air pump and cools the engine.
When this occurs, your vehicle will still
operate. However:
• The engine power will be limited.
• This will disable the air conditioning
system.

If you drive in extremely hot climates:
• It may be necessary to have a Ford
authorized dealer decrease the coolant
concentration to 40%.
• A coolant concentration of 40%
provides improved overheat protection.
Engine coolant concentrations below
40% will decrease the freeze and
corrosion protection characteristics of
the engine coolant and may cause
engine damage.

Continued operation increases the engine
temperature, causing the engine to
completely shut down. Your steering and
braking effort increases in this situation.
When the engine temperature cools, you
can re-start your engine. Take your vehicle
to an authorized dealer as soon as possible
to minimize engine damage.
When Fail-Safe Mode Is Activated
WARNINGS
Fail-safe mode is for use during
emergencies only. Operate your
vehicle in fail-safe mode only as long
as necessary to bring your vehicle to rest
in a safe location and seek immediate
repairs. When in fail-safe mode, your
vehicle will have limited power, will not be
able to maintain high-speed operation, and
may completely shut down without
warning, potentially losing engine power,
power steering assist, and power brake
assist, which may increase the possibility
of a crash resulting in serious injury.

Vehicles driven year-round in non-extreme
climates should use prediluted engine
coolant for optimum cooling system and
engine protection.

What You Should Know About FailSafe Cooling
If you deplete the engine coolant supply,
fail-safe cooling allows you to temporarily
drive your vehicle before you incur
incremental component damage. The
fail-safe distance depends on ambient
temperatures, vehicle load and terrain.

Never remove the coolant reservoir
cap while the engine is running or hot.

How Fail-Safe Cooling Works
If the engine begins to overheat, the engine
coolant temperature gauge will move to
the red (hot) area and:
the coolant temperature
warning light will illuminate

218

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Maintenance
You have limited engine power when in the
fail-safe mode, so drive your vehicle with
caution. Your vehicle will not maintain
high-speed operation and the engine will
operate poorly.

You may notice a reduction in vehicle
speed caused by reduced engine power.
In order to manage the engine fluid
temperatures, your vehicle may enter this
mode if certain high-temperature and
high-load conditions take place. The
amount of speed reduction depends on
many factors such as vehicle loading,
towing, grade and ambient temperature.
If this occurs, there is no need to pull off
the road. You can continue to drive your
vehicle while this message is active.

Remember that the engine is capable of
automatically shutting down to prevent
engine damage. In this situation:
1.

Pull off the road as soon as safely
possible and switch off the engine.
2. Tow your vehicle to an authorized
dealer.
3. If this is not possible, wait a short
period for the engine to cool.
4. Check the coolant level and add if low.
5. Re-start the engine and drive your
vehicle to an authorized dealer.
Note: Driving your vehicle without repair
increases the chance of engine damage.
Contact an authorized dealer as soon as
possible.

The air conditioning may also cycle on and
off during severe operating conditions to
protect overheating of the engine. When
the engine coolant temperature decreases
to a normal operating temperature, the air
conditioning will turn on once again.
If the engine coolant temperature gauge
moves fully into the red (hot) area, or if the
coolant temperature warning or service
engine soon messages appear in your
information display:

Engine Fluid Temperature
Management (If Equipped)

WARNINGS
To reduce the risk of crash and injury,
be prepared that the vehicle speed
may reduce and the vehicle may not
be able to accelerate with full power until
the fluid temperatures reduce.

Never remove the coolant reservoir
cap while the engine is running or hot.

3.
4.

Your vehicle's engine may temporarily
reach higher temperature under severe
operating conditions, for example
ascending a long or steep grade with
excessive heavy load.

At this time, you may notice your engine
coolant temperature gauge needle move
toward the H and the POWER REDUCED
TO LOWER TEMP message may appear
in the information display.

219

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Pull off the road as soon as safely
possible and shift the transmission into
P.
Leave the engine running until the
coolant temperature gauge needle
moves away from the red (hot) area.
After several minutes, if the
temperature does not drop, follow the
remaining steps.
Switch the engine off and wait for it to
cool before checking the coolant level.
If the coolant level is normal, restart
your engine and continue.
If the coolant is low, add coolant, and
restart the engine. See Adding Engine
Coolant or How Fail-Safe Cooling
Works in this chapter for more
information.

Maintenance
Refer to your scheduled maintenance
information for scheduled intervals for fluid
checks and changes. Your transmission
does not consume fluid. However, if the
transmission slips, shifts slowly or if you
notice a sign of leaking fluid, contact an
authorized dealer.

MANUAL TRANSMISSION
FLUID CHECK
1.

Clean the filler plug. It is located on the
passenger side of the transmission.

Do not use supplemental transmission
fluid additives, treatments or cleaning
agents. The use of these materials may
affect transmission operation and result
in damage to internal transmission
components.

BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUID
CHECK
E174951

Fluid levels between the MIN and MAX
lines are within the normal operating range;
there is no need to add fluid. If the fluid
levels are outside of the normal operating
range, the performance of the system
could be compromised; seek service from
your authorized dealer immediately.

2. Remove the filler plug and inspect the
fluid level.
3. For vehicles with a the I4 or V6 engine,
the correct manual transmission fill
level is at the lower edge of the filler
hole. For vehicles equipped with a V8
engine, the correct manual
transmission fill level is 1/2 inch (1.3
cm) below the edge of the filler hole.
4. Add enough fluid through the filler
opening to bring the fluid up to the
recommended levels.
5. Install and tighten the fill plug securely.

POWER STEERING FLUID
CHECK
Your vehicle is equipped with an electric
power steering (EPS) system. There is no
fluid reservoir to check or fill.

Only use fluid that meets Ford
specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 268).

WASHER FLUID CHECK
WARNING

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
FLUID CHECK

If you operate your vehicle in
temperatures below 40°F (5°C), use
washer fluid with antifreeze
protection. Failure to use washer fluid with
antifreeze protection in cold weather could
result in impaired windshield vision and
increase the risk of injury or accident.

If required, have an authorized dealer check
and change the transmission fluid at the
correct service interval. See Scheduled
Maintenance (page 395).
The automatic transmission does not have
a transmission fluid dipstick.

220

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Maintenance
Add fluid to fill the reservoir if the level is
low. Only use a washer fluid that meets
Ford specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 268).

WARNINGS
When lifting a plastic-cased battery,
excessive pressure on the end walls
could cause acid to flow through the
vent caps, resulting in personal injury and
damage to the vehicle or battery. Lift the
battery with a battery carrier or with your
hands on opposite corners.

State or local regulations on volatile
organic compounds may restrict the use
of methanol, a common windshield washer
antifreeze additive. Washer fluids
containing non-methanol antifreeze
agents should be used only if they provide
cold weather protection without damaging
the vehicle’s paint finish, wiper blades or
washer system.

Keep batteries out of reach of
children. Batteries contain sulfuric
acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or
clothing. Shield your eyes when working
near the battery to protect against possible
splashing of acid solution. In case of acid
contact with skin or eyes, flush
immediately with water for a minimum of
15 minutes and get prompt medical
attention. If acid is swallowed, call a
physician immediately.

FUEL FILTER
Your vehicle is equipped with a lifetime
fuel filter that is integrated with the fuel
tank. Regular maintenance or replacement
is not needed.

Note: If your battery has a cover/shield,
make sure it is reinstalled after the battery
has been cleaned or replaced.

CHANGING THE 12V BATTERY

Note: Battery posts, terminals and related
accessories contain lead and lead
compounds. Wash hands after handling.

WARNINGS
Batteries normally produce explosive
gases that can cause personal injury.
Therefore, do not allow flames,
sparks or lighted substances to come near
the battery. When working near the
battery, always shield your face and
protect your eyes. Always provide proper
ventilation.

Note: Electrical or electronic accessories
or components added to your vehicle by the
dealer or the owner may adversely affect
battery performance and durability.
Your vehicle is equipped with a Motorcraft
maintenance-free battery which normally
does not require additional water during
its life of service.

This vehicle may be equipped with
more than one battery, removal of
cable from only one battery does not
disconnect your vehicle electrical system.
Be sure to disconnect cables from all
batteries when disconnecting power.
Failure to do so may cause serious
personal injury or property damage.

For longer, trouble-free operation, keep the
top of the battery clean and dry. Also,
make certain the battery cables are always
tightly fastened to the battery terminals.
If you see any corrosion on the battery or
terminals, remove the cables from the
terminals and clean with a wire brush. You
can neutralize the acid with a solution of
baking soda and water.

221

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Maintenance
It is recommended that the negative
battery cable terminal be disconnected
from the battery if you plan to store your
vehicle for an extended period of time.

6. Release the parking brake. With your
foot on the brake pedal and with the
air conditioning on, put your vehicle in
D (Drive) and allow the engine to idle
for at least one minute.
• If you do not allow the engine to
relearn its idle trim, the idle quality
of your vehicle may be adversely
affected until the idle trim is
eventually relearned.
7. Drive your vehicle to complete the
relearning process
• Your vehicle may need to be driven
10 miles (16 kilometers) or more to
relearn the idle and fuel trim
strategy along with the ethanol
content for flexible fuel vehicles.
• For flexible fuel vehicles, if you are
operating on E85, you may
experience poor starts or an
inability to start the engine and
driveability problems until the fuel
trim and ethanol content have been
relearned.

Because your vehicle’s engine is
electronically controlled by a computer,
some control conditions are maintained
by power from the battery. When the
battery is disconnected or a new battery
is installed, the engine must relearn its idle
and fuel trim strategy for optimum
driveability and performance. Flexible fuel
vehicles (FFV) must also relearn the
ethanol content of the fuel for optimum
driveability and performance. To begin this
process:
1.
2.
3.

4.
5.

With your vehicle at a complete stop,
set the parking brake.
Put the gearshift in P(Park), turn off all
accessories.
Start the engine. Run the engine until
it reaches normal operating
temperature.
Allow the engine to idle for at least one
minute.
Turn the air conditioning on and allow
the engine to idle for at least one
minute.

If the battery has been disconnected or a
new battery has been installed, the clock
and radio settings must be reset once the
battery is reconnected.
Always dispose of automotive
batteries in a responsible manner.
Follow your local authorized standards
for disposal. Call your local authorized
recycling center to find out more about
recycling automotive batteries.

Battery Management System (If
Equipped)
The battery management system (BMS)
monitors battery conditions and takes
actions to extend battery life. If excessive
battery drain is detected, the system may
temporarily disable certain electrical
features to protect the battery. Those
electrical accessories affected include the
rear defrost, heated/cooled seats, climate

222

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Maintenance
control fan, heated steering wheel, audio
and navigation system. A message may be
shown in the information displays to alert
the driver that battery protection actions
are active. These messages are only for
notification that an action is taking place,
and not intended to indicate an electrical
problem or that the battery requires
replacement.

CHECKING THE WIPER
BLADES

Electrical accessory installation
To ensure proper operation of the Battery
Management System, any electrical
devices that are added to your vehicle
should not have their ground connection
made directly at the negative battery post.
A connection at the negative battery post
can cause inaccurate measurements of
the battery condition and potential
incorrect system operation.

E142463

Run the tip of your fingers over the edge of
the blade to check for roughness.
Clean the wiper blades with washer fluid
or water applied with a soft sponge or
cloth.

CHANGING THE WIPER
BLADES

Note: Electrical or electronic accessories
added to your vehicle by the dealer or the
owner, may adversely affect battery
performance and durability, and may affect
the performance of other electrical systems
in your vehicle.

When a battery replacement is required,
the battery should only be replaced with
a Ford-recommended replacement battery
that matches the electrical requirements
of your vehicle. After battery replacement,
or in some cases after charging the battery
with the external charger, the Battery
Management System requires eight hours
of vehicle sleep time (key off with doors
closed) to relearn the new battery state of
charge. Prior to relearning the state of
charge, the Battery Management System
may disable electrical features (to protect
the battery) earlier than normal.

Pull the wiper blade and arm away
from the glass and press the locking
buttons together.

E129990

2. Rotate and remove the wiper blade.
3. Attach the new blade to the arm and
snap it into place.
Replace wiper blades at least once per
year for optimum performance.

223

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Maintenance
Poor wiper quality can be improved by
cleaning the wiper blades and the
windshield. See Cleaning the Windows
and Wiper Blades (page 231).

ADJUSTING THE HEADLAMPS
Vertical Aim
Headlamp Aim Target
E142465

6. There is a distinct change from light to
dark in the left-hand portion of the
headlamp beam pattern. Position the
top edge of this cut-off 3 in (7.5 cm)
below the horizontal reference line.

E142592

8 ft (2.4 m).

Center height of lamp to ground.

25 ft (7.6 m).

Horizontal reference line.

E187824

To adjust the vertical aim, use a
suitable tool to rotate the adjuster
clockwise or counterclockwise.
Note: To see a clearer light pattern while
adjusting one headlamp, block the light
from the other headlamp.

Vertical Aim Adjustment
1.

Park your vehicle on a level surface
approximately 25 ft (7.6 m) away from
a vertical wall or screen.
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Measure the height from the center of
the headlamp to the ground.
Note: There may be an identifying mark on
the lens to help you locate the center of the
headlamp bulb.

8. Close the hood and switch the low
beam headlamps off.

Horizontal Aim Adjustment
Horizontal aim should not be required
although it is adjustable.

4. Mark a horizontal reference line on the
vertical wall or screen that is a
minimum of 8 ft (2.4 m) long.
5. Switch the low beam headlamps on
and open the hood.
224

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Maintenance

in cold temperatures. When normal
condensation occurs, a thin film of mist
can form on the interior of the lens. The
mist eventually clears and exits through
the vents during normal operation. Clearing
time may take as long as 48 hours under
dry weather conditions.

Examples of acceptable condensation are:
• Thin mist without streaks, drip marks
or droplets.
• Fine mist that covers less than 50% of
the lens.
Examples of unacceptable moisture are:
• Water puddle inside the lamp.
• Large water droplets, drip marks or
streaks on the interior of the lens.
If any of the above conditions of
unacceptable moisture are present,
contact an authorized.

Replacing HID Headlamp Bulbs
Your vehicle has high intensity discharge
lamps. These lamps operate at a high
voltage. Contact an authorized dealer.
E209667

Accessing the Direction Indicator
and Fog Lamp Bulbs

Locate the adjuster within the
extension tube attached to the rear of
the headlamp assembly.
2. To adjust the horizontal aim, use a
suitable tool to rotate the adjuster
clockwise or counterclockwise.
Note: X: Toward the front of the vehicle.

Rotate the steering wheel to the
opposite side of the bulb needing
replacement.

CHANGING A BULB
Lamp Assembly Condensation
Exterior lamps have vents to
accommodate normal changes in pressure.
Condensation can be a natural occurrence
of this design. When moist air enters the
lamp assembly through the vents, there is
a possibility that condensation can occur

E159695

225

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Maintenance
Replacing Fog Lamp Bulbs (If
Equipped)

2. Remove the three wheel liner
fasteners.

Make sure the lighting control is in the
off position.
2. Disconnect the electrical connector
from the bulb by pulling it straight off.

E176616

3. Locate the most outside fastener
attaching the front fascia to the wheel
liner and remove it.
4. Pull the wheel liner back toward the
tire to gain access to the bulbs.

E174588

3. Rotate the bulb counterclockwise and
remove from the fog lamp assembly.
4. Install the bulb in reverse order.

Replacing the Direction Indicator
Bulbs

Replacing LED Fog Lamp Bulbs (If
Equipped)
These lamps have LED bulbs. Contact an
authorized dealer.

Replacing Reverse Lamp Bulbs
1.

Make sure the lighting control is in the
off position.
2. Locate the reverse lamp bulb under the
rear bumper of your vehicle. To access
the bulb, reach behind the bumper.
3. Disconnect the electrical sensor from
the bulb by pulling it straight off.

E180889

Remove the bulb holder from the lamp
assembly by turning it
counterclockwise.
2. Disconnect the electrical connector.
3. Remove the bulb from the bulb holder
by pulling it straight out.

226

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Maintenance
Replacing rear, Brake, High-Mount
Brake, Rear Direction Indicator and
License Plate Lamp Bulbs
These lamps have LED bulbs. Contact an
authorized dealer.

BULB SPECIFICATION CHART
Replacement bulbs are specified in the
chart below. Headlamp bulbs must be
marked with an authorized "D.O.T." for
North America and an "E" for Europe to
make sure lamp performance, light
brightness and pattern and safe visibility.
The correct bulbs do not damage the lamp
assembly or void the lamp assembly
warranty and provide quality bulb
illumination time.

E177487

4. Rotate the bulb counterclockwise and
remove it from the reverse lamp
assembly.

Function

Trade name

Headlamps - high intensity discharge
(HID)*

D3S

Front park and Direction indicators

7444NA (amber)

Sidemarker

WY5W (amber)

Fog lamp

LED
H11

Rear lamp, brake lamp and direction
indicator lamp*

LED

High-mount brake lamp*

LED

Backup lamp

3156 or 3157

License plate lamp*

LED

Dome and Map lamp

W5W

Glove box and Cargo lamp

W5W

To replace all instrument panel lights, contact an authorized dealer
* Contact an authorized dealer to replace the bulb.

227

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Maintenance
5. Install a new air filter element. Be
careful not to crimp the filter element
edges between the air filter housing
and cover. This could cause filter
damage and allow unfiltered air to
enter the engine if it is not properly
seated.
6. Replace the air filter housing cover.
7. Engage the clamps to secure the air
filter housing cover to the air filter
housing.

CHANGING THE ENGINE AIR
FILTER
WARNING
To reduce the risk of vehicle damage
and personal burn injuries, do not
start your engine with the air cleaner
removed and do not remove it while the
engine is running.
Note: Failure to use the correct air filter
element may result in severe engine
damage. Your warranty may not cover these
damages.
Use only the air filter element listed when
changing the air filter element. See
Motorcraft Parts (page 269).
Change the air filter element at the proper
intervals. See Scheduled Maintenance
(page 395).

E175951

Release the two clamps that secure
the air filter housing cover.
2. Carefully lift the air filter housing cover.
3. Remove the air filter element from the
air filter housing.
4. Wipe any dirt or debris from the air filter
housing and cover to make sure no dirt
gets in the engine and that you have a
good seal.

228

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Vehicle Care
GENERAL INFORMATION

CLEANING THE EXTERIOR

Your Ford or Lincoln authorized dealer has
many quality products available to clean
your vehicle and protect its finishes.

Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or
lukewarm water and a neutral pH
shampoo, we recommend Motorcraft
Detail Wash.

CLEANING PRODUCTS

•

For best results, use the following products
or products of equivalent quality:
• Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover
(ZC-42)
• Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal
Cleaner (ZC-15)
• Motorcraft Detail Wash (ZC-3-A)
• Motorcraft Dusting Cloth (ZC-24)
• Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and
Degreaser (U.S. only) (ZC-20)
• Motorcraft Engine Shampoo (Canada
only) (CXC-66-A)
• Motorcraft Multi-Purpose Cleaner
(Canada only) (CXC-101)
• Motorcraft Premium Glass Cleaner
(Canada only) (CXC-100)
• Motorcraft Premium Quality
Windshield Washer Fluid (Canada
only) [CXC-37-(A, B, D or F)]
• Motorcraft Premium Windshield Wash
Concentrate with Bitterant (U.S. only)
(ZC-32-B2)
• Motorcraft Professional Strength
Carpet & Upholstery Cleaner (ZC-54)
• Motorcraft Premium Leather and Vinyl
Cleaner (ZC-56)
• Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover
(U.S. only) (ZC-14)
• Motorcraft Ultra-Clear Spray Glass
Cleaner (ZC-23)
• Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner
(ZC-37-A)

•

Note: Suntan lotions and insect repellents
can damage painted surfaces. If these
substances come in contact with your
vehicle, wash the affected area as soon as
possible.

Exterior Chrome Parts
•

•

229

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Never use strong household detergents
or soap, for example dish washing or
laundry liquid. These products can
discolor and spot painted surfaces.
Never wash your vehicle when is hot to
the touch, or during strong or direct
sunlight.
Dry your vehicle with a chamois or soft
terry cloth towel to eliminate water
spotting.
Immediately remove fuel spillages, bird
droppings, insect deposits and road tar.
These may cause damage to your
vehicle’s paintwork or trim over time.
We recommend Motorcraft Bug and
Tar Remover.
Remove any exterior accessories, for
example antennas, before entering a
car wash.

Apply a high quality-cleaning product
to bumpers and other chrome parts.
Follow the manufacturer’s instructions.
We recommend Motorcraft Custom
Bright Metal Cleaner.
Do not apply the cleaning product to
hot surfaces. Do not leave the cleaning
product on chrome surfaces longer
than the time recommended.
Using other non-recommended
cleaners can result in severe and
permanent cosmetic damage.

Vehicle Care
Note: Never use abrasive materials, for
example steel wool or plastic pads as they
can scratch the chrome surface.

•

Note: Do not use chrome cleaner, metal
cleaner or polish on wheels or wheel covers.

Exterior Plastic Parts
For routine cleaning we recommend
Motorcraft Detail Wash. If tar or grease
spots are present, we recommend
Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover.
•
•

Stripes or Graphics (If Equipped)
Do not use a commercial or high-pressure
sprayer on the surface or edge of stripes
and graphics. This can damage them and
cause the edges to peel away from the
vehicle surface.

CLEANING THE ENGINE
Engines are more efficient when they are
clean because grease and dirt buildup keep
the engine warmer than normal.

Underbody
Flush the complete underside of your
vehicle frequently. Keep body and door
drain holes free of debris or foreign
material.

When washing:
• Take care when using a power washer
to clean the engine. The high-pressure
fluid could penetrate the sealed parts
and cause damage.
• Do not spray a hot engine with cold
water to avoid cracking the engine
block or other engine components.
• Spray Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and
Degreaser on all parts that require
cleaning and pressure rinse clean. In
Canada, use Motorcraft Engine
Shampoo.
• Never wash or rinse the engine while it
is hot or running; water in the running
engine may cause internal damage.

WAXING
Regular waxing is necessary to protect your
car's paint from the elements. We
recommend that you wash and wax the
painted surface once or twice a year.
When washing and waxing, park your
vehicle in a shaded area out of direct
sunlight. Always wash your vehicle before
applying wax.
•
•
•

Use a quality wax that does not contain
abrasives.
Follow the manufacturer’s instructions
to apply and remove the wax.
Apply a small amount of wax in a
back-and-forth motion, not in circles.

230

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Do not allow wax to come in contact
with any non-body (low-gloss black)
colored trim. The wax will discolor or
stain the parts over time.
• Roof racks.
• Bumpers.
• Grained door handles.
• Side moldings.
• Mirror housings.
• Windshield cowl area.
Do not apply wax to glass areas.
After waxing, your car's paint should
feel smooth, and be free of streaks and
smudges.

Vehicle Care
•

•

Never wash or rinse any ignition coil,
spark plug wire or spark plug well, or
the area in and around these locations.
Cover the battery, power distribution
box, and air filter assembly to prevent
water damage when cleaning the
engine.

CLEANING THE INTERIOR
WARNINGS
Do not use cleaning solvents, bleach
or dye on the vehicle’s safety belts,
as these actions may weaken the
belt webbing.
On vehicles equipped with
seat-mounted airbags, do not use
chemical solvents or strong
detergents. Such products could
contaminate the side airbag system and
affect performance of the side airbag in a
collision.

CLEANING THE WINDOWS AND
WIPER BLADES
Car wash chemicals and environmental
fallout can result in windshield and wiper
blade contamination. Dirty windshield and
wipers will result in poor windshield wiper
operation. Keep the windshield and wiper
blades clean to maintain windshield wiper
performance.

For fabric, carpets, cloth seats, safety belts
and seats equipped with side airbags:
• Remove dust and loose dirt with a
vacuum cleaner.
• Remove light stains and soil with
Motorcraft Professional Strength
Carpet & Upholstery Cleaner.

To clean the windshield and wiper blades:
• Clean the windshield with a
non-abrasive glass cleaner. When
cleaning the interior of the windshield,
avoid getting any glass cleaner on the
instrument panel or door panels. Wipe
any glass cleaner off these surfaces
immediately.
• For windshields contaminated with
tree sap, chemicals, wax or bugs, clean
the entire windshield using steel wool
(no greater than 0000 grade) in a
circular motion and rinse with water.
• Clean the wiper blades with isopropyl
rubbing alcohol or windshield washer
concentrate.

•

231

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

If grease or tar is present on the
material, spot-clean the area first with
Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover. In
Canada, use Motorcraft Multi-Purpose
Cleaner.
If a ring forms on the fabric after spot
cleaning, clean the entire area
immediately (but do not oversaturate)
or the ring will set.
Do not use household cleaning
products or glass cleaners, which can
stain and discolor the fabric and affect
the flame retardant abilities of the seat
materials.

Vehicle Care
1.

CLEANING THE INSTRUMENT
PANEL AND INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER LENS

WARNING
Do not use chemical solvents or
strong detergents when cleaning the
steering wheel or instrument panel
to avoid contamination of the airbag
system.

Note: Follow the same procedure as
cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather
instrument panels and leather interior trim
surfaces. See Cleaning Leather Seats
(page 232).

Clean the instrument panel and cluster
lens with a clean, damp and soft cloth,
then use a clean, dry and soft cloth to dry
these areas.

•

Avoid cleaners or polishes that increase
the gloss of the upper portion of the
instrument panel. The dull finish in this
area helps protect you from
undesirable windshield reflection.
Do not use any household cleaning
products or glass cleaners as these
may damage the finish of the
instrument panel, interior trim and
cluster lens.
Wash or wipe your hands clean if you
have been in contact with certain
products such as insect repellent and
suntan lotion to avoid possible damage
to the interior painted surfaces.
Do not allow air fresheners and hand
sanitizers to spill onto interior surfaces.
If a spill occurs, wipe off immediately.
Your warranty may not cover these
damages.

CLEANING LEATHER SEATS (If
Equipped)

Note: Follow the same procedure as
cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather
instrument panels and leather interior trim
surfaces.
For routine cleaning, wipe the surface with
a soft, damp cloth and a mild soap and
water solution. Dry the area with a clean,
soft cloth.
For cleaning and removing stains such as
dye transfer, use Motorcraft Premium
Leather and Vinyl Cleaner or a
commercially available leather cleaning
product for automotive interiors.
Note: Test any cleaner or stain remover on
an inconspicuous area.

If a staining liquid like coffee or juice has
been spilled on the instrument panel or on
interior trim surfaces:

232

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Wipe up spilled liquid using a clean,
soft cloth as quickly as possible.
Use Motorcraft Premium Leather and
Vinyl Cleaner or a commercially
available leather cleaning product for
automotive interiors. Test any cleaner
or stain remover on an inconspicuous
area.
Alternatively, wipe the surface with a
clean, soft cloth and a mild soap and
water solution. Dry the area with a
clean, soft cloth.
If necessary, apply more soap and
water solution or cleaning product to
a clean, soft cloth and press it onto the
soiled area. Allow this to set at room
temperature for 30 minutes.
Remove the soaked cloth, then with a
clean, damp cloth, use a rubbing
motion for 60 seconds on the soiled
area.
Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth.

Vehicle Care
You should:
• Remove dust and loose dirt with a
vacuum cleaner.
• Clean and treat spills and stains as
soon as possible.

Note: Industrial-strength or heavy-duty
cleaners in combination with brush agitation
to remove brake dust and dirt, could wear
away the clear coat finish over a period time.
Note: Do not use hydrofluoric acid-based
or high caustic-based wheel cleaners, steel
wool, fuels or strong household detergents.

Do not use the following products as these
may damage the leather:
• Oil and petroleum or silicone-based
leather conditioners.
• Household cleaners.
• Alcohol solutions.
• Solvents or cleaners intended
specifically for rubber, vinyl and
plastics.

Note: If you intend parking your vehicle for
an extended period after cleaning the
wheels with a wheel cleaner, drive your
vehicle for a few minutes before doing so.
This will reduce the risk of increased
corrosion of the brake discs.
Alloy wheels and wheel covers are coated
with a clear coat paint finish. To maintain
their condition we recommend that you:
•

REPAIRING MINOR PAINT
DAMAGE
Authorized dealers have touch-up paint to
match your vehicle’s color. Your vehicle
color code is printed on a sticker on the
front, left-hand side door jamb. Take your
color code to your authorized dealer to
make sure you get the correct color.

•

Before repairing minor paint damage, use
a cleaner such as Motorcraft Bug and Tar
Remover to remove particles such as bird
droppings, tree sap, insect deposits, tar
spots, road salt and industrial fallout.

•

VEHICLE STORAGE

Always read the instructions before using
cleaning products.

If you plan on storing your vehicle for 30
days or more, read the following
maintenance recommendations to make
sure your vehicle stays in good operating
condition.

CLEANING THE ALLOY
WHEELS (If Equipped)

We engineer and test all motor vehicles
and their components for reliable, regular
driving. Under various conditions,
long-term storage may lead to degraded
engine performance or failure unless you
use specific precautions to preserve engine
components.

Note: Do not apply a cleaning chemical to
warm or hot wheel rims and covers.
Note: Some automatic car washes may
cause damage to the finish on your wheel
rims and covers.

233

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Clean the wheels weekly using
Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner.
Apply using manufacturer's
instructions.
Use a sponge to remove heavy
deposits of dirt and brake dust
accumulation.
Rinse thoroughly with a strong stream
of water when you have completed the
cleaning process.
To remove tar and grease, use
Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover.

Vehicle Care
General
•
•
•

•

Store all vehicles in a dry, ventilated
place.
Protect from sunlight, if possible.
If vehicles are stored outside, they
require regular maintenance to protect
against rust and damage.

•

Fuel system
•

Body
•

•
•
•

•

•
•

Wash your vehicle thoroughly to
remove dirt, grease, oil, tar or mud from
exterior surfaces, rear-wheel housing
and the underside of front fenders.
Periodically wash your vehicle if it is
stored in exposed locations.
Touch-up exposed or primed metal to
prevent rust.
Cover chrome and stainless steel parts
with a thick coat of auto wax to prevent
discoloration. Re-wax as necessary
when you wash your vehicle.
Lubricate all hood, door and luggage
compartment hinges and latches with
a light grade oil.
Cover interior trim to prevent fading.
Keep all rubber parts free from oil and
solvents.

•

•
•

Protect against freezing temperatures.
When removing your vehicle from
storage, check coolant fluid level.
Confirm that there are no cooling
system leaks and that fluid is at the
recommended level.

Battery
•
•

Check and recharge as necessary. Keep
connections clean.
If storing your vehicle for more than 30
days without recharging the battery,
we recommend that you disconnect
the battery cables to maintain battery
charge for quick starting.

Note: It is necessary to reset memory
features if battery cables are disconnected.

Change the engine oil and filter prior to
storage because used engine oil
contains contaminates which may
cause engine damage.
Start the engine every 15 days for a
minimum of 15 minutes. Run at fast idle
with the climate controls set to defrost
until the engine reaches normal
operating temperature.

Brakes
•

Make sure the brakes and parking brake
release fully.

Tires
•

234

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Fill the fuel tank with high-quality fuel
until the first automatic shutoff of the
fuel pump nozzle.

Cooling system

Engine
•

With your foot on the brake, shift
through all the gears while the engine
is running.
We recommend that you change the
engine oil before you use your vehicle
again.

Maintain recommended air pressure.

Vehicle Care
Miscellaneous
•

•

Make sure all linkages, cables, levers
and pins under your vehicle are covered
with grease to prevent rust.
Move vehicles at least 25 ft (7.5 m)
every 15 days to lubricate working parts
and prevent corrosion.

Removing Vehicle From Storage
When your vehicle is ready to come out of
storage, do the following:
• Wash your vehicle to remove any dirt
or grease film build-up on window
surfaces.
• Check windshield wipers for any
deterioration.
• Check under the hood for any foreign
material that may have collected
during storage such as mice or squirrel
nests.
• Check the exhaust for any foreign
material that may have collected
during storage.
• Check tire pressures and set tire
inflation per the Tire Label.
• Check brake pedal operation. Drive
your vehicle 15 ft (4.5 m) back and
forth to remove rust build-up.
• Check fluid levels (including coolant,
oil and gas) to make sure there are no
leaks, and fluids are at recommended
levels.
• If you remove the battery, clean the
battery cable ends and check for
damage.
Contact an authorized dealer if you have
any concerns or issues.

235

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Wheels and Tires
TEMPORARY MOBILITY KIT (If
Equipped)

Note: The temporary mobility kit contains
enough sealant compound in the canister
for one tire repair only. See an authorized
Ford dealer for replacement sealant
canisters.
The kit is located under the load floor in
the trunk. The kit consists of an air
compressor to re-inflate the tire and a
canister of sealing compound that will
effectively seal most punctures caused by
nails or similar objects. This kit provides a
temporary tire repair, allowing you to drive
your vehicle up to 120 mi (200 km) at a
maximum speed of 50 mph (80 km/h) to
reach a tire service location.

E175977

236

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Air compressor (inside).

Selector switch.

On and off button.

Air pressure gauge.

Sealant bottle and canister.

Dual purpose hose: air and
repair.

Tire valve connector.

Accessory power plug.

Casing/housing.

Bike/raft/sports ball adapters.

Wheels and Tires
General Information

•

WARNING

•

Failure to follow these guidelines
could result in an increased risk of
loss of vehicle control, injury or death.
•

Note: Do not use the kit if you have severely
damaged a tire. Only seal punctures located
within the tire tread with the kit.
Do not attempt to repair punctures larger
than ¼ inch (6 millimeters) or damage to
the tire's sidewall. The tire may not
completely seal.

•
•

Loss of air pressure may adversely affect
tire performance. For this reason:
Note: Do not drive the vehicle above
50 mph (80 km/h).

•
•

Note: Do not drive further than 120 mi
(200 km). Drive only to the closest
authorized Ford dealer or tire repair shop to
have your tire inspected.
•
•

•

Drive carefully and avoid abrupt
steering maneuvers.
Periodically monitor tire inflation
pressure in the affected tire; if the tire
is losing pressure, have the vehicle
towed.
Read the information in the Tips for
Use of the Kit section to make sure safe
operation of the kit and your vehicle.

•

Tips for Use of the Kit
•

To ensure safe operation of the kit:
•
•

•

Read all instructions and cautions fully.
Before operating the kit, make sure
your vehicle is safely off the road and
away from moving traffic. Switch on
the hazard lights.
Always set the parking brake to ensure
the vehicle does not move
unexpectedly.

•

237

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Do not remove any foreign objects,
such as nails or screws, from the tire.
When using the kit, leave the engine
running (only if the vehicle is outdoors
or in a well-ventilated area) so the
compressor does not drain the
vehicle's battery.
Do not allow the compressor to
operate continuously for more than 15
minutes. This will help prevent the
compressor from overheating.
Never leave the kit unattended during
operation.
Sealant compound contains latex.
Those with latex sensitivities should
use appropriate precautions to avoid
an allergic reaction.
Keep the kit away from children.
Only use the kit when the ambient
temperature is between -22°F (-30°C)
and 158°F (70°C).
Only use the sealing compound before
the use-by date. The use-by date is on
a label on the sealant canister, which
you can see through the rectangular
viewing window on the bottom of the
compressor. Check the use-by date
regularly and replace the canister after
four years of non-use.
Do not store the kit unsecured inside
the passenger compartment of the
vehicle as it may cause injury during a
sudden stop or crash. Always store the
kit in its original location.
After sealant use, an authorized Ford
dealer must replace the tire pressure
monitoring system sensor and valve
stem on the wheel.
Operating the kit could cause an
electrical disturbance in radio, CD and
DVD player operation.

Wheels and Tires
* When inflation only is required
for a tire or other objects, the
selector must be in the Air

E175978

Sealant compound contains latex. Use
appropriate precautions to avoid any
allergic reactions.

position.

Do not remove any foreign object that has
pierced the tire. If a puncture is located in
the tire sidewall, stop and call roadside
assistance.

What to do When a Tire Is
Punctured

Remove the valve cap from the tire
valve.
2. Unwrap the dual purpose hose (black
tube) from the back of the compressor
housing.
3. Fasten the hose to the tire valve by
turning the connector clockwise.
Tighten the connection securely.

You can repair a tire puncture within the
tire's tread area in two stages with the kit.
•

•

In the first stage, inflate the tire with a
sealing compound and air. After you
inflate the tire, you will need to drive
the vehicle a short distance (about 4
miles [6 kilometers]) to distribute the
sealant in the tire.
In the second stage, check the tire
pressure and adjust, if necessary, to the
vehicle's specified tire inflation
pressure.

First Stage: Inflating the Tire with
Sealing Compound and Air
WARNINGS
Do not stand directly over the kit
while inflating the tire. If you notice
any unusual bulges or deformations
in the tire's sidewall during inflation, stop
and call roadside assistance.
If the tire does not inflate to the
recommended tire pressure within
15 minutes, stop and call roadside
assistance.
Do not run the engine during kit
operation unless the vehicle is
outdoors or in a well-ventilated area.

E200523

4. Plug the power cable into the 12-volt
power point in the vehicle.
5. Remove the warning sticker found on
the casing/housing and place it on the
top of the instrument panel or the
center of the dash.
6. Start the vehicle and leave the engine
running so the compressor does not
drain the vehicle’s battery.

Preparation: Park the vehicle in a safe, level
and secure area, away from moving traffic.
Switch the hazard lights on. Apply the
parking brake and switch the engine off.
Inspect the flat tire for visible damage.

238

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Wheels and Tires

E175981

E175982

Turn dial (A) clockwise to the sealant
position. Switch the kit on by pressing
the on/off button (B).
8. Inflate the tire to the pressure listed on
the tire label located on the driver's
door or the door jamb area. The initial
air pressure gauge reading may indicate
a value higher than the label pressure
while you pump the sealing compound
into the tire. This is normal and should
be no reason for concern. The pressure
gauge reading will indicate the tire
inflation pressure after about 30
seconds of operation. You should
check the final tire pressure with the
compressor turned OFF in order to get
an accurate pressure reading.

9. When the tire reaches the
recommended tire pressure, switch off
the kit, unplug the power cable, and
disconnect the hose from the tire valve.
Re-install the valve cap on the tire
valve and return the kit to the stowage
area.
10. Immediately and cautiously, drive the
vehicle 4 miles (6 kilometers) to
distribute the sealant evenly inside
the tire. Do not exceed 50 mph (80
km/h).
11.
After 4 miles (6 kilometers), stop and
check the tire pressure. See Second
Stage: Checking Tire Pressure.
Note: If you experience any unusual
vibration, ride disturbance or noise while
driving, reduce your speed until you can
safely pull off to the side of the road to call
for roadside assistance. Note: Do not
proceed to the second stage of this
operation.
239

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Wheels and Tires
Second Stage: Checking Tire
Pressure

5. Unplug the hoses, re-install the valve
cap on the tire and return the kit to the
stowage area.

WARNINGS
If you are proceeding from the First
Stage: Re-inflating the Tire with
Sealing Compound and Air section
and have injected sealant in the tire and
the pressure is below 20 psi (1.4 bar),
continue to the next step.

What to Do After the Tire has Been
Sealed
After using the kit to seal your tire, you will
need to replace the sealant canister. You
can obtain sealant canisters and spare
parts at an authorized Ford dealer. You can
dispose of empty sealant canisters at
home. However, you should dispose of
canisters still containing liquid sealant
through your local authorized Ford dealer
or tire dealer, or in accordance with local
waste disposal regulation.

The power plug may get hot after use
and should be handled carefully
while unplugging.
Check the air pressure of your tires as
follows:

Note: After you use the sealing compound,
the maximum vehicle speed is 50 mph
(80 km/h) and the maximum driving
distance is 120 mi (200 km). You should
inspect the sealed tire immediately.
You can check the tire pressure any time
within the 120 mi (200 km) by performing
the steps listed previously in the Second
Stage: Checking Tire Pressure procedure.
Removal of the sealant canister from
the kit

E175983

Remove the valve cap from the tire
valve.
2. Firmly screw the air compressor hose
onto the valve stem by turning
clockwise.
3. Push and turn the dial clockwise to the
air position.
4. If required, switch on the compressor
and adjust the tire to the
recommended inflation pressure
shown on the tire label located on the
driver's door or door jamb area. You
should check the tire pressure with the
compressor turned OFF in order to get
an accurate pressure reading.

E175984

240

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Unwrap the dual purpose hose (black
tube) from the compressor housing.

Wheels and Tires
Installation of the sealant canister to
the kit
1.

With the canister held perpendicular
to the housing, insert the canister
nozzle into the connector and push
until seated.
2. Rotate the canister 90 degrees down
into the housing/casing.

E175985

2. Unwrap the power cord.

E175988

3. Snap the back cover back into place.

E175986

3. Remove the back cover.

E175989

4. Wrap the dual purpose hose (black
tube) around the channel on the
bottom of the housing/casing.
E175987

4. Rotate the sealant canister up 90
degrees and pull away from
casing/housing to remove.

241

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Wheels and Tires
Tire Quality Grades apply to new
pneumatic passenger car tires.
The Quality grades can be found
where applicable on the tire
sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width. For
example: Treadwear 200
Traction AA Temperature A.
These Tire Quality Grades are
determined by standards that the
United States Department of
Transportation has set.
Tire Quality Grades apply to new
pneumatic passenger car tires.
They do not apply to deep tread,
winter-type snow tires,
space-saver or temporary use
spare tires, light truck or LT type
tires, tires with nominal rim
diameters of 10 to 12 inches or
limited production tires as defined
in Title 49 Code of Federal
Regulations Part 575.104 (c)(2).
U.S. Department of
Transportation Tire quality
grades: The U.S. Department of
Transportation requires Ford
Motor Company to give you the
following information about tire
grades exactly as the government
has written it.

E175990

5. Wrap the power cord around the
housing and stow the accessory power
plug into its storage area.
Note: If you experience any difficulties with
the removal or installation of the sealant
canister, consult an authorized Ford dealer
for assistance.
Make sure you check the sealant
compound’s use-by date regularly. The
use-by date is on a label located on the
sealant canister, which you can see
through the rectangular viewing window
on the bottom of the kit. You should
replace the sealant canister after four
years of non-use.

TIRE CARE
Information About Uniform
Tire Quality Grading

Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a
comparative rating based on the
wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a
specified government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150
would wear 1 ½ times as well on

E142542

242

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Wheels and Tires
the government course as a tire
graded 100. The relative
performance of tires depends
upon the actual conditions of their
use, however, and may depart
significantly from the norm due to
variations in driving habits, service
practices, and differences in road
characteristics and climate.

Temperature A B C
WARNING
The temperature grade for
this tire is established for a
tire that is properly inflated and
not overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive
loading, either separately or in
combination, can cause heat
buildup and possible tire failure.

Traction AA A B C
WARNING
The traction grade assigned
to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction
tests, and does not include
acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning or peak traction
characteristics.

The temperature grades are A
(the highest), B and C,
representing the tire’s resistance
to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when
tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel. Sustained high
temperature can cause the
material of the tire to degenerate
and reduce tire life, and excessive
temperature can lead to sudden
tire failure. The grade C
corresponds to a level of
performance which all passenger
car tires must meet under the
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standard No. 139. Grades B and A
represent higher levels of
performance on the laboratory
test wheel than the minimum
required by law.

The traction grades, from highest
to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The
grades represent the tire’s ability
to stop on wet pavement as
measured under controlled
conditions on specified
government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire
marked C may have poor traction
performance.

Glossary of Tire Terminology
*Tire label: A label showing the
original equipment tire sizes,
recommended inflation pressure
and the maximum weight the
vehicle can carry.
243

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Wheels and Tires
*Tire Identification Number
(TIN): A number on the sidewall
of each tire providing information
about the tire brand and
manufacturing plant, tire size and
date of manufacture. Also referred
to as DOT code.
*Inflation pressure: A measure
of the amount of air in a tire.
*Standard load: A class of
P-metric or Metric tires designed
to carry a maximum load at set
pressure. For example: For
P-metric tires 35 psi (2.4 bar) or
36 (2.5 bar) depending on tire size
and for Metric tires 36 psi (2.5
bar). Increasing the inflation
pressure beyond this pressure will
not increase the tire capability.
*Extra load: A class of P-metric
or Metric tires designed to carry a
heavier maximum load at 42 psi
(2.9 bar). Increasing the inflation
pressure beyond this pressure will
not increase the tire’s load
carrying capability.
*kPa: Kilopascal, a metric unit of
air pressure.
*PSI: Pounds per square inch, a
standard unit of air pressure.
*Cold tire pressure: The tire
pressure when the vehicle has
been stationary and out of direct
sunlight for an hour or more and
prior to the vehicle being driven for
1 mile (1.6 km).

*Recommended inflation
pressure: The cold inflation
pressure found on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label
(affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door
edge that meets the door-latch
post, next to the driver's seating
position), or Tire Label located on
the B-Pillar or the edge of the
driver’s door.
* B-pillar: The structural member
at the side of the vehicle behind
the front door.
*Bead area of the tire: Area of
the tire next to the rim.
* Sidewall of the tire: Area
between the bead area and the
tread.
*Tread area of the tire: Area of
the perimeter of the tire that
contacts the road when mounted
on the vehicle.
*Rim: The metal support (wheel)
for a tire or a tire and tube
assembly upon which the tire
beads are seated.
Information Contained on the
Tire Sidewall
Both United States and Canada
Federal regulations require tire
manufacturers to place
standardized information on the
sidewall of all tires. This
information identifies and

244

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Wheels and Tires
describes the fundamental
characteristics of the tire and also
provides a U.S. DOT Tire
Identification Number for safety
standard certification and in case
of a recall.

A. P: Indicates a tire, designated
by the Tire and Rim Association,
that may be used for service on
cars, sport utility vehicles,
minivans and light trucks. Note: If
your tire size does not begin with
a letter this may mean it is
designated by either the European
Tire and Rim Technical
Organization or the Japan Tire
Manufacturing Association.
B. 215: Indicates the nominal
width of the tire in millimeters
from sidewall edge to sidewall
edge. In general, the larger the
number, the wider the tire.
C. 65: Indicates the aspect ratio
which gives the tire's ratio of
height to width.
D. R: Indicates a radial type tire.
E. 15: Indicates the wheel or rim
diameter in inches. If you change
your wheel size, you will have to
purchase new tires to match the
new wheel diameter.
F. 95: Indicates the tire's load
index. It is an index that relates to
how much weight a tire can carry.
You may find this information in
your owner’s manual. If not,
contact a local tire dealer.
Note: You may not find this
information on all tires because it
is not required by federal law.

Information on P Type Tires

C D
B

G
H

E142543

P215/65R15 95H is an example of
a tire size, load index and speed
rating. The definitions of these
items are listed below. (Note that
the tire size, load index and speed
rating for your vehicle may be
different from this example.)

245

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Wheels and Tires
G. H: Indicates the tire's speed
rating. The speed rating denotes
the speed at which a tire is
designed to be driven for extended
periods of time under a standard
condition of load and inflation
pressure. The tires on your vehicle
may operate at different
conditions for load and inflation
pressure. These speed ratings may
need to be adjusted for the
difference in conditions. The
ratings range from 81 mph
(130 km/h) to 186 mph
(299 km/h). These ratings are
listed in the following chart.
Note: You may not find this
information on all tires because it
is not required by federal law.
Letter
rating

Speed rating - mph
(km/h)

81 (130)

87 (140)

99 (159)

106 (171)

112 (180)

118 (190)

124 (200)

130 (210)

149 (240)

Speed rating - mph
(km/h)

168 (270)

Y
186 (299)
Note: For tires with a maximum
speed capability over 149 mph
(240 km/h), tire manufacturers
sometimes use the letters ZR. For
those with a maximum speed
capability over 186 mph (299
km/h), tire manufacturers always
use the letters ZR.
H. U.S. DOT Tire Identification
Number (TIN): This begins with
the letters DOT and indicates that
the tire meets all federal
standards. The next two numbers
or letters are the plant code
designating where it was
manufactured, the next two are
the tire size code and the last four
numbers represent the week and
year the tire was built. For
example, the numbers 317 mean
the 31st week of 1997. After 2000
the numbers go to four digits. For
example, 2501 means the 25th
week of 2001. The numbers in
between are identification codes
used for traceability. This
information is used to contact
customers if a tire defect requires
a recall.
I. M+S or M/S: Mud and Snow, or
AT: All Terrain, or
AS: All Season.

246

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Letter
rating

Wheels and Tires
J. Tire Ply Composition and
Material Used: Indicates the
number of plies or the number of
layers of rubber-coated fabric in
the tire tread and sidewall. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate
the ply materials in the tire and the
sidewall, which include steel,
nylon, polyester, and others.
K. Maximum Load: Indicates the
maximum load in kilograms and
pounds that can be carried by the
tire. See the Safety Compliance
Certification Label (affixed to
either the door hinge pillar,
door-latch post, or the door edge
that meets the door-latch post,
next to the driver's seating
position), for the correct tire
pressure for your vehicle.
L. Treadwear, Traction and
Temperature Grades:
*Treadwear The treadwear grade
is a comparative rating based on
the wear rate of the tire when
tested under controlled conditions
on a specified government test
course. For example, a tire graded
150 would wear one and one-half
times as well on the government
course as a tire graded 100.

*Traction: The traction grades,
from highest to lowest are AA, A,
B, and C. The grades represent the
tire's ability to stop on wet
pavement as measured under
controlled conditions on specified
government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire
marked C may have poor traction
performance.
*Temperature: The temperature
grades are A (the highest), B and
C, representing the tire's
resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate
heat when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified indoor
laboratory test wheel.
M. Maximum Inflation
Pressure: Indicates the tire
manufacturers' maximum
permissible pressure or the
pressure at which the maximum
load can be carried by the tire. This
pressure is normally higher than
the vehicle manufacturer's
recommended cold inflation
pressure which can be found on
the Safety Compliance
Certification Label (affixed to
either the door hinge pillar,
door-latch post, or the door edge
that meets the door-latch post,
next to the driver's seating
position), or Tire Label which is
located on the B-Pillar or the edge
of the driver’s door. The cold
inflation pressure should never be
set lower than the recommended
pressure on the vehicle label.

247

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Wheels and Tires
The tire suppliers may have
additional markings, notes or
warnings such as standard load
or radial tubeless.

C. Maximum Load Dual lb (kg)
at psi (kPa) cold: Indicates the
maximum load and tire pressure
when the tire is used as a dual,
defined as four tires on the rear
axle (a total of six or more tires on
the vehicle).
D. Maximum Load Single lb
(kg) at psi (kPa) cold: Indicates
the maximum load and tire
pressure when the tire is used as
a single, defined as two tires
(total) on the rear axle.

Additional Information
Contained on the Tire Sidewall
for LT Type Tires
Note: Tire Quality Grades do not
apply to this type of tire.

Information on T Type Tires
T145/80D16 is an example of a
tire size.
Note: The temporary tire size for
your vehicle may be different from
this example. Tire Quality Grades
do not apply to this type of tire.

D
E142544

LT type tires have some additional
information beyond those of P
type tires; these differences are
described below.
A. LT: Indicates a tire, designated
by the Tire and Rim Association,
that is intended for service on light
trucks.
B. Load Range and Load
Inflation Limits: Indicates the
tire's load-carrying capabilities
and its inflation limits.

248

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Wheels and Tires

C. 80: Indicates the aspect ratio
which gives the tire's ratio of
height to width. Numbers of 70 or
lower indicate a short sidewall.
D. D: Indicates a diagonal type tire.
R: Indicates a radial type tire.
E. 16: Indicates the wheel or rim
diameter in inches. If you change
your wheel size, you will have to
purchase new tires to match the
new wheel diameter.

D
E

Location of the Tire Label
You will find a Tire Label
containing tire inflation pressure
by tire size and other important
information located on the B-Pillar
or the edge of the driver’s door.
Inflating Your Tires

E142545

T type tires have some additional
information beyond those of P
type tires; these differences are
described below:
A. T: Indicates a type of tire,
designated by the Tire and Rim
Association, that is intended for
temporary service on cars, sport
utility vehicles, minivans and light
trucks.
B. 145: Indicates the nominal
width of the tire in millimeters
from sidewall edge to sidewall
edge. In general, the larger the
number, the wider the tire.

Safe operation of your vehicle
requires that your tires are
properly inflated. Remember that
a tire can lose up to half of its air
pressure without appearing flat.
Every day before you drive, check
your tires. If one looks lower than
the others, use a tire gauge to
check pressure of all tires and
adjust if required.
At least once a month and before
long trips, inspect each tire and
check the tire pressure with a tire
gauge (including spare, if
equipped). Inflate all tires to the
inflation pressure recommended
by Ford Motor Company.

249

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Wheels and Tires
You are strongly urged to buy a
reliable tire pressure gauge, as
automatic service station gauges
may be inaccurate. Ford
recommends the use of a digital
or dial-type tire pressure gauge
rather than a stick-type tire
pressure gauge.
Use the recommended cold
inflation pressure for optimum tire
performance and wear.
Under-inflation or over-inflation
may cause uneven treadwear
patterns.

(affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door
edge that meets the door-latch
post, next to the driver's seating
position), or Tire Label which is
located on the B-Pillar or the edge
of the driver’s door. Failure to
follow the tire pressure
recommendations can cause
uneven treadwear patterns and
adversely affect the way your
vehicle handles.
Maximum Inflation Pressure is
the tire manufacturer's maximum
permissible pressure and the
pressure at which the maximum
load can be carried by the tire. This
pressure is normally higher than
the manufacturer’s recommended
cold inflation pressure which can
be found on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label
(affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door
edge that meets the door-latch
post, next to the driver's seating
position), or Tire Label which is
located on the B-Pillar or the edge
of the driver’s door. The cold
inflation pressure should never be
set lower than the recommended
pressure on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label or
Tire Label.

WARNING
Under-inflation is the most
common cause of tire failures
and may result in severe tire
cracking, tread separation or
blowout, with unexpected loss of
vehicle control and increased risk
of injury. Under-inflation increases
sidewall flexing and rolling
resistance, resulting in heat
buildup and internal damage to
the tire. It also may result in
unnecessary tire stress, irregular
wear, loss of vehicle control and
accidents. A tire can lose up to
half of its air pressure and not
appear to be flat!
Always inflate your tires to the
Ford recommended inflation
pressure even if it is less than the
maximum inflation pressure
information found on the tire. The
Ford recommended tire inflation
pressure is found on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label
250

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Wheels and Tires
When weather temperature
changes occur, tire inflation
pressures also change. A 10°F
(6°C) temperature drop can
cause a corresponding drop of 1
psi (7 kPa) in inflation pressure.
Check your tire pressures
frequently and adjust them to the
proper pressure which can be
found on the Safety Compliance
Certification Label or Tire Label.
To check the pressure in your
tire(s):
1. Make sure the tires are cool,
meaning they are not hot from
driving even a mile.
Note: If you are checking tire
pressure when the tire is hot, (for
example, driven more than 1 mile
[1.6 kilometers]), never bleed or
reduce air pressure. The tires are
hot from driving and it is normal for
pressures to increase above
recommended cold pressures. A
hot tire at or below recommended
cold inflation pressure could be
significantly under-inflated.
Note: If you have to drive a
distance to get air for your tire(s),
check and record the tire pressure
first and add the appropriate air
pressure when you get to the
pump. It is normal for tires to heat
up and the air pressure inside to go
up as you drive.
2. Remove the cap from the valve
on one tire, then firmly press
the tire gauge onto the valve
and measure the pressure.

3. Add enough air to reach the
recommended air pressure.
Note: If you overfill the tire, release
air by pressing on the metal stem
in the center of the valve. Then
recheck the pressure with your tire
gauge.
4. Replace the valve cap.
5. Repeat this procedure for each
tire, including the spare.
Note: Some spare tires operate at
a higher inflation pressure than the
other tires. For T type mini-spare
tires, see the Dissimilar spare wheel
and tire assembly information for
a description. Store and maintain
at 60 psi (4.15 bar). For full-size
and dissimilar spare tires, see the
Dissimilar spare wheel and tire
assembly information for a
description. Store and maintain at
the higher of the front and rear
inflation pressure as shown on the
Tire Label.
6. Visually inspect the tires to
make sure there are no nails or
other objects embedded that
could poke a hole in the tire
and cause an air leak.
7. Check the sidewalls to make
sure there are no gouges, cuts
or bulges.

251

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Wheels and Tires
Inspecting Your Tires and
Wheel Valve Stems

Tire Wear

Periodically inspect the tire treads
for uneven or excessive wear and
remove objects such as stones,
nails or glass that may be wedged
in the tread grooves. Check the tire
and valve stems for holes, cracks,
or cuts that may permit air
leakage and repair or replace the
tire and replace the valve stem.
Inspect the tire sidewalls for
cracking, cuts, bruises and other
signs of damage or excessive
wear. If internal damage to the tire
is suspected, have the tire
demounted and inspected in case
it needs to be repaired or replaced.
For your safety, tires that are
damaged or show signs of
excessive wear should not be used
because they are more likely to
blow out or fail.
Improper or inadequate vehicle
maintenance can cause tires to
wear abnormally. Inspect all your
tires, including the spare,
frequently, and replace them if
one or more of the following
conditions exist:

E142546

When the tread is worn down to
one sixteenth of an inch (2 mm),
tires must be replaced to help
prevent your vehicle from skidding
and hydroplaning. Built-in
treadwear indicators, or wear bars,
which look like narrow strips of
smooth rubber across the tread
will appear on the tire when the
tread is worn down to one
sixteenth of an inch (2 mm).
When the tire tread wears down
to the same height as these wear
bars, the tire is worn out and must
be replaced.
Damage
Periodically inspect the tire treads
and sidewalls for damage (such
as bulges in the tread or sidewalls,
cracks in the tread groove and
separation in the tread or
sidewall). If damage is observed

252

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Wheels and Tires
or suspected have the tire
inspected by a tire professional.
Tires can be damaged during
off-road use, so inspection after
off-road use is also
recommended.

describes the fundamental
characteristics of the tire and also
provides a U.S. DOT Tire
Identification Number for safety
standard certification and in case
of a recall.
This begins with the letters DOT
and indicates that the tire meets
all federal standards. The next
two numbers or letters are the
plant code designating where it
was manufactured, the next two
are the tire size code and the last
four numbers represent the week
and year the tire was built. For
example, the numbers 317 mean
the 31st week of 1997. After 2000
the numbers go to four digits. For
example, 2501 means the 25th
week of 2001. The numbers in
between are identification codes
used for traceability. This
information is used to contact
customers if a tire defect requires
a recall.

Age
WARNING
Tires degrade over time
depending on many factors
such as weather, storage
conditions, and conditions of use
(load, speed, inflation pressure)
the tires experience throughout
their lives.
In general, tires should be
replaced after six years regardless
of tread wear. However, heat
caused by hot climates or
frequent high loading conditions
can accelerate the aging process
and may require tires to be
replaced more frequently.

Tire Replacement
Requirements

You should replace your spare tire
when you replace the road tires or
after six years due to aging even if
it has not been used.

Your vehicle is equipped with tires
designed to provide a safe ride
and handling capability.

U.S. DOT Tire Identification
Number

WARNINGS
Only use replacement tires
and wheels that are the same
size, load index, speed rating and
type (such as P-metric versus
LT-metric or all-season versus
all-terrain) as those originally
provided by Ford. The
recommended tire and wheel size

Both United States and Canada
Federal regulations require tire
manufacturers to place
standardized information on the
sidewall of all tires. This
information identifies and

253

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Wheels and Tires
WARNINGS
may be found on either the Safety
Compliance Certification Label
(affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door
edge that meets the door-latch
post, next to the driver seating
position), or the Tire Label which
is located on the B-Pillar or edge
of the driver’s door. If this
information is not found on these
labels then you should contact
your authorized dealer as soon as
possible. Use of any tire or wheel
not recommended by Ford can
affect the safety and performance
of your vehicle, which could result
in an increased risk of loss of
vehicle control, vehicle rollover,
personal injury and death.
Additionally the use of
non-recommended tires and
wheels could cause steering,
suspension, axle, transfer case or
power transfer unit failure. If you
have questions regarding tire
replacement, contact your
authorized dealer as soon as
possible.
To reduce the risk of serious
injury, when mounting
replacement tires and wheels, you
should not exceed the maximum
pressure indicated on the sidewall
of the tire to set the beads without
additional precautions listed
below. If the beads do not seat at
the maximum pressure indicated,
re-lubricate and try again.

WARNINGS
When inflating the tire for
mounting pressures up to 20 psi
(1.38 bar) greater than the
maximum pressure on the tire
sidewall, the following
precautions must be taken to
protect the person mounting the
tire:
1. Make sure that you have the
correct tire and wheel size.
2. Lubricate the tire bead and
wheel bead seat area again.
3. Stand at a minimum of 12 feet
(3.66 meters) away from the
wheel and tire assembly.
4. Use both eye and ear
protection.
For a mounting pressure more
than 20 psi (1.38 bar) greater than
the maximum pressure, a Ford
dealer or other tire service
professional should do the
mounting.
Always inflate steel carcass tires
with a remote air fill with the
person inflating standing at a
minimum of 12 feet (3.66 meters)
away from the wheel and tire
assembly.
Important: Remember to replace
the wheel valve stems when the
road tires are replaced on your
vehicle.
254

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Wheels and Tires
It is recommended that the two
front tires or two rear tires
generally be replaced as a pair.
The tire pressure sensors mounted
in the wheels (originally installed
on your vehicle) are not designed
to be used in aftermarket wheels.
The use of wheels or tires not
recommended by Ford Motor
Company may affect the
operation of your tire pressure
monitoring system.
If the tire pressure monitoring
system indicator is flashing, your
system is malfunctioning. Your
replacement tire might be
incompatible with your tire
pressure monitoring system, or
some component of the system
may be damaged.

Driving habits have a great deal
to do with your tire mileage and
safety.
*Observe posted speed limits.
*Avoid fast starts, stops and turns.
*Avoid potholes and objects on
the road.
*Do not run over curbs or hit the
tire against a curb when parking.
Highway Hazards
No matter how carefully you drive
there’s always the possibility that
you may eventually have a flat tire
on the highway. Drive slowly to the
closest safe area out of traffic.
This may further damage the flat
tire, but your safety is more
important.
If you feel a sudden vibration or
ride disturbance while driving, or
you suspect your tire or vehicle
has been damaged, immediately
reduce your speed. Drive with
caution until you can safely pull
off the road. Stop and inspect the
tires for damage. If a tire is
under-inflated or damaged,
deflate it, remove wheel and
replace it with your spare tire and
wheel. If you cannot detect a
cause, have the vehicle towed to
the nearest repair facility or tire
dealer to have the vehicle
inspected.

Safety Practices
WARNINGS
If your vehicle is stuck in
snow, mud, or sand, do not
rapidly spin the tires. Spinning the
tires can tear the tire and cause
an explosion. A tire can explode in
as little as three to five seconds.
Do not spin the wheels at
over 35 mph (56 km/h). The
tires may fail and injure a
passenger or bystander.

255

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Wheels and Tires
Tire and Wheel Alignment

Note: Your vehicle may be
equipped with a dissimilar spare
wheel and tire assembly. A
dissimilar spare wheel and tire
assembly is defined as a spare
wheel and tire assembly that is
different in brand, size or
appearance from the road tires and
wheels. If you have a dissimilar
spare wheel and tire assembly it is
intended for temporary use only
and should not be used in a tire
rotation.
Note: After having your tires
rotated, inflation pressure must be
checked and adjusted to the
vehicle requirements.
Rotating your tires at the
recommended interval (as
indicated in the Scheduled
Maintenance chapter) will help
your tires wear more evenly,
providing better tire performance
and longer tire life.
Rear-wheel drive vehicles (front
tires on the left side of the
diagram).

A bad jolt from hitting a curb or
pothole can cause the front end
of your vehicle to become
misaligned or cause damage to
your tires. If your vehicle seems to
pull to one side when you’re
driving, the wheels may be out of
alignment. Have an authorized
dealer check the wheel alignment
periodically.
Wheel misalignment in the front
or the rear can cause uneven and
rapid treadwear of your tires and
should be corrected by an
authorized dealer. Front-wheel
drive vehicles and those with an
independent rear suspension (if
equipped) may require alignment
of all four wheels.
The tires should also be balanced
periodically. An unbalanced tire
and wheel assembly may result in
irregular tire wear.
Tire Rotation
Note: If your tires show uneven
wear ask an authorized dealer to
check for and correct any wheel
misalignment, tire imbalance or
mechanical problem involved
before tire rotation.

E142548

Sometimes irregular tire wear can
be corrected by rotating the tires.
256

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Wheels and Tires
USING SUMMER TIRES (If

WARNINGS
Snow tires must be the same size,
load index, speed rating as those
originally provided by Ford. Use of
any tire or wheel not recommended by
Ford can affect the safety and
performance of your vehicle, which could
result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle
control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and
death. Additionally, the use of
non-recommended tires and wheels could
cause steering, suspension, axle, transfer
case or power transfer unit failure.

Equipped)

Summer tires provide superior
performance on wet and dry roads.
Summer tires do not have the Mud and
Snow (M+S or M/S) tire traction rating on
the tire side wall. Since summer tires do
not have the same traction performance
as All-season or Snow tires, we do not
recommend using summer tires when
temperatures drop to about 40ºF (5ºC)
or below (depending on tire wear and
environmental conditions) or in snow and
ice conditions. Like any tire, summer tire
performance is affected by tire wear and
environmental conditions. If you must drive
in those conditions, we recommend using
Mud and Snow (M+S, M/S), All-season or
Snow tires.

The tires on your vehicle may have
all-weather treads to provide traction in
rain and snow. However, in some climates,
you may need to use snow tires and chains.
Use chains on the tires only in an
emergency or if the law requires them.

Always store your summer tires indoors at
temperatures above 20ºF (-7ºC). The
rubber compounds used in these tires lose
flexibility and may develop surface cracks
in the tread area at temperatures below
20ºF (-7ºC). If the tires have been
subjected to 20ºF (-7ºC) or less, warm
them in a heated space to at least 40ºF
(5ºC) for at least 24 hours before installing
them on a vehicle, or moving the vehicle
with the tires installed, or checking tire
inflation. Do not place tires near heaters
or heating devices used to warm the room
where the tires are stored. Do not apply
heat or blow heated air directly on the tires.
Always inspect the tires after storage
periods and before use.

Note: The suspension insulation and
bumpers will help prevent vehicle damage.
Do not remove these components from your
vehicle when using snow tires and chains.

USING SNOW CHAINS

•

Follow these guidelines when using snow
tires and chains:
•
•
•

•

WARNINGS
Driving too fast for conditions creates
the possibility of loss of vehicle
control. Driving at very high speeds
for extended periods of time may result in
damage to vehicle components.c
257

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

If possible, avoid fully loading your
vehicle.
Chains may damage aluminum wheels.
Use ultra low profile cables, 10 mm or
less in dimension as measured on the
sidewall of your tire, with 235/55R 17,
235/50R18 and 255/40R19 on the rear
axle only.
Do not use snow chains or cables with
275/40R19 and 265/35R20 tires.
Not all S-class snow chains or cables
meet these restrictions. Chains of this
size restriction will include a tensioning
device.

Wheels and Tires
•

•

Purchase chains or cables from a
manufacturer that clearly labels body
to tire dimension restrictions. The snow
chains or cables must be mounted in
pairs on the front or the rear tires only.
Do not exceed 30 mph (50 km/h) if
recommended by the chain
manufacturer while using snow chains.
Install cables securely, verifying that
the cables do not touch any wiring,
brake lines or fuel lines.
Drive cautiously. If you hear the cables
rub or bang against the vehicle, stop
and retighten them. If this does not
work, remove the cables to prevent
vehicle damage.
Remove the tire chains when they are
no longer needed. Do not use tire
chains on dry roads.

Each tire, including the spare (if
provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated
to the inflation pressure
recommended by the vehicle manufacturer
on the vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of
a different size than the size indicated on
the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure
label, you should determine the proper tire
inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle
has been equipped with a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS) that
illuminates a low tire pressure telltale
when one or more of your tires is
significantly under-inflated. Accordingly,
when the low tire pressure telltale
illuminates, you should stop and check
your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
them to the proper pressure. Driving on a
significantly under-inflated tire causes the
tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure.
Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency
and tire tread life, and may affect the
vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.

If you have any questions regarding snow
chains or cables, please contact your
authorized dealer.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM

Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire maintenance, and
it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation
has not reached the level to trigger
illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure
telltale.

WARNING
The tire pressure monitoring system
is not a substitute for manually
checking tire pressure. The tire
pressure should be checked periodically
(at least monthly) using a tire gauge, see
Inflating your tires in this chapter. Failure
to properly maintain your tire pressure
could increase the risk of tire failure, loss
of control, vehicle rollover and personal
injury.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with
a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate
when the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is
combined with the low tire pressure
telltale. When the system detects a
malfunction, the telltale will flash for
approximately one minute and then remain
continuously illuminated. This sequence
will continue upon subsequent vehicle
start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.

258

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Wheels and Tires
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be able
to detect or signal low tire pressure as
intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur
for a variety of reasons, including the
installation of replacement or alternate
tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more tires or
wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the
replacement or alternate tires and wheels
allow the TPMS to continue to function
properly.

You should always have your tires serviced
by an authorized dealer.
Check the tire pressure periodically (at
least monthly) using an accurate tire
gauge. See Inflating Your Tires in this
chapter.

Understanding Your Tire Pressure
Monitoring System
The tire pressure monitoring system
measures pressure in your four road tires
and sends the tire pressure readings to
your vehicle. See General Information
(page 84). The low tire pressure warning
light will turn on if the tire pressure is
significantly low. Once the light is
illuminated, your tires are under-inflated
and need to be inflated to the
manufacturer’s recommended tire
pressure. Even if the light turns on and a
short time later turns off, your tire pressure
still needs to be checked.

The tire pressure monitoring system
complies with part 15 of the FCC rules and
with RSS-210 of Industry Canada.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) This device
must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause
undesired operation.

When Your Temporary Spare Tire is
Installed

Changing Tires With a Tire
Pressure Monitoring System

When one of your road tires needs to be
replaced with the temporary spare, the
system will continue to identify an issue to
remind you that the damaged road wheel
and tire assembly needs to be repaired and
put back on your vehicle.
To restore the full function of the tire
pressure monitoring system, have the
damaged road wheel and tire assembly
repaired and remounted on your vehicle.
When You Believe Your System is Not
Operating Properly

E142549

Note: Each road tire is equipped with a tire
pressure sensor located inside the wheel
and tire assembly cavity. The pressure
sensor is attached to the valve stem. The
pressure sensor is covered by the tire and is
not visible unless the tire is removed. Take
care when changing the tire to avoid
damaging the sensor

The main function of the tire pressure
monitoring system is to warn you when
your tires need air. It can also warn you in
the event the system is no longer capable
of functioning as intended. See the
following chart for information concerning
your tire pressure monitoring system:

259

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Wheels and Tires

Low tire pressure
warning light

Possible cause

Customer action required

Solid warning light

Tire(s) under-inflated

Make sure tires are at the proper pressure. See Inflating your tires in this
chapter. After inflating your tires to the
manufacturer’s recommended pressure
as shown on the Tire Label (located on
the edge of driver’s door or the B-Pillar),
the vehicle must be driven for at least
two minutes over 20 mph (32 km/h)
before the light turns off.

Spare tire in use

Repair the damaged road wheel and tire
assembly and reinstall it on the vehicle
to restore system function. For a
description on how the system functions,
see When your temporary spare tire
is installed in this section.

TPMS malfunction

If the tires are properly inflated and the
spare tire is not in use but the light
remains on, contact your authorized
dealer as soon as possible.

Spare tire in use

TPMS malfunction

If the tires are properly inflated and the
spare tire is not in use but the light
remains on, contact your authorized
dealer as soon as possible.

Flashing warning
light

It may take up to two minutes of driving
over 20 mph (32 km/h) for the light to turn
off after you have filled your tires to the
recommended inflation pressure

When Inflating Your Tires
When putting air into your tires (such as at
a gas station or in your garage), the tire
pressure monitoring system may not
respond immediately to the air added to
your tires.

260

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Wheels and Tires
How Temperature Affects Your Tire
Pressure

Note: The tire pressure monitoring system
indicator light will illuminate when the spare
tire is in use. To restore the full function of
the monitoring system, all road wheels
equipped with tire pressure monitoring
sensors must be mounted on the vehicle.

The tire pressure monitoring system
monitors tire pressure in each pneumatic
tire. While driving in a normal manner, a
typical passenger tire inflation pressure
may increase about 2 to 4 psi (14 to 28
kPa) from a cold start situation. If the
vehicle is stationary overnight with the
outside temperature significantly lower
than the daytime temperature, the tire
pressure may decrease about 3 psi (21
kPa) for a drop of 30°F (17°C) in ambient
temperature. This lower pressure value
may be detected by the tire pressure
monitoring system as being significantly
lower than the recommended inflation
pressure and activate the system warning
light for low tire pressure. If the low tire
pressure warning light is on, visually check
each tire to verify that no tire is flat. If one
or more tires are flat, repair as necessary.
Check the air pressure in the road tires. If
any tire is under-inflated, carefully drive
the vehicle to the nearest location where
air can be added to the tires. Inflate all the
tires to the recommended inflation
pressure.

If you get a flat tire while driving, do not
apply the brake heavily. Instead, gradually
decrease your speed. Hold the steering
wheel firmly and slowly move to a safe
place on the side of the road.
Have a flat serviced by an authorized
dealer in order to prevent damage to the
tire pressure monitoring system sensors.
See Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(page 258). Replace the spare tire with a
road tire as soon as possible. During
repairing or replacing of the flat tire, have
the authorized dealer inspect the tire
pressure monitoring system sensor for
damage.

Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire
Assembly Information
WARNING
Failure to follow these guidelines
could result in an increased risk of
loss of vehicle control, injury or death.

CHANGING A ROAD WHEEL
If you have a dissimilar spare wheel and
tire, then it is intended for temporary use
only. This means that if you need to use it,
you should replace it as soon as possible
with a road wheel and tire assembly that
is the same size and type as the road tires
and wheels that were originally provided
by Ford. If the dissimilar spare tire or wheel
is damaged, it should be replaced rather
than repaired.

WARNINGS
The use of tire sealant may damage
your tire pressure monitoring system
and should only be used in roadside
emergencies. If you must use a sealant, the
Ford Tire Mobility Kit sealant should be
used. The tire pressure monitoring system
sensor and valve stem on the wheel must
be replaced by an authorized dealer after
use of the sealant.

A dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly
is defined as a spare wheel and tire
assembly that is different in brand, size or
appearance from the road tires and wheels
and can be one of three types:

See Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (page 258). If the tire
pressure monitor sensor becomes
damaged, it will no longer function.

261

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Wheels and Tires
1. T-type mini-spare: This spare tire
begins with the letter T for tire size and
may have Temporary Use Only molded in
the sidewall.

•
•

2. Full-size dissimilar spare with label
on wheel: This spare tire has a label on
the wheel that states: THIS WHEEL AND
TIRE ASSEMBLY FOR TEMPORARY USE
ONLY.

The usage of a full-size dissimilar spare
wheel and tire assembly can lead to
impairment of the following:
• Handling, stability and braking
performance.
• Comfort and noise.
• Ground clearance and parking at curbs.
• Winter weather driving capability.
• Wet weather driving capability.
• All-wheel driving capability.

When driving with one of the dissimilar
spare tires listed above, do not:
•
•

•
•
•
•

Exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
Load the vehicle beyond maximum
vehicle load rating listed on the Safety
Compliance Label.
Use snow chains on the end of the
vehicle with the dissimilar spare tire.
Use more than one dissimilar spare tire
at a time.
Use commercial car washing
equipment.
Try to repair the dissimilar spare tire.

When driving with the full-size dissimilar
spare wheel and tire assembly additional
caution should be given to:
• Driving vehicles with a load on the
cargo rack.
Drive cautiously when using a full-size
dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly
and seek service as soon as possible.

Use of one of the dissimilar spare tires
listed above at any one wheel location can
lead to impairment of the following:
• Handling, stability and braking
performance.
• Comfort and noise.
• Ground clearance and parking at curbs.
• Winter weather driving capability.
• Wet weather driving capability.
• All-wheel driving capability.

Tire Change Procedure
WARNINGS
When one of the front wheels is off
the ground, the transmission alone
will not prevent your vehicle from
moving or slipping off the jack, even if the
transmission is in park (P) or reverse (R)
for manual transmissions.
To help prevent your vehicle from
moving when you change a tire, be
sure to place the transmission in park
(P) or reverse (R) for manual
transmissions, set the parking brake and
block (in both directions) the wheel that
is diagonally opposite (other side and end
of the vehicle) to the tire being changed.

3. Full-size dissimilar spare without
label on wheel
When driving with the full-size dissimilar
spare wheel and tire assembly, do not:
• Exceed 70 mph (113 km/h).
• Use more than one dissimilar spare
wheel and tire assembly at a time.

262

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Use commercial car washing
equipment.
Use snow chains on the end of the
vehicle with the dissimilar spare wheel
and tire assembly.

Wheels and Tires
1.

Park on a surface, set the parking brake
and activate the hazard flashers.
2. Place the transmission in park (P) and
turn the engine off. For vehicles with a
manual transmission, place the
transmission in reverse (R) after the
engine is turned off.

WARNINGS
Never get underneath a vehicle that
is supported only by a jack. If your
vehicle slips off the jack, you or
someone else could be seriously injured.
Do not attempt to change a tire on
the side of the vehicle close to
moving traffic. Pull far enough off the
road to avoid the danger of being hit when
operating the jack or changing the wheel.
Always use the jack provided as
original equipment with your vehicle.
If using a jack other than the one
provided as original equipment with your
vehicle, make sure the jack capacity is
adequate for the vehicle weight, including
any vehicle cargo or modifications.
Check that the vehicle jack is not
damaged or deformed and the
thread is lubricated and clean.

E175447

3. Block both the front and rear of the
wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire.
For example, if the left front tire is flat,
block the right rear wheel.

Passengers should not remain in your
vehicle when the vehicle is being
jacked.

263

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Wheels and Tires

E174938

4. Remove the lug wrench, spare tire and
jack.
5. Remove the center ornament from the
wheel if required to access the lug nuts.

Loosen each wheel lug nut one-half
turn counterclockwise but do not
remove them until the wheel is raised
off the ground.

E176084
E175694

Note: Jack at the specified locations to
avoid damage to the vehicle.

6. To remove the wrench from the jack,
turn the hex nut on the jack
counterclockwise. This will lower the
jack and loosen the mechanical lock.

264

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Wheels and Tires
8. The vehicle jacking points are shown
here, and can be identified by the
triangle markings on the vehicle. Details
are depicted on the warning label on
the jack.

12.

Lower the wheel by turning the jack
handle counterclockwise.

1
4

5
E174939

E75442

9. Place the jack at the jacking point next
to the tire you are changing. Turn the
jack handle clockwise until the wheel
is completely off the ground.
10. Remove the lug nuts with the lug
wrench.
11.
Replace the flat tire with the spare
tire, making sure the valve stem is
facing outward. Reinstall lug nuts
until the wheel is snug against the
hub. Do not fully tighten the lug nuts
until the wheel has been lowered. If
you are using the temporary tire, the
lug nut washers will not appear to be
flush with the rim. This is normal only
when using the temporary spare tire.

13.

14.

265

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Remove the jack and fully tighten the
lug nuts in the order shown. See
Technical Specifications (page
267).
To store the folded wrench on the
jack, engage the bracket of the jack
base on the wrench feature as shown.
Swing the wrench upwards and
adjust the height of the jack until the
pin engages the hole. Tighten the hex
nut clockwise by hand until secure.

Wheels and Tires

E176165

15.

16.

Warning: Failure to follow these
instructions can result in a loss
E176077
of vehicle stability due to tire
failure that could lead to serious injury or
death. If you are not sure about the proper
tire inflation pressures, contact an
authorized dealer or service center.

Put the flat tire, wheel ornament, jack
and lug wrench away. Make sure the
jack is fastened so it does not rattle
when you drive.
Unblock the wheel.

DRIVING AT HIGH SPEED
Tire pressure - Speeds greater than 100
mph (160 km/h)
WARNING
To reduce the risk of potential tire
failure that could lead to serious
injury or death, increase the front and
rear tire placard pressures by the amount
shown on the warning label, located on
either the driver side B-pillar or door, when
driving over 100 mph (160 km/h). Only
travel at speeds over 100 mph (160 km/h)
where it is legal and conditions allow. The
tire placard pressure can be found on the
tire placard located on either the driver side
B-pillar or door of your vehicle.

E184089

Your tires may require additional inflation
pressure for operation at speeds greater
than 100 mph (160 km/h). If this label is
present on your vehicle, you must adjust
the tire pressure accordingly.

266

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Wheels and Tires
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Wheel Lug Nut Torque Specifications
WARNING
When a wheel is installed, always remove any corrosion, dirt or foreign materials
present on the mounting surfaces of the wheel or the surface of the wheel hub,
brake drum or brake disc that contacts the wheel. Make sure that any fasteners
that attach the rotor to the hub are secured so they do not interfere with the mounting
surfaces of the wheel. Installing wheels without correct metal-to-metal contact at the
wheel mounting surfaces can cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel to come off
while your vehicle is in motion, resulting in a loss of control.
Bolt size

Ib-ft (Nm)

M14 X 1.5

150 lb.ft (204 Nm)

Torque specifications are for nut and bolt threads free of dirt and rust. Use only Ford
recommended replacement fasteners.
Retighten the lug nuts to the specified torque within 100 miles (160 kilometers) after any
wheel disturbance (such as tire rotation, changing a flat tire, wheel removal).

E145950

Wheel pilot bore

Inspect the wheel pilot bore and
mounting surface prior to installation.
Remove any visible corrosion or loose
particles.

267

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Capacities and Specifications
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS
Engine

2.3L I4 Ecoboost

3.7 V6

5.0L V8

Cubic inches

138

226

302

Required fuel

Minimum 87 octane

Firing order

1-3-4-2

1-4-2-5-3-6

1-5-4-8-6-3-7-2

Ignition system

Coil on plug

Spark plug gap

.027-.031 in. (.70-.80
mm)

.049-.053 in. (1.251.35 mm)

Compression ratio

9.5:1

10.5:1

11.0:1

3.7L V6 Engines with A/C

Drivebelt Routing
2.3L I4 Engine

E167464

5.0L V8 Engines with A/C
E170434

E198573

268

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Capacities and Specifications
MOTORCRAFT PARTS
Component

2.3L I4 Ecoboost

3.7L V6 engine

Air filter element
Oil filter

5.0L V8 engine

FA-1918
FL-910-S

FL-500-S

Battery

BXT-96R-590

Spark plugs

SP-537 / CYFS-12Y-2 SP-520 / CYFS-12F- SP-519 / CYFS-12Y
5

Windshield wiper
blade

WW-2201-PF (driver side)
WW-2001-PF (passenger side)

Cabin air filter

FP53

We recommend Motorcraft replacement
parts available at your Ford dealer or at
fordparts.com for scheduled maintenance.
These parts meet or exceed Ford Motor
Company’s specifications and are
engineered for your vehicle. Use of other
parts may impact vehicle performance,
emissions and durability. Your warranty
may be void for any damage related to use
of other parts.
If a Motorcraft oil filter is not available, use
an oil filter that meets industry
performance specification
SAE/USCAR-36.
E142476

For spark plug replacement, contact an
authorized dealer. Replace the spark plugs
at the appropriate intervals. See
Scheduled Maintenance (page 395).

Please note that in the graphic, XXXX is
representative of your vehicle identification
number.
The Vehicle Identification Number contains
the following information:

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER
The vehicle identification number is
located on the left-hand side of the
instrument panel.

269

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Capacities and Specifications
VEHICLE CERTIFICATION
LABEL

E142477

World manufacturer identifier

Brake system, Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating, Restraint Devices
and their locations

Make, vehicle line, series, body
type

Engine type

Check digit

Model year

Assembly plant

Production sequence number

E167469

The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration Regulations require that a
Safety Compliance Certification Label be
affixed to a vehicle and prescribe where
the Safety Compliance Certification Label
may be located. The Safety Compliance
Certification Label shall be affixed to either
the door hinge pillar, the door latch post,
or the edge of the door near the door latch,
next to the driver's seating position.

270

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Capacities and Specifications
The transmission code is on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label. The
following table shows the transmission
code along with the transmission
description.

TRANSMISSION CODE
DESIGNATION

E167814

Description

Code

Six-speed automatic transmission 6R80E

Six-speed manual transmission MT82

271

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Capacities and Specifications
CAPACITIES AND SPECIFICATIONS - 2.3L ECOBOOST™
Capacities
WARNING
The air conditioning refrigerant system contains refrigerant R-134a under high
pressure. Opening the air conditioning refrigerant system can cause personal injury.
Have the air conditioning refrigerant system serviced only by qualified personnel.
Item

Capacity

Engine oil

5.7 qt (5.4 L)

Engine coolant

9.5 qt (8.96 L)

Brake fluid

Between MIN/MAX on brake fluid reservoir

Rear axle fluid

3.2 pt (1.5L)

Rear axle friction modifier

4.0 fl oz (118 ml)
11.6 qt (10.98 L)

Automatic transmission fluid

2.7 qt (2.6 L)

Manual transmission fluid
Windshield washer fluid

Fill as required

Fuel tank

15.5 gal (58.8 L)

A/C Refrigerant

21.2 oz (0.6 kg)

A/C Refrigerant Compressor Oil

3.4 fl oz (100.5 ml)

Approximate dry fill capacity. Actual amount may vary during fluid changes.

272

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Capacities and Specifications
Specifications
Materials
Name

Specification

Recommended motor oil (U.S.):
WSS-M2C946-A
Motorcraft SAE 5W-30 Premium Synthetic Blend Motor
Oil
XO-5W30-QSP
Recommended motor oil (Canada):
Motorcraft SAE 5W-30 Synthetic Motor Oil
CXO-5W30-LSP12

WSS-M2C946-A

Recommended motor oil (Mexico):
Motorcraft SAE 5W-30 Synthetic Motor Oil
MXO-5W30-QSP

WSS-M2C946-A

Optional motor oil (U.S. and Mexico):
Motorcraft SAE 5W-30 Full Synthetic Motor Oil
XO-5W30-QFS

WSS-M2C946-A

Optional motor oil (Canada):
Motorcraft SAE 5W-30 Synthetic Motor Oil
CXO-5W30-LFS12

WSS-M2C946-A

Engine coolant (U.S. and Mexico):
Motorcraft Orange Antifreeze/Coolant Prediluted
VC-3DIL-B

WSS-M97B44-D2

Engine coolant (Canada):
Motorcraft Orange Antifreeze/Coolant Prediluted
CVC-3DIL-B

WSS-M97B44-D2

Brake fluid:
WSS-M6C65-A2
Motorcraft DOT 4 Low Viscosity (LV) High Performance
Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid
PM-20
Rear axle fluid:
WSS-M2C942-A
Motorcraft SAE 75W-85 Premium Synthetic Hypoid Gear
Lubricant
XY-75W85-QL
Rear axle friction modifier (U.S. and Mexico):
Motorcraft Additive Friction Modifier
XL-3

EST-M2C118-A

Rear axle friction modifier (Canada):

273

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

EST-M2C118-A

Capacities and Specifications
Name

Specification

Motorcraft Additive Friction Modifier
CXL-3
Automatic transmission fluid (6R80) (U.S. and Mexico): WSS-M2C938-A
Motorcraft MERCON LV Automatic Transmission Fluid
MERCON LV
XT-10-QLVC
Automatic transmission fluid (6R80) (Canada):
Motorcraft MERCON LV Automatic Transmission Fluid
CXT-10-LV12

WSS-M2C938-A
MERCON LV

Manual transmission fluid (MT80):
Motorcraft Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid
XT-11-QDC

WSS-M2C200-D2

Windshield washer fluid (U.S. and Mexico):
WSS-M14P19-A
Motorcraft Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with
Bitterant
ZC-32-B2
Windshield washer fluid (Canada):
Motorcraft Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid
CXC-37-(A, B, D, F)

WSS-M14P19-A

A/C refrigerant (U.S.):
Motorcraft R-134a Refrigerant
YN-19

WSH-M17B19-A

A/C refrigerant (Canada):
Motorcraft R-134a Refrigerant
CYN-16-R

WSH-M17B19-A

A/C refrigerant (Mexico):
Motorcraft R-134a Refrigerant
MYN-19

WSH-M17B19-A

A/C refrigerant compressor oil:
Motorcraft PAG Refrigerant Compressor Oil
YN-12-D

WSH-M1C231-B

Multi-purpose grease:
Motorcraft Multi-Purpose Grease Spray
XL-5

ESB-M1C93-B

Lock cylinders (U.S.):
Penetrating and Lock Lubricant
XL-1

274

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Capacities and Specifications
Name

Specification

Lock cylinders (Canada):
Penetrating Fluid
CXC-51-A

Lock cylinders (Mexico):
Penetrating and Lock Lubricant
MXL-1

For complete refill of limited slip Ford axles, add 4 oz. (118 ml) of Additive Friction Modifier
XL-3 or equivalent meeting Ford Specification EST-M2C118-A. Ford rear axles contain a
synthetic lubricant that does not require changing unless you submerge the axle in water.
If you use oil and fluids that do not meet
the defined specification and viscosity
grade, this may lead to:
• Component damage which is not
covered by the vehicle warranty.
• Longer engine cranking periods.
• Increased emission levels.
• Reduced engine performance.
• Reduced fuel economy.
• Degraded brake performance.

E142732

An oil that displays this symbol conforms
to current engine, emission system and
fuel economy performance standards of
the International Lubricant Standardization
and Approval Committee (ILSAC).

Use of synthetic or synthetic blend motor
oil is not mandatory. Only use fluid that
meets Ford specifications. Motor oils of
the recommended viscosity grade that
meet API SN requirements and display the
API Certification Mark for gasoline engines
are also acceptable. Do not use oil labeled
with API SN service category unless the
label also displays the API certification
mark.

Do not use supplemental engine oil
additives because they are unnecessary
and could lead to engine damage that may
not be covered by your vehicle warranty.
Note: Ford recommends using DOT 4 Low
Viscosity (LV) High Performance Brake Fluid
or equivalent meeting WSS-M6C65-A2. Use
of any fluid other than the recommended
fluid may cause degraded brake
performance and not meet the Ford
performance standards. Keep brake fluid
clean and dry. Contamination with dirt,
water, petroleum products or other
materials may result in brake system
damage and possible failure.

275

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Capacities and Specifications
Note: Automatic transmissions that require
MERCON LV transmission fluid should only
use MERCON LV transmission fluid. The
use of any other fluid may cause
transmission damage.

CAPACITIES AND SPECIFICATIONS - 3.7L
Capacities
WARNING
The air conditioning refrigerant system contains refrigerant R-134a under high
pressure. Opening the air conditioning refrigerant system can cause personal injury.
Have the air conditioning refrigerant system serviced only by qualified personnel.
Item

Capacity

Engine oil

6.0 qt (5.7 L)

Engine coolant

12.4 qt (11.7 L)

Brake fluid

Between MIN/MAX on brake fluid reservoir

Rear axle fluid

3.2 pt (1.5L)

Rear axle friction modifier

4.0 fl oz (118 ml)
12.0 qt (11.4 L)

Automatic transmission fluid

2.7 qt (2.6 L)

Manual transmission fluid
Windshield washer fluid

Fill as required

Fuel tank

16.0 gal (60.6 L)

A/C refrigerant

24.0 oz (0.68 kg)

A/C refrigerant compressor oil

3.4 fl oz (100.5 ml)

Approximate dry fill capacity. Actual amount may vary during fluid changes.

276

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Capacities and Specifications
Specifications
Materials
Name

Specification

Recommended motor oil (U.S.):
WSS-M2C945-A
Motorcraft SAE 5W-20 Premium Synthetic Blend Motor
Oil
XO-5W20-QSP
Recommended motor oil (Canada):
Motorcraft SAE 5W-20 Synthetic Motor Oil
CXO-5W20-LSP12

WSS-M2C945-A

Recommended motor oil (Mexico):
Motorcraft SAE 5W-20 Synthetic Motor Oil
MXO-5W20-QSP

WSS-M2C945-A

Optional motor oil (U.S. and Mexico):
Motorcraft SAE 5W-20 Full Synthetic Motor Oil
XO-5W20-QFS

WSS-M2C945-A

Optional motor oil (Canada):
Motorcraft SAE 5W-20 Synthetic Motor Oil
CXO-5W20-LFS12

WSS-M2C945-A

Engine coolant (U.S. and Mexico):
Motorcraft Orange Antifreeze/Coolant Prediluted
VC-3DIL-B

WSS-M97B44-D2

Engine coolant (Canada):
Motorcraft Orange Antifreeze/Coolant Prediluted
CVC-3DIL-B

WSS-M97B44-D2

EST-M2C118-A

Rear axle friction modifier (Canada):

277

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

EST-M2C118-A

Capacities and Specifications
Name

Specification

WSS-M2C938-A
MERCON LV

Manual transmission fluid (MT80):
Motorcraft Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid
XT-11-QDC

WSS-M2C200-D2

WSS-M14P19-A

A/C refrigerant (U.S.):
Motorcraft R-134a Refrigerant
YN-19

WSH-M17B19-A

A/C refrigerant (Canada):
Motorcraft R-134a Refrigerant
CYN-16-R

WSH-M17B19-A

A/C refrigerant (Mexico):
Motorcraft R-134a Refrigerant
MYN-19

WSH-M17B19-A

A/C refrigerant compressor oil:
Motorcraft PAG Refrigerant Compressor Oil
YN-12-D

WSH-M1C231-B

Multi-purpose grease:
Motorcraft Multi-Purpose Grease Spray
XL-5

ESB-M1C93-B

Lock cylinders (U.S.):
Penetrating and Lock Lubricant
XL-1

278

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Capacities and Specifications
Name

Specification

Lock cylinders (Canada):
Penetrating Fluid
CXC-51-A

Lock cylinders (Mexico):
Penetrating and Lock Lubricant
MXL-1

For complete refill of limited slip Ford axles, add 4 oz. (118 ml) of Additive Friction Modifier
XL-3 or equivalent meeting Ford Specification EST-M2C118-A. Ford rear axles contain a
synthetic lubricant that does not require changing unless you submerge the axle in water.
An oil that displays this symbol conforms
to current engine, emission system and
fuel economy performance standards of
the International Lubricant Standardization
and Approval Committee (ILSAC).

If you use oil and fluids that do not meet
the defined specification and viscosity
grade, this may lead to:
• Component damage, which the vehicle
warranty does not cover.
• Longer engine cranking periods.
• Increased emission levels.
• Reduced engine performance.
• Reduced fuel economy.
• Degraded brake performance.

Only use fluid that meets Ford
specifications. Motor oils of the
recommended viscosity grade that meet
API SN requirements and display the API
Certification Mark for gasoline engines are
also acceptable. Do not use oil labeled
with API SN service category unless the
label also displays the API certification
mark.

Note: Automatic transmissions that require
MERCON LV transmission fluid should only
use MERCON LV transmission fluid. The
use of any other fluid may cause
transmission damage.

E142732

279

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Capacities and Specifications
CAPACITIES AND SPECIFICATIONS - 5.0L
Capacities
WARNING
The air conditioning refrigerant system contains refrigerant R-134a under high
pressure. Only qualified personnel should service the air conditioning refrigerant
system. Opening the air conditioning refrigerant system can cause personal injury.
Item

Capacity

Engine oil

8.0 qt (7.6 L)

Engine coolant

13.6 qt (12.88 L)

Engine coolant with Track Pack (If
equipped)
Brake fluid

15.2 qt (14.4 L)
Between MIN/MAX on brake fluid reservoir

Rear axle fluid

3.2 pt (1.5L)

Rear axle friction modifier

4.0 fl oz (118 ml)
11.8 qt (11.17 L)

Automatic transmission fluid

2.7 qt (2.6 L)

Manual transmission fluid
Windshield washer fluid

Fill as required

Fuel tank

16.0 gal (60.6 L)

A/C Refrigerant

24.0 oz (0.68 kg)

A/C Refrigerant Compressor Oil

4.1 fl oz (120 ml)

Approximate dry fill capacity. Actual amount may vary during fluid changes.

280

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Capacities and Specifications
Specifications
Materials
Name

Specification

Recommended motor oil (U.S.):
WSS-M2C945-A
Motorcraft SAE 5W-20 Premium Synthetic Blend Motor
Oil
XO-5W20-QSP
Recommended motor oil (Canada):
Motorcraft SAE 5W-20 Synthetic Motor Oil
CXO-5W20-LSP12

WSS-M2C945-A

Recommended motor oil (Mexico):
Motorcraft SAE 5W-20 Synthetic Motor Oil
MXO-5W20-QSP

WSS-M2C945-A

Optional motor oil (U.S. and Mexico):
Motorcraft SAE 5W-20 Full Synthetic Motor Oil
XO-5W20-QFS

WSS-M2C945-A

Optional motor oil (Canada):
Motorcraft SAE 5W-20 Synthetic Motor Oil
CXO-5W20-LFS12

WSS-M2C945-A

Engine coolant (U.S. and Mexico):
Motorcraft Orange Antifreeze/Coolant Prediluted
VC-3DIL-B

WSS-M97B44-D2

Engine coolant (Canada):
Motorcraft Orange Antifreeze/Coolant Prediluted
CVC-3DIL-B

WSS-M97B44-D2

EST-M2C118-A

Rear axle friction modifier (Canada):

281

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

EST-M2C118-A

Capacities and Specifications
Name

Specification

WSS-M2C938-A
MERCON LV

Manual transmission fluid (MT80):
Motorcraft Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid
XT-11-QDC

WSS-M2C200-D2

WSS-M14P19-A

A/C refrigerant (U.S.):
Motorcraft R-134a Refrigerant
YN-19

WSH-M17B19-A

A/C refrigerant (Canada):
Motorcraft R-134a Refrigerant
CYN-16-R

WSH-M17B19-A

A/C refrigerant (Mexico):
Motorcraft R-134a Refrigerant
MYN-19

WSH-M17B19-A

A/C refrigerant compressor oil:
Motorcraft PAG Refrigerant Compressor Oil
YN-12-D

WSH-M1C231-B

Multi-purpose grease:
Motorcraft Multi-Purpose Grease Spray
XL-5

ESB-M1C93-B

Lock cylinders (U.S.):
Penetrating and Lock Lubricant
XL-1

282

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Capacities and Specifications
Name

Specification

Lock cylinders (Canada):
Penetrating Fluid
CXC-51-A

Lock cylinders (Mexico):
Penetrating and Lock Lubricant
MXL-1

For complete refill of limited slip Ford axles, add 4 oz. (118 ml) of Additive Friction Modifier
XL-3 or equivalent meeting Ford Specification EST-M2C118-A. Ford rear axles contain a
synthetic lubricant that does not require changing unless you submerge the axle in water.
An oil that displays this symbol conforms
to current engine, emission system and
fuel economy performance standards of
the International Lubricant Standardization
and Approval Committee (ILSAC).

If you use oil and fluids that do not meet
the defined specification and viscosity
grade, this may lead to:
• Component damage which is not
covered by the vehicle warranty.
• Longer engine cranking periods.
• Increased emission levels.
• Reduced engine performance.
• Reduced fuel economy.
• Degraded brake performance.

Do not use supplemental engine oil
additives because they are unnecessary
and could lead to engine damage that may
not be covered by your vehicle warranty.
Note: Ford recommends using DOT 4 LV
High Performance Brake Fluid or equivalent
meeting WSS-M6C65-A2. Use of any fluid
other than the recommended fluid may
cause degraded brake performance and not
meet the Ford performance standards. Keep
brake fluid clean and dry. Contamination
with dirt, water, petroleum products or other
materials may result in brake system
damage and possible failure.

Note: Automatic transmissions that require
MERCON LV transmission fluid should only
use MERCON LV transmission fluid. The
use of any other fluid may cause
transmission damage.

E142732

283

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Audio System
AM and FM frequencies are established by
the Federal Communications Commission
(FCC) and the Canadian Radio and
Telecommunications Commission (CRTC).
Those frequencies are:
• AM: 530, 540-1700, 1710 kHz
• FM: 87.9-107.7, 107.9 MHz

GENERAL INFORMATION
Radio Frequencies and Reception
Factors

Radio Reception Factors

Distance and strength

The further you travel from an AM or FM station, the
weaker the signal and the weaker the reception.

Terrain

Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway
overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and
thunderstorms can interfere with the reception.

Station overload

When you pass a ground-based broadcast repeating
tower, a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and
result in the audio system muting.
Do not expose discs to direct sunlight or
heat sources for extended periods.

CD and CD Player Information
Note: CD units play commercially pressed
4.75-inch (12 centimeter) audio compact
discs only. Due to technical incompatibility,
certain recordable and re-recordable
compact discs may not function correctly
when used in Ford CD players.

MP3 Track and Folder Structure
Audio systems capable of recognizing and
playing MP3 individual tracks and folder
structures work as follows:
• There are two different modes for MP3
disc playback: MP3 track mode
(system default) and MP3 folder
mode.
• MP3 track mode ignores any folder
structure on the MP3 disc. The player
numbers each MP3 track on the disc
(noted by the .mp3 file extension) from
T001 to a maximum of T255. The
maximum number of playable MP3
files may be less depending on the
structure of the CD and exact model
of radio present.

Note: Do not insert CDs with homemade
paper (adhesive) labels into the CD player
as the label may peel and cause the CD to
become jammed. You should use a
permanent felt tip marker rather than
adhesive labels on your homemade CDs.
Ballpoint pens may damage CDs. Please
contact an authorized dealer for further
information.
Note: Do not use any irregularly shaped
discs or discs with a scratch protection film
attached.
Always handle discs by their edges only.
Clean the disc with an approved CD
cleaner only. Wipe it from the center of the
disc toward the edge. Do not clean in a
circular motion.
284

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Audio System
•

•

MP3 folder mode represents a folder
structure consisting of one level of
folders. The CD player numbers all MP3
tracks on the disc (noted by the .mp3
file extension) and all folders
containing MP3 files, from F001
(folder) T001 (track) to F253 T255.
Creating discs with only one level of
folders helps with navigation through
the disc files.

AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH:
AM/FM/CD/SYNC/SATELLITE
RADIO
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.

If you are burning your own MP3 discs, it is
important to understand how the system
reads the structures you create. While
various files may be present, (files with
extensions other than mp3), only files with
the .mp3 extension are played; other files
are ignored by the system. This enables
you to use the same MP3 disc for a variety
of tasks on your work computer, home
computer and your in-vehicle system.

Note: Depending on your vehicle option
package, your system may look different
from what you see here.

In track mode, the system displays and
plays the structure as if it were only one
level deep (all .mp3 files play, regardless
of being in a specific folder). In folder
mode, the system only plays the .mp3 files
in the current folder.

Note: Some features, such as Sirius satellite
radio, may not be available in your location.
Check with an authorized dealer.

285

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Audio System

E174552

Display screen: Shows audio and SYNC information.

Number block: In radio mode, store your favorite stations for later access.
When tuned to any station, press and hold a preset button until sound returns.
In CD mode, press a button to select a track. In phone mode, press the buttons
to enter a phone number.

End phone call: Press this button to end a phone call.

Function buttons: Select different functions of the audio system depending
on which mode you are in (such as Radio mode or CD mode).

TUNE: Turn to search the frequency band in individual increments.

Seek: In radio mode, select a frequency band and press this button. The system
stops at the first station up the band. Press and hold the button to move quickly
to the next strong radio station or memory preset. In CD mode, press this button
to select the next track. Press and hold the button to move quickly forward
through the current track.

Eject: Press this button to eject a CD.

Cursor arrows and OK: Use the up and down arrow buttons to select the
various settings. When you make your selection, press the left and right arrow
buttons to change the settings. Press OK to set or press MENU to exit.

286

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Audio System
I

Play/Pause: Press to either play or pause a track when listening to a CD.

Seek: In radio mode, select a frequency band and press this button. The system
stops at the first station down the band. Press and hold the button to move
quickly to the previous strong radio station or memory preset. In CD mode, press
this button to select the previous track. Press and hold the button to move
quickly backward through the current track.

VOL and Power: Press this button to turn the system off and on. Turn it to
adjust the volume.

Pick-up or Make phone call: Press this button to either pick-up an incoming
phone call or to make a phone call.

MENU: Press this button to access different audio system features.

PHONE: Press this button to access the phone features of the SYNC® system.
See SYNC™ (page 296).

Clock: Press this button to access the clock setting. Use the center arrow
controls to change the hours and minutes. You can also set the clock by pressing
the MENU button and scrolling to Clock Settings.

MEDIA: Press this button to access your auxiliary input jack or switch between
devices you plug into the input jack or USB port.

RADIO: Press this button to listen to the radio or change radio frequencies
bands. Press the function buttons below the radio screen to select different
radio functions.

MUTE or SIRIUS: Press this button to mute the playing audio, or if equipped,
listen to Sirius satellite radio.

CD: Press this button to listen to a CD. Press the function buttons below the
radio screen to select on-screen options of Repeat or Shuffle.

Sound: Press this button to access settings for Treble, Midrange, Bass, Fade
and Balance. Use the up and down arrow buttons to select the various settings.
When you make your selection, press the left and right arrow buttons to change
the settings. Press OK to set or press MENU to exit. Sound settings can be set
for each audio source independently.

287

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Audio System
Note: The touchscreen system controls
most of the audio features. See MyFord
Touch™ (page 330).

AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH:
PREMIUM AM/FM/CD
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.

E174101

VOL: Turn the dial to adjust the system volume.

Seek and Reverse: In radio mode, select a frequency band and press this
button. The system stops at the first station down the band. Press and hold
the button to move quickly to the previous strong radio station or memory
preset. In CD mode, press this button to select the previous track. Press and
hold the button to move quickly backward through the current track.

Power: Press this button to turn the system off and on.

288

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Audio System
D

Seek and Fast Forward: In radio mode, select a frequency band and press
this button. The system stops at the first station up the band. Press and hold
the button to move quickly to the next strong radio station or memory preset.
In CD mode, press this button to select the next track. Press and hold the button
to move quickly forward through the current track.

TUNE: Once you select a frequency band, turn the dial to find the desired
station.

Eject: Press this button to eject a CD.

Sound: Press this button to access settings for Treble, Midrange, Bass, Fade
and Balance.
The multicast indicator appears in FM
mode (only) if the current station is
broadcasting multiple digital broadcasts.
The highlighted numbers signify available
digital channels where new or different
content is available. HD1 signifies the main
programming status and is available in
analog and digital broadcasts. Other
multicast stations (HD2 through HD7) are
only available digitally.

DIGITAL RADIO
Note: HD Radio broadcasts are not
available in all markets.
HD Radio technology is the digital
evolution of analog AM/FM radio. Your
system has a special receiver that allows
it to receive digital broadcasts (where
available) in addition to the analog
broadcasts, it already receives. Digital
broadcasts provide a better sound quality
than analog broadcasts with free,
crystal-clear audio and no static or
distortion. For more information, and a
guide to available stations and
programming, please visit
www.hdradio.com.

When HD Radio broadcasts are active, you
can access the following functions:
• Scan allows you to hear a brief
sampling of all available stations. This
feature still works when HD Radio
reception is on, although it does not
scan for HD2-HD7 channels. You may
see the HD logo appear if the station
has a digital broadcast.
• Memory presets allow you to save an
active channel as a memory preset.
Touch and hold a memory preset slot
until the sound returns. There is a brief
mute while the radio saves the station.
Sound returns when finished. When
switching to an HD2 or HD3 memory
preset, the sound mutes before the
digital audio plays, because the system
has to reacquire the digital signal.

When HD Radio is on and you tune to a
station broadcasting HD Radio technology,
you may notice the HD Radio logo on your
screen. When this logo is available, you
may also see Title and Artist fields
on-screen.

Note: As with any saved radio station, you
cannot access the saved station if your
vehicle is outside the station’s reception
area.

289

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Audio System
HD Radio Reception and Station Troubleshooting
Potential reception issues

Reception area

If you are listening to a multicast station and you are on
the fringe of the reception area, the station may mute due
to weak signal strength.
If you are listening to HD1, the system switches back to
the analog broadcast until the digital broadcast is available
again. However, if you are listening to any of the possible
HD2-HD7 multicast channels, the station mutes and stays
muted unless it is able to connect to the digital signal
again.

Station blending

When the system first receives a station (aside from HD2HD7 multicast stations), it first plays the station in the
analog version. Once the receiver verifies the station is an
HD Radio station, it shifts to the digital version. Depending
on the station quality, you may hear a slight sound change
when the station changes from analog to digital. Blending
is the shift from analog to digital sound or digital back to
analog sound.

In order to provide the best possible
experience, use the contact form to report
any station issues found while listening to
a station broadcasting with HD Radio
technology. Independent entities own and
operate each station. These stations are
responsible for ensuring all audio streams
and data fields are accurate.

290

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Audio System

Potential station issues
Issues

Echo, stutter, skip or repeat
in audio.
Increase or decrease in
audio volume.

Cause

Action

This is poor time alignment No action required. This is a
by the radio broadcaster.
broadcast issue.

Sound fading or blending in The radio is shifting between No action required. The
and out.
analog and digital audio.
reception issue may clear up
as you continue to drive.

There is an audio mute
delay when selecting HD2 or
HD3, multicast preset or
Direct Tune.

The digital multicast is not No action required. This is
available until the HD Radio normal behavior. Wait until
broadcast is decoded. Once the audio is available.
decoded, the audio is available.

Cannot access HD2 or HD3
multicast channel when
recalling a preset or from a
direct tune.

The previously stored
No action required. The
multicast preset or direct
station is not available in
tune is not available in your your current location.
current reception area.

Text information does not
match currently playing
audio.

Data service issue by the
radio broadcaster.

Fill out the station issue
form at website listed
below.

There is no text information Data service issue by the
shown for currently selected radio broadcaster.
frequency.

Fill out the station issue
form at website listed

HD2-HD7 stations not found Pressing Scan disables
when Scan is pressed.
HD2-HD7 channel search.

No action required. This is
normal behavior.

below.

http://www.ibiquity.com/automotive/report_radio_station_experiences

HD Radio Technology manufactured under
license from iBiquity Digital Corp. U.S. and
foreign patents. HD Radio and the HD and
HD Radio logos are proprietary trademarks
of iBiquity Digital Corp. Ford Motor
Company and iBiquity Digital Corp. are not
responsible for the content sent using HD
Radio technology. Content may be
changed, added or deleted at any time at
the station owner's discretion.

SATELLITE RADIO (If Equipped)
SIRIUS® broadcasts a variety of music,
news, sports, weather, traffic and
entertainment satellite radio channels. For
more information and a complete list of
SIRIUS satellite radio channels, visit
www.siriusxm.com in the United States,
www.siriusxm.ca in Canada, or call SIRIUS
at 1-888-539-7474.

291

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Audio System
Note: This receiver includes the eCos
real-time operating system. eCos is
published under the eCos License.

Satellite Radio Reception Factors
Potential satellite radio reception issues

Antenna obstructions

For optimal reception performance, keep the antenna
clear of snow and ice build-up and keep luggage and other
material as far away from the antenna as possible.

Terrain

Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway
overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and
thunderstorms can interfere with your reception.

Station overload

When you pass a ground-based broadcast-repeating
tower, a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and
the audio system may mute.

Satellite radio signal interfer- Your display may show ACQUIRING . . . to indicate the
ence
interference and the audio system may mute.
SIRIUS satellite radio is a
subscription-based satellite radio service
that broadcasts a variety of music, sports,
news, weather, traffic and entertainment
programming. Your factory-installed
SIRIUS satellite radio system includes
hardware and a limited subscription term,
which begins on the date of sale or lease
of your vehicle. See an authorized dealer
for availability.

SIRIUS® Satellite Radio Service
Note: SIRIUS reserves the unrestricted right
to change, rearrange, add or delete
programming including canceling, moving
or adding particular channels, and its prices,
at any time, with or without notice to you.
Ford Motor Company shall not be
responsible for any such programming
changes.

For more information on extended
subscription terms (a service fee is
required), the online media player and a
complete list of SIRIUS satellite radio
channels, and other features, please visit
www.siriusxm.com in the United States,
www.siriusxm.ca in Canada, or call SIRIUS
at 1-888-539-7474.

E142593

Satellite Radio Electronic Serial
Number (ESN)
You need your ESN to activate, modify or
track your satellite radio account. When in
satellite radio mode, tune to channel 0.

292

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Audio System
Troubleshooting
Message

Condition

Action

Acquiring…

Radio requires more than
two seconds to produce
audio for the selected
channel.

Satellite antenna fault

There is an internal module If this message does not
or system failure present.
clear shortly, or with an ignition key cycle, your receiver
may have a fault. See an
authorized dealer for service.

SIRIUS system failure

No action required. This
message should disappear
shortly.

Invalid Channel

The channel is no longer
available.

Tune to another channel or
choose another preset.

Unsubscribed Channel

Your subscription does not
include this channel.

Contact SIRIUS at 1-888539-7474 to subscribe to
the channel, or tune to
another channel.

No Signal

The signal is lost from the
SIRIUS satellite or SIRIUS
tower to your vehicle
antenna.

The signal is blocked. When
you move into an open area,
the signal should return.

Updating…

Update of channel
programming in progress.

No action required. The
process may take up to
three minutes.

Questions? Call

Your satellite service is no
longer available.

Contact SIRIUS at 1-888539-7474 to resolve
subscription issues.

1-888-539-7474
None found
Check Channel Guide
Subscription Updated

All the channels in the
Use the channel guide to
selected category are either turn off the Lock or Skip
skipped or locked.
function on that station.
SIRIUS has updated the
channels available for your
vehicle.

293

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

No action required.

Audio System
The auxiliary input jack allows you to
connect and play music from your portable
music player through your vehicle speakers.
You can use any portable music player
designed for use with headphones. Your
audio extension cable must have male
1/8th-inch (3.5 millimeter) connectors at
each end.

AUDIO INPUT JACK
WARNINGS
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.

For safety reasons, do not connect
or adjust the settings on your
portable music player while your
vehicle is moving.

3.
4.
5.

Store the portable music player in a
secure location, such as the center
console or the glove box, when your
vehicle is moving. Hard objects may
become projectiles in a collision or sudden
stop, which may increase the risk of serious
injury. The audio extension cable must be
long enough to allow the portable music
player to be safely stored while your
vehicle is moving.

E149149

294

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Switch off the engine, radio and
portable music player. Set the parking
brake and put the transmission in
position P (vehicle with an automatic
transmission) or neutral (vehicle with
a manual transmission).
Plug the extension cable from the
portable music player into the auxiliary
input jack.
Switch the radio on. Select either a
tuned FM station or a CD.
Adjust the volume as desired.
Switch your portable music player on
and adjust its volume to half its
maximum level.
Press AUX until LINE or LINE IN
appears in the display. You should hear
music from your device even if it is low.
Adjust the volume on your portable
music player until it reaches the volume
level of the FM station or CD. Do this
by switching back and forth between
the AUX and FM or CD controls.

Audio System
Note: Additional USB ports may be located
in other areas of your vehicle. See USB Port
(page 295).

USB PORT (If Equipped)

E176344

The USB port allows you to plug in media
playing devices, memory sticks and charge
devices (if supported). See Using
SYNC™ With Your Media Player (page
314).

MEDIA HUB (If Equipped)
The media hub is located in the center
console and has the following features:

E176343

Auxiliary input jack (Line in).

USB port.

SD card slot.

See Entertainment (page 347).
295

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

SYNC™ (If Equipped)
GENERAL INFORMATION

E142598

SYNC is an in-vehicle communications
system that works with your
Bluetooth-enabled cellular phone and
portable media player. This allows you to:
• Make and receive calls.
• Access and play music from your
portable music player.
*
• Use 911 Assist.

•

Use applications, such as Pandora and
**
Stitcher, via SYNC AppLink.

Make sure that you review your device's
manual before using it with SYNC.

•

Access phonebook contacts and music
using voice commands.
Stream music from your connected
phone.
Text message.

•
•

•

Use the advanced voice recognition
system.
Charge your USB device (if your device
supports this).

This feature is not available in all markets
and requires activation.
**

Available AppLink enabled apps vary by
market.

Support
The SYNC support team is available to
help you with any questions you cannot
answer on your own.
Monday-Saturday, 8:30am-9:00pm EST.
Sunday, 10:30am-7:30pm EST.
296

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

SYNC™ (If Equipped)
In the United States, call 1-800-392-3673.

Why do I need a SYNC owner account?
• Essential for keeping up with the latest
software downloads available for
SYNC.
• Access to customer support for any
questions you may have.

When using SYNC:
• Do not operate playing devices if the
power cords or cables are broken, split
or damaged. Place cords and cables
out of the way, so they do not interfere
with the operation of pedals, seats,
compartments or safe driving abilities.
• Do not leave playing devices in your
vehicle during extreme conditions as it
could cause them damage. See your
device's manual for further information.
• Do not attempt to service or repair the
system. See an authorized dealer.

Driving Restrictions

Privacy Information

For your safety, certain features are
speed-dependent and restricted when your
vehicle is traveling over 3 mi (5 km).

When a cellular phone is connected to
SYNC, the system creates a profile within
your vehicle that is linked to that cellular
phone. This profile is created in order to
offer you more cellular features and to
operate more efficiently. Among other
things, this profile may contain data about
your cellular phone book, text messages
(read and unread), and call history,
including history of calls when your cellular
phone was not connected to the system.
In addition, if you connect a media device,
the system creates and retains an index of
supported media content. The system also
records a short development log of
approximately 10 minutes of all recent
system activity. The log profile and other
system data may be used to improve the
system and help diagnose any problems
that may occur.

In Canada, call 1-800-565-3673.
Times are subject to change due to
holidays.

SYNC Owner Account

Safety Information
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.

The cellular profile, media device index,
and development log will remain in the
vehicle unless you delete them and are
generally accessible only in the vehicle
when the cellular phone or media player
is connected. If you no longer plan to use
the system or the vehicle, we recommend
you perform a Master Reset to erase all
stored information.

297

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

SYNC™ (If Equipped)
System data cannot be accessed without
special equipment and access to the
vehicle's SYNC module. Ford Motor
Company and Ford of Canada will not
access the system data for any purpose
other than as described absent consent, a
court order, or where required by law
enforcement, other government
authorities, or other third parties acting
with lawful authority. Other parties may
seek to access the information
independently of Ford Motor Company and
Ford of Canada. For further privacy
information, see the section on 911 Assist.
See SYNC™ Applications and Services
(page 310).

Global voice commands

"Cancel"

This command
ends the voice
session. You can
also cancel a
session by holding
the voice button for
two or more
seconds.

"Help"

This command
provides you with
hints, examples and
instructions.

"Main menu"

This command
restarts the voice
session from the
initial starting point.

USING VOICE RECOGNITION
This system helps you control many
features using voice commands. This
allows you to keep your hands on the
wheel and focus on what is around you.

Helpful Hints
•

Initiating a Voice Session

E142599

Press the voice button. A list of
available voice commands
appears in the display.

•

Global Voice Commands
These voice commands are always
available. You can say them at any time.

•
•

298

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Make sure the interior of your vehicle is
as quiet as possible. Wind noise from
open windows and road vibrations may
prevent the system from correctly
recognizing spoken commands.
Before giving a voice command, wait
for the system announcement to finish,
followed by a single tone. Any
command spoken before this does not
register with the system.
Speak naturally, without long pauses
between words.
You can interrupt the system at any
time while it is speaking by pressing the
voice button. You can cancel a voice
session by pressing and holding the
voice button.

SYNC™ (If Equipped)
System Interaction and Feedback
The system provides feedback through
audible tones, prompts, questions and
spoken confirmations depending on the
situation and the chosen level of
interaction. You can customize the voice
recognition system to provide more or less
instruction and feedback.
The default setting is to a higher level of
interaction in order to help you learn to use
the system. You can change these settings
at any time.

The system:

"Interaction mode
novice"

Provides more
detailed interaction
and guidance.
(Recommended for
first time users.)

"Interaction mode
advanced"

"Confirmation
prompts off"

Makes a best guess
from the command;
you may still occasionally be asked to
confirm settings.

"Confirmation
prompts on"

Clarifies your voice
command with a
short question.

The system creates suggestion lists when
it has the same confidence level of several
options based on your voice commands.
When switched on, the system may
prompt you with as many as four
possibilities for clarification.

Press the voice button. When
prompted, say "voice settings",
then any of the following:

Command

The system:

Candidate Lists

Adjusting the Interaction Level

E142599

Command

You can switch this feature on or off by
speaking one of the following voice
commands:

Provides less
audible interaction
and guidance.

Command

The system:

"Media candidate
lists off"

Makes a best guess
from the media
candidate list. The
system may still
occasionally ask
you questions.

"Media candidate
lists on"

Clarifies your voice
command for
media candidates.

"Phone candidate
lists off"

Makes a best guess
from the phone
candidate list. The
system may still
occasionally ask
you questions.

"Phone candidate
lists on"

Clarifies your voice
command for
phone candidates

Confirmation Prompts
Confirmation prompts are short questions
the system asks when it is not sure of your
request or when there is more than one
possible response to your request. For
example, the system may ask if the
command "Phone" is correct.
To adjust this setting, press the voice
button. When prompted, say "voice
settings", then any of the following:

299

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

SYNC™ (If Equipped)
Changing the Voice Settings

Note: Make sure to switch on the ignition
and the radio. Put the transmission in park
(P).

In addition to using voice commands to
change the voice settings, you can also use
the menu in the audio display.

Using the Audio System

1. Press the MENU button.
2. Select SYNC-Settings.
3. Select Voice Settings.

Note: To scroll through the menus, press
the up and down arrows on your audio
system.
1.

Make sure to switch on your phone's
Bluetooth feature before starting the
search. See your device's manual if
necessary.
2. Press the PHONE button. When the
audio display indicates there is no
paired phone, select the option to add.
3. When a message to begin pairing
appears in the audio display, search for
SYNC on your phone to start the pairing
process.
4. When prompted on your phone's
display, enter the six-digit PIN provided
by the system in the radio display. The
display indicates when the pairing is
successful.

USING SYNC™ WITH YOUR
PHONE
Hands-free calling is one of the main
features of SYNC. While the system
supports a variety of features, many are
dependent on your cellular phone's
functionality. At a minimum, most cellular
phones with Bluetooth wireless technology
support the following functions:
• Answering an incoming call.
• Ending a call.
• Using privacy mode.
• Dialing a number.
• Redialing.
• Call waiting notification.
• Caller ID.

Depending on your phone's capability and
your market, the system may prompt you
with questions, such as setting the current
phone as the primary phone (the phone
SYNC automatically tries to connect with
first upon vehicle start-up) and
downloading your phonebook.

Other features, such as text messaging
using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook
download, are phone-dependent features.
To check your phone's compatibility, see
your phone's manual and visit
www.SYNCMyRide.com,
www.SYNCMyRide.ca or
www.syncmaroute.ca.

Using Voice Commands

E142599

Make sure to switch on your phone's
Bluetooth feature before starting the
search. See your device's manual if
necessary.
2. Start a voice session, and then say
"Pair device".
3. Follow the instructions on the audio
display.

Pairing a Phone for the First Time
Wirelessly pairing your phone with SYNC
allows you to make and receive hands-free
calls.
Note: SYNC can support downloading up
to approximately 4000 entries per
Bluetooth-enabled cellular phone.

300

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

SYNC™ (If Equipped)
Phone Voice Commands

E142599

Press the voice button. When
prompted, say any of the
following:
"PHONE"

Pairing Subsequent Phones

"Call "

Note: Make sure to switch on the ignition
and the radio. Put the transmission in park
(P).

"Call at home"

Note: To scroll through the menus, press
the up and down arrows on your audio
system.

"Call on cell"

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

"Call at work"

"Call on other"

Make sure to switch on your phone's
Bluetooth feature before starting the
search. See your device's manual if
necessary.
Press the PHONE button.
Select the option for Bluetooth
Devices.
Press the OK button.
Select the option to add. This starts
the pairing process.
When a message to begin pairing
appears in the audio display, search for
SYNC on your device.
When prompted on your phone's
display, enter the six-digit PIN provided
by the system in the audio display. The
display indicates when the pairing is
successful.

"Dial"

"Go to handsfree"

"Hold call "

"Join calls"

"Messages"

"Mute call"

"Phone help"
2

"Privacy on"

"Turn ringer "
2

"Unmute call"
1

See Dial table below.

These commands are only valid while in
a phone call.
3

301

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

See Messages table below.

SYNC™ (If Equipped)
Making Calls

Phone book commands: When you ask
SYNC to access things such as a
phonebook name or number, the
requested information appears in the
display to view. Press the phone button
and say, "Call" to call the contact.

Press the voice button. When
prompted, say:
E142599

Say "Call " or "Dial", then the
desired number.
2. When the system confirms the number,
say, "Dial" again to initiate the call.

"DIAL"

"411 (four-one-one)", "911" (nine-oneone)

To erase the last spoken digit, say,
"Delete". To erase all spoken digits, say,
"Clear".

"700" (seven hundred)

To end the call, press the end call button
on the steering wheel or select the end call
option in the audio display.

"800" (eight hundred)
"900" (nine hundred)
"Clear" (deletes all entered digits)

Receiving Calls

"Delete" (deletes last set of digits
entered)

When receiving a call, you can:
• Answer the call by pressing the accept
call button on the steering wheel or by
selecting the accept call option in the
audio display.
• Reject the call by pressing the reject
call button on the steering wheel or by
selecting the reject call option in the
audio display.
• Ignore the call by doing nothing.

"Number <0-9>"
"Plus"
"Pound" (#)
"Star" (*)
Note: To exit dial mode, press and hold the
phone button or press any button on the
audio system.

Phone Options during an Active
Call

"MESSAGES"

During an active call, you have more menu
features that become available, such as
putting a call on hold or joining calls.

"Listen to text message <#>"
"Forward text message"

To access this menu, choose one of the
options available at the bottom of the
audio display or select More to choose
from the following options:

"Reply to text message"
"Call sender"

302

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

SYNC™ (If Equipped)

Display

Description and action

Mic. off

Turn your vehicle's microphone off. To turn the microphone
on, select the option again.

Privacy

Switch a call from an active hands-free environment to
your cellular phone for a more private conversation. When
selected, the audio display indicates the call is private.

Hold

Put an active call on hold. When selected, the audio display
indicates the call is on hold.

Dial a number

Enter numbers using the audio system's numeric keypad
(for example, numbers for passwords).

Join calls

Join two separate calls. The system supports a maximum
of three callers on a multiparty or conference call.
1. Select the More option.
2. Access the desired contact through the system or use
voice commands to place the second call. Once actively
in the second call, select the More option.
3. Scroll to the option to join calls and press the OK button.

Phonebook

Access your phonebook contacts.
1. Select the More option.
2. Scroll to the option for phonebook and press the OK
button.
3. Scroll through your phonebook contacts.
4. Press the OK button again when the desired contact
appears in the audio display.
5. Press the OK button or dial button to call the selection.

Call history

Access your call history log.
1. Select the More option.
2. Scroll to the option for call history and press the OK
button.
3. Scroll through your call history options (incoming,
outgoing or missed).
4. Press the OK button again when the desired selection
appears in the audio display.
5. Press the OK button or dial button to call the selection.
1.

Press the PHONE button to enter the
phone menu.
2. Select one of the options available

Accessing Features through the
Phone Menu
You can access your call history,
phonebook, sent text messages, as well
as access phone and system settings.

303

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

SYNC™ (If Equipped)

Display

Description and action

Dial a number

Enter numbers using the audio system's numeric keypad.

Phonebook

Access your downloaded phonebook.
1. Press the OK button to confirm and enter. You can use
the options at the bottom of the screen to access an
alphabetical category quickly. You can also use the letters
on the audio system's numeric keypad to jump in the list.
2. Scroll through your phonebook contacts.
3. Press the OK button again when the desired selection
appears in the audio display.
4. Press the OK button or dial button to call the selection.

Call history

Access any previously dialed, received or missed calls.
1. Press the OK button to select.
2. Scroll to select incoming, outgoing or missed calls. Press
the OK button to make your selection.
3. Press the OK button or dial button to call the selection.

Speed dial

Select 1 of 10 speed dial entries. To set a speed dial entry,
go to the phonebook and then press and hold one of the
numbers on the audio system's numeric keypad.

Text messaging

Send, download and delete text messages.

BT devices

Access the option for Bluetooth Device menu listings (add,
connect, set as primary, on or off, delete).

Phone settings

View various settings and features on your phone.
Note: This is a speed-dependent feature
and is only available when your vehicle is
traveling at 3 mph (5 km/h) or less.

Text Messaging
Note: This is a phone-dependent feature.

When a new message arrives, an audible
tone sounds and the audio display
indicates you have a new message.

SYNC allows you to receive, send,
download and delete text messages. The
system can also read incoming text
messages to you so that you do not have
to take your eyes off the road.

You have these options:
• Press the voice button and say, "Read
message".
• Select the listen option to have the
system read the message to you.
• Select the ignore option, or do nothing,
and the message goes into your text
message inbox.

Receiving a Text Message
Note: This is a phone-dependent feature.
Your phone must support downloading text
messages using Bluetooth to receive
incoming text messages.

304

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

SYNC™ (If Equipped)
•

Select the view option to open the text
message. Once selected, you have the
ability to have the message read to you,
to view other messages, or to select
the More option.

•

Display

If you select the More option, use the
arrow button to scroll through the
following options:

Description and action

Reply to sender

Press the OK button to access, and then
scroll through a list of pre-defined
messages to send.

Call sender

Press the OK button to call the sender of
the message.

Forward msg.

Press the OK button to forward the
message to anyone in your phonebook or
call history. You can also choose to enter a
number.
2. Select the text messaging option, and
then press the OK button.

Sending, Downloading and Deleting
Your Text Messages
1.

Choose from the following options:

Press the PHONE button.
Display

Description and action

New

Allows you to send a new text message
based on a pre-defined set of 15 messages.

View

Allows you to read the full message and, in
addition, provides the option to have the
system read the message to you. To go to
the next message, select the More option.
This allows you to reply to the sender, call
the sender or forward the message.

Delete

Allows you to delete current text messages
from the system (not your cellular phone).
The audio display indicates when the
system has deleted all your text messages.

More...

Allows you to delete all messages or
manually trigger a download of all unread
messages from your cellular phone.

305

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

SYNC™ (If Equipped)
Sending a Text Message

Note: You can send text messages either
by choosing a contact from the phonebook
and selecting the text option from the audio
display or by replying to a received message
in the inbox.

Note: You can only send a text message to
one recipient at a time.
1.

Select the send option when the
desired selection highlights in the audio
display.
2. Select the confirmation option when
the contact appears.
3. Press the OK button again to confirm
when the system asks if you want to
send the message. A pre-defined
signature appears on each text
message.

Accessing Your Phone Settings
These are phone-dependent features. Your
phone settings allow you to access and
adjust features such as your ring tone, text
message notification, modify your
phonebook and set up automatic
download.
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Scroll until the phone settings option
appears, and then press the OK button.
3. Scroll to select from the following
options:

Display

Description and action

Set as master

If this option is checked, the system uses the cellular phone
as the master when there is more than one cellular phone
paired to the system. This option can be changed for all
cellular phones (not only the active phone) using the
Bluetooth Devices menu.

Phone status

See the cellular phone name, provider name, cellular
phone number, and signal level. When done, press the left
arrow buttons to return to the phone status menu.

Set ringtone

Select which ringtone sounds during an incoming call (one
of the system's tones or your cellular phone's). If your
phone supports in-band ringing, your phone's ringtone
sounds when you choose the cellular phone ringtone
option.
1. Press the OK button to select and scroll to hear each
ringtone.

306

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

SYNC™ (If Equipped)
Display

Description and action

2. Press the OK button to select a ringtone.
Text msg notify

Have the option of hearing an audible tone to notify you
when a text message arrives. Press the OK button to turn
the audible tone off or on.

Phonebook pref.

Modify the contents of your phonebook (such as add,
delete or download). Press the OK button to select and
scroll between the choices in the phonebook preferences
table below.

Add contacts

Push the desired contacts on your cellular phone. See your
device's manual on how to push contacts. Press the OK
button to add more contacts from your phonebook.

Delete

When a message asking you to delete appears, select the
option to confirm. Press the OK button to delete the
current phonebook and call history. The system takes you
back to the menu for phone settings.

Download now

Press the OK button to select and download your phonebook to the system.

Auto-download

When automatic download is on, the system deletes any
changes (additions or deletions) saved in the system since
your last download.

Phonebook preferences

When automatic download is off, the system does not
download your phonebook when your cellular phone
connects to SYNC.
You can only access your phonebook, call history and text
messages when your paired cellular phone connects to
the system. Check or uncheck this option to download
your phonebook automatically each time your phone
connects to the system. Download times are phonedependent and quantity-dependent.
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Scroll until Bluetooth Devices appears,
and then press the OK button.
3. Select from the following options:

Bluetooth Devices
The Bluetooth Devices menu allows you
to add, connect and delete devices as well
as set a phone as primary.

307

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

SYNC™ (If Equipped)

Phonebook preferences

Add

Pair additional phones to the system.
1. Select the option to add to start the pairing process.
2. When a message to begin pairing appears in the audio
display, search for SYNC on your phone. See your phone's
manual if necessary.
3. When prompted on your phone's display, enter the sixdigit PIN provided by the system in the radio display. The
display indicates when the pairing is successful.
4. When the option to set the phone as primary appears,
select either yes or no.
5. Depending on the functionality of your phone, the
system may prompt you with questions (such as if you
want to download your phonebook). Select either yes or
no to confirm your responses.

Delete

Select the delete option and confirm when the system
asks to delete the selected device. After deleting a phone
from the list, you have to repeat the pairing process to pair
it again.

Master

The system attempts to connect with the primary cellular
phone each time you switch on the ignition. When you
select a cellular phone as primary, it appears first in the
list, marked with an asterisk. Set a previously paired phone
as master by selecting the master option and confirming
it as the primary.

Conn.

Connect a previously connected phone. You can only have
one phone connected at a time to use the phone's functionality. When you connect another phone, the previous
phone disconnects from the telephone services. The
system allows you to use different Bluetooth devices for
the cellular phone functionality and the Bluetooth audio
music playback feature at the same time.

Discon.

Disconnects the selected cellular phone. Select this option
and confirm when asked. After disconnecting a phone,
you can reconnect it again without repeating the full pairing
process.
2. Select the SYNC settings option, and
then press the OK button.
3. Scroll to select from the following
options:

System Settings
1.

Press the MENU button.

308

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

SYNC™ (If Equipped)

Display

Description and action

Bluetooth on

Check or uncheck this option to switch the system's
Bluetooth interface off or on. Select this option, and then
press the OK button to change the option's status.

Set defaults

Return to the factory default settings without erasing your
indexed information (such as phonebook, call history, text
messages and paired devices). Select this option and
confirm when prompted in the audio display.

Master reset

Completely erase all information stored in the system
(such as phonebook, call history, text messages and paired
devices) and return to factory default settings.

Install on SYNC

Install downloaded applications or software updates.
Select this option and confirm when prompted in the audio
display. There must be a valid SYNC application or update
available on the USB drive in order to finish an installation
successfully.

System info

Display the system's version numbers as well as its serial
number. Press the OK button to select.

Voice settings

The voice settings submenu contains various options. See
Using Voice Recognition (page 298).

Browse USB

Browse the actual menu structure of the connected USB
device. Press the OK button and use the up and down
arrow buttons to scroll through the folders and files. Use
the left or right arrow buttons to enter or leave a folder.
You can select media content for playback from this menu.

309

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

SYNC™ (If Equipped)
SYNC™ APPLICATIONS AND
SERVICES (If Equipped)

Note: The SYNC 911 Assist feature must be
set on before the incident.

In order for the following features to work,
your cellular phone must be compatible
with SYNC. To check your phone's
compatibility, visit www.SYNCMyRide.com,
www.SYNCMyRide.ca or
www.syncmaroute.ca.
• 911 Assist: Can alert 911 in the event of
an emergency.
• SYNC AppLink: Allows you to connect
to and use certain applications such as
Pandora and Stitcher (if your phone is
compatible).

Note: If any user turns 911 Assist on or off,
that setting applies for all paired phones. If
911 Assist is turned off, either a voice
message plays or a display message (or
icon) comes on (or both) when your vehicle
is started after a previously paired phone
connects.

Note: Before setting this feature on, make
sure that you read the 911 Assist Privacy
Notice later in this section for important
information.

Note: Every phone operates differently.
While SYNC 911 Assist works with most
cellular phones, some may have trouble
using this feature.

These features may require activation.
Available AppLink enabled apps varies by
market.

If a crash deploys an airbag (excluding
knee airbags and rear inflatable safety
belts [if equipped]) or activates the fuel
pump shut-off, your SYNC-equipped
vehicle may be able to contact emergency
services by dialing 911 through a paired and
connected Bluetooth-enabled phone. You
can learn more about the 911 Assist
feature, visit www.SYNCMyRide.com,
www.SYNCMyRide.ca or
www.syncmaroute.ca.

911 Assist (If Equipped)
WARNINGS
Unless the 911 Assist setting is set on
before a crash, the system will not
dial for help which could delay
response time, potentially increasing the
risk of serious injury or death after a crash.
Do not wait for 911 Assist to make an
emergency call if you can do it
yourself. Dial emergency services
immediately to avoid delayed response
time which could increase the risk of
serious injury or death after a crash. If you
do not hear 911 Assist within five seconds
of the crash, the system or phone may be
damaged or non-functional.

See Supplementary Restraints System
(page 38). Important information about
airbag deployment is in this chapter.
See Roadside Emergencies (page 191).
Important information about the fuel pump
shut-off is in this chapter.
Switching 911 Assist On or Off

Always place your phone in a secure
location in your vehicle so it does not
become a projectile or get damaged
in a crash. Failure to do so may cause
serious injury to someone or damage the
phone which could prevent 911 Assist from
working properly.

Press the phone button to enter the
phone menu.
2. Scroll to select 911 Assist.
3. Press OK to confirm and enter the 911
Assist menu.
4. Scroll to select between On or Off.

310

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

SYNC™ (If Equipped)
5. Press OK when the desired option
appears in the radio display. Set On or
Set Off appears in the display as
confirmation.

Before making the call:
• SYNC provides a short window of time
(about 10 seconds) to cancel the call.
If you fail to cancel the call, SYNC
attempts to dial 911.
• SYNC says the following, or a similar
message: "SYNC will attempt to call
911, to cancel the call, press Cancel on
your screen or press and hold the
phone button on your steering wheel."

Off selections include:
• Off with reminder: Provides a display
and voice reminder at phone
connection at vehicle start.
• Off without reminder: Provides a
display reminder only without a voice
reminder at phone connection.

If you do not cancel the call, and SYNC
makes a successful call, a pre-recorded
message plays for the 911 operator, and
then the occupant(s) in your vehicle is able
to talk with the operator. Be prepared to
provide your name, phone number and
location immediately, because not all 911
systems are capable of receiving this
information electronically.

To make sure that 911 Assist works
correctly:
• SYNC must be powered and working
properly at the time of the incident and
throughout feature activation and use.
• The 911 Assist feature must be set on
before the incident.
• You must pair and connect a
Bluetooth-enabled and compatible
cell phone to SYNC.
• A connected Bluetooth-enabled phone
must have the ability to make and
maintain an outgoing call at the time
of the incident.
• A connected Bluetooth-enabled phone
must have adequate network coverage,
battery power and signal strength.
• The vehicle must have battery power
and be located in the U.S., Canada or
in a territory in which 911 is the
emergency number.

911 Assist May Not Work If
•
•
•

911 Assist Privacy Notice
When you turn on 911 Assist, it may
disclose to emergency services that your
vehicle has been in a crash involving the
deployment of an airbag or activation of
the fuel pump shut-off. Certain versions or
updates to 911 Assist may also be capable
of electronically or verbally disclosing to
911 operators your vehicle location or other
details about your vehicle or crash to assist
911 operators to provide the most
appropriate emergency services. If you do
not want to disclose this information, do
not turn the feature on.

In the Event of a Crash
Not all crashes will deploy an airbag or
activate the fuel pump shut-off (the
triggers for 911 Assist). If a connected cell
phone sustains damage or loses its
connection to SYNC during a crash, SYNC
will search for and try to connect to a
previously paired cell phone; SYNC will
then attempt to call the emergency
services.

311

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Your cellular phone or 911 Assist
hardware sustains damage in a crash.
The vehicle's battery or the SYNC
system has no power.
The phones(s) previously paired or
connected to the system are thrown
from the vehicle

SYNC™ (If Equipped)
SYNC Mobile Apps

Accessing an App's Menu

The system enables voice and steering
wheel control of SYNC AppLink enabled
smartphone apps. Once an app is running
through AppLink, you can control main
features of the app through voice
commands and steering wheel controls.

Once an app is running through SYNC,
press the right arrow button on the steering
wheel control to access the app menu.

Note: You must pair and connect your
smartphone to SYNC to access AppLink.

Press the left arrow button on the steering
wheel control to exit the app menu.

Note: iPhone users need to connect the
phone to the USB port.

To Access Using Voice Commands

You can access various app features from
here, for example thumbs up and thumbs
down.

1. Press the voice icon.
2. When prompted, say "Mobile Apps".
3. Say the name of the application after
the tone.
4. The app should start. While an app is
running through SYNC, you can press
the voice button and speak commands
specific to the app, for example "Play
Playlist Road Trip". Say, "Help" to
discover the available voice
commands.

Note: Android users need to connect the
phone to SYNC using Bluetooth.
Note: For information on available apps,
supported smartphone devices and
troubleshooting tips please visit the Ford
website.
Note: Make sure you have an active account
for the app that you have downloaded.
Some apps work automatically with no
setup. Other apps want you to configure
your personal settings and personalize your
experience by creating stations or favorites.
We recommend you do this at home or
outside of your vehicle.

SYNC Mobile App Voice Commands
The following voice commands are always
available:
• "Mobile apps": SYNC prompts you to
say the name of an app to start it on
SYNC.
• "List mobile apps": SYNC lists all of the
currently available mobile apps.
• "Find new apps": searches your
connected mobile device for
SYNC-compatible mobile apps.
• "": At any time
you can say the name of a mobile app
to start the mobile app on SYNC.
• " help": SYNC
lists the available voice commands for
the specified app if the app is running
on SYNC.

Note: AppLink is not available if your
vehicle is equipped with the MyFordTouch
system.
To Access Using the SYNC Menu
1.

Press the MENU button to access the
menu on-screen.
2. Select SyncApplications.
3. Select Mobile Apps.
4. Scroll through the list of available
applications and select a particular app
or select Find New Apps.
Note: If a SYNC AppLink compatible app
cannot be found, make sure the required
app is running on the mobile device.

312

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

SYNC™ (If Equipped)
App Permissions

2. Select SyncApplications > Mobile
Apps > App Settings.
3. Select the specific app or All Apps.
4. If push notifications are supported, this
setting is listed. Select to enable or
disable the feature as required.

App permissions are organized by groups.
You can grant these group permissions
individually. You can change a permission
group status any time when not driving, by
using the settings menu.
When you launch an app using SYNC, the
system may ask you to grant certain
permissions, for example:
• To allow your vehicle to provide vehicle
information to the app such as, but not
limited to: Fuel level, fuel economy, fuel
consumption, engine speed, rain
sensor, odometer, VIN, external
temperature, gear position, tire
pressure, and head lamp status.
• To allow your vehicle to provide driving
characteristic information such as, but
not limited to: MyKey, seat belt status,
engine revolutions per minute, gear
position, braking events, steering wheel
angle, and accelerator pedal position.
• To allow your vehicle to provide
location information, including: GPS
and speed.
• To allow the app to send push
notifications using the vehicle display
and voice capabilities while running in
a background state. Push notifications
may be particularly useful for news or
location based apps.

Enabling SYNC Mobile Apps
In order to enable mobile apps, SYNC
requires user consent to send and receive
app authorization information and updates
using the data plan associated with the
connected device.
Data is sent to Ford in the United States
through the connected device. The
information is encrypted and includes your
VIN, SYNC module number, anonymous
usage statistics and debugging
information. Updates may take place
automatically.
Note: You must enable mobile apps for
each connected device the first time you
select a mobile app using the system.
Note: Standard data rates apply. Ford is
not responsible for any additional charges
you may receive from your service provider,
when your vehicle sends or receives data
through the connected device. This includes
any additional charges incurred due to
driving in areas when roaming out of a home
network.

Note: You only need to grant permissions
the first time you use an app with SYNC.

App Status
You can view the current status of an app
in the settings menu.

Note: Ford is not responsible or liable for
any damages or loss of privacy relating to
usage of an app, or dissemination of any
vehicle data that you approve Ford to
provide to an app.

There are three possible statuses:
• Update Needed: The system has
detected a new app requiring
authorization or a general permissions
update is required.
• Up-To-Date: No update is required.
• Updating: The system is trying to
receive an update.

Enabling and Disabling App
Permissions Using the SYNC Menu
1.

Press the MENU button to access the
SYNC menu.

313

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

SYNC™ (If Equipped)
If an update is required and you want to
request this update manually, for example
when in a Wi-Fi hotspot, select Request
Update in the settings menu.

3. You can now play music by saying any
of the appropriate voice commands.
See the media voice commands.
Using the System Menu

You can disable automatic updates by
selecting Disable Updates in the settings
menu. Doing so also disables the use of
Mobile Apps on SYNC.

Plug the device into your vehicle's USB
port.
2. Press the AUX button until an
"initializing" message appears in the
display. Depending on how many
media files are on your connected
device, an indexing message may
appear in the display. When indexing
is complete, the screen returns to the
playback menu.

USING SYNC™ WITH YOUR
MEDIA PLAYER
You can access and play music from your
digital music player over your vehicle's
speaker system using the system's media
menu or voice commands. You can also
sort and play your music by specific
categories, such as artist and album.

You can browse the files on the USB device
in categories. Choose from the following:
• Play all
• Playlists
• Songs
• Artists
• Albums
• Genres
• Browse USB
• Reset USB

Note: The system is capable of indexing up
to 15,000 songs.
SYNC is capable of hosting nearly any
digital media player including: iPod, Zune,
plays from device players, and most USB
drives. SYNC also supports audio formats,
such as MP3, WMA, WAV and ACC.

Connecting Your Digital Media
Player to the USB Port

What's Playing?

Note: If your digital media player has a
power switch, make sure you switch it on
before plugging it in.
Using Voice Commands

At any time during playback, you can press
the voice button and ask the system what
is playing. The system reads the metadata
tags (if populated) of the current track.

Media Voice Commands

Plug the device into your vehicle's USB
port.
2. Press the voice button and when
prompted, say "USB" or "iPod".

E142599

314

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

Press the voice button. When
prompted, say "USB" or "iPod",
and then any of the following:

SYNC™ (If Equipped)

Command

"Pause"
"Play"

Description and action

Pauses device playback.
Resumes device playback.

"Play album "

Commands inside the "< >" are dynamic, which means it
could be the name of anything such as album, artist or
song. This voice command is not available until indexing
is complete on your device.

"Play all"

Play all media on the device from the first track to the last.

"Play artist " Commands inside the "< >" are dynamic, which means it
could be the name of anything such as album, artist or
song. This voice command is not available until indexing
is complete on your device.
"Play genre " Commands inside the "< >" are dynamic, which means it
could be the name of anything such as album, artist or
song. This voice command is not available until indexing
is complete on your device.
"Play playlist "

Commands inside the "< >" are dynamic, which means it
could be the name of anything such as album, artist or
song. This voice command is not available until indexing
is complete on your device.

"Play next track"

Plays the next track on the current media.

"Play previous track"

Plays the previous track on current media.

"Play similar music"

Creates a playplan of similar genre to the one currently
playing.

"Play song "

Commands inside the "< >" are dynamic, which means it
could be the name of anything such as album, artist or
song. This voice command is not available until indexing
is complete on your device.

"Repeat off"
"Repeat one"

Repeats the current track.

"Shuffle all"

Plays the current playplan in a random order. (Not all
devices support this command.)

"Shuffle off"
"What's playing?" or
"What's this?"

315

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

SYNC™ (If Equipped)
Examples of USB Commands

To switch on Bluetooth audio, use the AUX
or SOURCE button. You can also press
the voice button and, when prompted, say,
"Bluetooth audio".

SYNC provides the user with many intuitive
ways to find and play a song using voice.
For example, if we have a song called
"Penny Lane" from the album "Magical
Mystery Tour" we can say the following to
play this song:
•
•

"BLUETOOTH AUDIO"

"Pause"

Play song "Penny Lane".
Play "Penny Lane".

"Play"
"Play next track"

If we wanted to play the entire album, we
can say:
•
•

"Play previous track"

Play album "Magical Mystery Tour".
Play "Magical Mystery Tour".

Media Menu Features
The media menu allows you to select how
to play your music (such as by artist, genre,
shuffle or repeat), find similar music or
reset the index of your USB devices.

Bluetooth Audio
The system is also capable of playing
music from your cellular phone through
Bluetooth.

1. Press AUX to select USB playback.
2. Select Options to enter the media
menu, and then any of the following:

316

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

SYNC™ (If Equipped)

Display

Description and action

Shuffle

Choose to have the system play your music in random
order. Once you make your choice, it remains on until you
switch it off.

Repeat track

Choose to have the system repeat the current track. Once
you make your choice, it remains on until you switch it off.

Similar music

You can play music similar to the current type of music in
the playlist. The system uses metadata information of
each track to compile a playlist, creates a new list of similar
tracks, and then begins playing that list. (Each track must
have populated metadata tags for this feature.)
With some devices, unpopulated metadata tags make
the tracks unavailable for voice recognition, play menu or
this option. However, if you place these tracks onto your
playing device in mass storage device mode, they are
available for voice recognition, play menu and this option.
The system places unknowns into any unpopulated
metadata tag.

Reset SYNC USB

Resets the USB index. After the new indexing is complete,
you can choose what to play from the USB song library.
Accessing and viewing USB media

Accessing Your USB Song Library

"Browse all songs"

Using Voice Commands

"Browse album "

You can access and view your USB songs
using voice commands.

"Browse artist "

Plug the device into your vehicle's USB
port.
2. Press the voice button and when
prompted, say any of the following
commands:

"Browse genre "
"Browse playlist "
Using the System Menu
1.

Plug the device into your vehicle's USB
port.
2. Press the AUX button to select USB
playback.

Accessing and viewing USB media

"Browse all albums"
"Browse all artists"
"Browse all genres"
"Browse all playlists"

317

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

SYNC™ (If Equipped)
3. Select Browse USB. If there are no
media files to access, the display
indicates there is no media. If there are

media files, you have the following
options:

Display

Play all

Description and action

Play all indexed media files from your device one at a time
*

in numerical order.
Press the OK button to select. The first track title appears
in the display.
Playlists

Access your playlists (from formats like ASX, M3U, WPL,
*

or MTP).
1. Press the OK button to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired playlist, and then press the
OK button.
Songs

Search for and play a specific indexed track.
1. Press the OK button to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired track, and then press the OK
button.

Artists

Sort all indexed media files by artist. The system then lists

and plays all artists and tracks alphabetically.
1. Press the OK button to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired artist, and then press the OK
button.
Albums

Sort all indexed media files by album.
1. Press the OK button to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired album, and then press the
OK button.

Genres

Sort all indexed media files by genre (category) type.
1. Press the OK button to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired genre, and then press the
OK button.

Browse USB

Browse all supported media files on your media player
connected to the USB port. You can only view media files
that are compatible with SYNC. (Other files are not
visible.)
1. Press the OK button to select.

318

Mustang (CZG), enUSA, Third Printing

SYNC™ (If Equipped)
Display

Description and action

2. Scroll to browse indexed media files on the device, and
then press the OK button.
Reset USB

Resets the USB index. After the new indexing is complete,
you can choose what to play from the USB song library.

You can use the buttons at the bottom of the audio display to jump to a certain
alphabetical category quickly. You can also use the letters on the audio system's numeric
keypad to jump in the list.

USB 2 (If Equipped)

Voice Commands for Audio
Sources

Your vehicle may come equipped with an
additional USB port. If so, USB 1 will be
located at the front of the vehicle at the
bottom of the instrument panel. USB 2 will
be located inside the storage compartment
of the vehicle's center console.

Your voice system allows you to change
audio sources with a simple voice
command.
Press the voice button and say,
"Audio" when prompted, and
then any of the following
commands:
E142599

You can plug in an additional USB device
into the second USB port. To switch
between the two connected USB devices
using voice commands, say, "USB1" or
"USB2". Saying "USB" defaults to the most
recently played USB device.

"AUDIO"

"AM"

Note: SYNC only supports one connected
iOS (Apple) devices at a time (whichever
one you plug in first). When you connect a
second iOS device, the systems charges it,
but does not support playback from it.

"AM1"
"AM autoset" or "AM2"
"Bluetooth

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.6
Linearized                      : No
Author                          : Unknown
Create Date                     : 2015:02:24 17:16:42Z
Modify Date                     : 2015:03:20 17:39:47-04:00
Has XFA                         : No
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 5.2-c001 63.139439, 2010/09/27-13:37:26
Format                          : application/pdf
Title                           : Untitled
Creator                         : Unknown
Producer                        : XEP 4.16 build 20090723
Trapped                         : False
Creator Tool                    : Unknown
Metadata Date                   : 2015:03:20 17:39:47-04:00
Document ID                     : uuid:d3b9ea9e-7416-42ea-9d8c-3003af6467b3
Instance ID                     : uuid:7412c79d-de78-4e92-ab38-dbf52476193b
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines
Page Count                      : 447

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Ford 2015 Mustang Owners Manual

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation